Loading...

Paliverse

Search Ask PaliVerse Signin

The PaliVerse Project

A Universe of Wisdom
100%
Font family
Theme
Navigation & Search

Hello ,How can i help you ?

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

In the Collection of Minor Texts

Commentary on the Book of Stories about Ghosts

Introductory Discussion on the Undertaking of the Work

The greatly compassionate protector, who has gone beyond the ocean of the knowable;

I pay homage to him whose teaching is subtle, profound, and varied in method.

Accomplished in true knowledge and conduct, by which they are led forth from the world;

I pay homage to that highest Teaching, venerated by the perfectly Self-awakened One.

Accomplished in virtues beginning with morality, established in the paths and fruits, whoever he be;

I pay homage to that noble Community, the unsurpassed field of merit.

Whatever merit has been generated by this homage to the Triple Gem;

By the power of that, may I be one whose obstacles are destroyed everywhere.

Whatever action was done by ghosts in their previous births;

Each and every one bringing about the state of being a ghost, according to the distinction of their results.

The teaching of the Buddhas which distinctively;

Generates a sense of urgency, making evident the fruit of action.

Known by the name "Stories of Ghosts," with well-comprehended subject matter;

Was recited together in the Minor Collection by the great sages.

Having properly relied upon the method of the ancient commentary of that;

Making clear the introductions in each and every place distinctively.

Well purified, unmixed, with judgment of subtle meaning;

Not opposing the doctrine of the dwellers of the Great Monastery.

According to my strength I shall compose the beautiful explanation of the meaning;

Listen well, O good people, to that of mine speaking carefully.

Therein, "Stories of Ghosts" means the action that was the cause of the state of being a ghost of each and every being such as the merchant's son and so on; but by way of making that known, the scriptural teaching beginning with "Worthy Ones are like a field" and so on is what is intended here by "Stories of Ghosts."

Now this Stories of Ghosts - by whom was it spoken, where was it spoken, when was it spoken, and why was it spoken? It is said - For this Stories of Ghosts proceeded in a twofold manner - by way of the occasion of its arising, and by way of question and answer. Therein, that which proceeded by way of the occasion of its arising was spoken by the Blessed One; the other was questioned by the Elder Nārada and others and spoken by those various ghosts. But since the Teacher, when each question and answer was reported by the Elder Nārada and others, making each one the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived, therefore all this Stories of Ghosts is indeed to be regarded as spoken by the Teacher. For when the Teacher had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while dwelling in various places such as Rājagaha and so on, for the most part by way of those various occasions through question and answer, for the purpose of making evident the fruit of action to beings, each and every ghost story was taken up in the teaching - this is for now the answer to the terms beginning with "by whom was it spoken" from the common standpoint. But from the uncommon standpoint, it will come in the explanation of meaning of each and every story itself.

But this Stories of Ghosts, among the three Canons - the Canon of Monastic Discipline, the Canon of Discourses, and the Canon of the Higher Teaching - is included in the Canon of Discourses; among the five Collections - the Long Collection, the Middle Collection, the Connected Collection, the Numerical Collection, and the Minor Collection - is included in the Minor Collection; among the nine factors of the Dispensation - discourse, mixed prose and verse, explanation, verse, inspired utterance, thus-it-is-said, birth story, wonderful phenomena, and catechism - is the classification of verse.

"Eighty-two thousand I received from the Buddha, two thousand from monks;

Eighty-four thousand teachings are occurring for me."

Thus, among the eighty-four thousand aggregates of the Teaching acknowledged by the treasurer of the Teaching, it is a classification of several aggregates of the Teaching; by recitation section, measuring only four recitation sections; by chapter - the Uraga Chapter, the Ubbarī Chapter, the Minor Chapter, and the Great Chapter - a classification of four chapters. Among those, in the first chapter twelve stories, in the second chapter thirteen stories, in the third chapter ten stories, in the fourth chapter sixteen stories - thus by story, adorned with fifty-one stories. Of that, among the chapters the Uraga Chapter is the beginning; among the stories the Khettūpama Ghost Story is the beginning; and of that too, this verse "Worthy Ones are like a field" is the beginning.

1.

The Chapter on the Snake

1.

The Commentary on the Story of the Ghost with the Field Simile

1-3. Now the Blessed One, while dwelling at Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the Squirrels' Feeding Ground, spoke this story referring to a certain merchant's son who had become a ghost. At Rājagaha, it is said, there was a certain wealthy millionaire of great riches, of great possessions, with abundant means and provisions, with an accumulation of wealth amounting to many tens of millions. Because of his accomplishment of great wealth, the designation "Mahādhana the Millionaire" arose for him. He had an only son, dear and beloved. When he had attained discretion, his mother and father thought thus - "Even if our son were to spend a thousand and a thousand in expenses day after day, this accumulation of wealth would not come to utter elimination even in a hundred years; what is the use of the toil of learning a craft for him? Let him consume his wealth comfortably as he pleases, with body and mind unwearied" - and they did not have him trained in a craft. But when he had come of age, they brought a maiden accomplished in family, beauty, youth, and charm, inclined towards sensual pleasures and turning away from the perception of the Teaching. He, delighting together with her, without arousing even a thought's worth regarding the Teaching, being disrespectful towards ascetics, brahmins, teachers, and elders, surrounded by cheats, finding pleasure in attachment, devoted to and greedy for the five types of sensual pleasure, being blind through delusion, having spent his time thus, when his mother and father had died, giving as they wished to dancers, actors, singers, and so on, having squandered his wealth, before long having reached loss, taking on debts to earn his livelihood, then not obtaining even debts, being accused by his creditors, having given them his own fields, sites, houses, and so on, with bowl in hand, going about for almsfood and eating, he dwelt in a poorhouse in that very city.

Then one day thieves came together and said to him thus - "Hey man, what use is this miserable life to you? You are young, accomplished in strength, speed, and power; why do you sit like one with crippled hands and feet? Come, together with us, by theft, having taken others' property, earn your livelihood happily." He said "I do not know how to commit theft." The thieves said "We shall train you; only do our bidding." He, having accepted saying "Very well," went together with them. Then those thieves, having given a great club into his hand, having broken through the wall and entering the house, having stationed him at the opening of the breach, said - "If anyone else comes here, having struck him with this club, kill him with a single blow." He, a blind fool, not knowing what was beneficial and harmful, looking only for the coming of others, stood there. But the thieves, having entered the house, having taken the goods fit to be seized, as soon as they were noticed by the household people, fled here and there. The household people, having risen up, running very quickly, looking here and there, having seen that man standing at the opening of the breach, saying "Seize the wicked thief!" having seized him, having beaten his hands and feet with clubs and so on, showed him to the king - "This thief, Sire, was caught at the opening of the breach." The king commanded the mayor "Have this one's head cut off." "Very well, Sire," the mayor, having had him seized, having had him bound with his hands tied behind his back with tight binding, with a garland of red-coloured sparse flowers bound around his neck, with his head smeared with brick powder, with the road indicated by the drum beaten for the condemned, having had him led from road to road, from crossroads to crossroads, striking him with whips, leads him towards the place of execution. There was an uproar: "This plundering thief has been caught in this city."

Now at that time in that city, a city-belle named Sulasā, standing in a mansion, looking through a window, having seen him being led away thus, being one who had previously been acquainted with him, having aroused compassion for him, thinking "This man, having experienced great success in this very city, has now come to such harm, to calamity and disaster," sent four sweet-meats and drinking water. And she had it announced to the mayor - "Let the noble one wait so long, until this man, having eaten these sweet-meats, will drink the drinking water."

Now in the meantime, the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, looking with the divine eye, having seen his attainment of disaster, with a mind urged by compassion - "This man has not done merit and has done evil; therefore he will be reborn in hell. But when I have gone, having given the sweet-meats and drinking water, he will arise among the terrestrial gods. What if I were to become a support for him?" - having thought thus, while the drinking water and sweet-meats were being brought, he appeared before that man. He, having seen the Elder, with a gladdened mind, having thought "What use to me, who is about to be killed, are these sweet-meats when eaten? But this will be provisions for one going to the world beyond," had the sweet-meats and drinking water given to the Elder. The Elder, for the purpose of increasing his confidence, while he was watching, having sat down at such a place, having consumed the sweet-meats, having drunk the drinking water, having risen from his seat, departed. But that man, having been led by the executioners of thieves to the place of execution, having been brought to the cutting off of his head, although worthy of being reborn in a lofty heavenly world by the merit done in the unsurpassed field of merit, the Elder Mahāmoggallāna, because the thought "Through Sulasā this gift was obtained by me" - by the affection directed towards Sulasā, at the time of death his mind was defiled. Therefore, being reborn in an inferior bodily existence, he was reborn as a tree deity in a great banyan tree of dense shade, arisen in a mountain thicket.

It is said that if he had been zealous in establishing the family lineage in the first stage of life, he would have been the foremost among the millionaires in that very city; in the middle stage of life, a middling one; in the last stage of life, the lowest. If, however, he had gone forth in the first stage of life, he would have been a Worthy One; in the middle stage of life, he would have been a once-returner or a non-returner; in the last stage of life, he would have been a stream-enterer. But through association with evil friends, having become one who indulges in women, a drunkard, devoted to misconduct, and disrespectful, he gradually declined from all prosperity and reached great disaster, so they say.

Then at a later time, he, having seen Sulasā gone to the park, with sensual lust arisen, having created darkness, having led her to his own dwelling, lived together with her for a week, and revealed himself to her. Her mother, not seeing her, weeping, wandered about here and there. Having seen that, the public said "The noble Mahāmoggallāna, of great supernormal power, of great might, would know her destination; having approached him, you should ask." She, saying "Good, noble sir," having approached the elder, asked him about that matter. The elder said "On the seventh day from now, at the great monastery in the Bamboo Grove, when the Blessed One is teaching the Teaching, at the edge of the assembly, you will see her." Then Sulasā said to that young god - "It is inappropriate for me to be dwelling in your abode; today is the seventh day; my mother, not seeing me, will be overcome with lamentation and sorrow. Please, god, take me back there." He, having led her and placed her at the edge of the assembly while the Blessed One was teaching the Teaching in the Bamboo Grove, stood in an invisible form.

Thereupon the public, having seen Sulasā, said thus - "Dear Sulasā, where have you gone for so many days? Your mother, not seeing you, overcome with lamentation and sorrow, has become as if gone mad." She related that incident to the public. And when the public said "How does that man, so devoted to evil, who has done no wholesome deed, obtain rebirth among the gods?" Sulasā said "Having given the sweet-meats and drinking water that I had arranged to the noble Elder Mahāmoggallāna, by that merit he obtains rebirth among the gods." Having heard that, the public was filled with wonder and amazement - "Worthy Ones are indeed an unsurpassed field of merit for the world; in whom even a small act of service done brings about rebirth among the gods for beings" - and experienced lofty joy and pleasure. The monks reported that matter to the Blessed One. Thereupon the Blessed One, on this occasion -

1.

"Worthy Ones are like a field, donors are like farmers;

The gift is like a seed, from this the fruit arises.

2.

"This seed, ploughing, and field, are for the ghosts and for the donor;

The ghosts consume that, the giver grows through merit.

3.

"Having done wholesome right here, and having honoured the ghosts;

And having done good action, they go to the heavenly state." He spoke these verses.

1. Therein, "like a field" - "it protects" means a field protects the seed that has been sown by making it rich in result, it is the place where rice seeds and so on grow. "That is the simile for these" - thus "like a field" means similar to arable land. This is the meaning. "Worthy Ones" means those who have eliminated the mental corruptions. For they are called "Worthy Ones" because of having destroyed the enemies that are mental defilements and the spokes of the wheel of the round of rebirths, because of being far from that very thing, because of being worthy of requisites and so on, and because of the absence of secrecy in evil-doing. Therein, just as a field free from the faults of grass and so on, when a well-prepared seed is sown in it, endowed with the supporting conditions of season, water, and so on, is rich in result for the farmer, so too one whose continuity has eliminated the mental corruptions, free from the faults of greed and so on, when the seed of the gift is well prepared and sown, together with the supporting conditions of proper time and so on, is rich in result for the donor. Therefore the Blessed One said "Worthy Ones are like a field." This is a superior designation, since it does not reject the state of being a field for learners and others as well.

"Donors" means those who give, who relinquish requisites such as robes and so on; through that relinquishment, those who relinquish and cut off greed and so on in their own continuity; or thereby those who purify and protect their own continuity. This is the meaning. "Like farmers" means similar to farmers. Just as a farmer, having ploughed rice fields and so on, and being diligent at the proper time with sowing, watering, giving, removing, storing, protecting, and so on, obtains a lofty and extensive crop of grain, so too a donor, being diligent in the relinquishment of gifts to the Worthy Ones and in service, obtains a lofty and extensive fruit of giving. Therefore it was said "donors are like farmers."

"The gift is like a seed" is said with a change of gender; the meaning is the gift is similar to a seed. For this is the name for the tenfold material to be given, beginning with food and drink. "From this the fruit arises" means from this relinquishment of the gift by the donor and the recipient, the fruit of giving arises and is produced, and it continues by way of a longer-lasting succession. This is the meaning. And here, since the existence of the material thing such as food and drink is conditioned by the volition of relinquishment, and not of the other, therefore the term "gift" was used in "the gift is like a seed." Therefore, by the designation of the gift, the state of being a seed should be seen as belonging to the very volition of relinquishment that has the material object of the gift as its domain. For that volition is the producer of the fruit, which is of the variety beginning with conception and of the variety of support and object, not the gift itself.

2. "This seed, ploughing, and field" means the seed as stated before, and the field as stated before, and the ploughing reckoned as the effort of sowing that seed in that field. This is the meaning. To show for whom this triad is to be desired, he said "for the ghosts and for the donor." If the donor gives a gift dedicated to the ghosts, it is for the benefit of both the ghosts and the donor; if he does not give a gift dedicated to the ghosts, this seed, this ploughing, and this field are for the benefit of the donor alone. This is the intention. Now, to show that benefit, it was said "The ghosts consume that, the giver grows through merit." Therein, "the ghosts consume that" means when a gift is given by the donor dedicated to the ghosts, whatever accrues to the ghosts through the achievement of the aforesaid field, ploughing, and seed, and through their thanksgiving, that fruit of giving the ghosts consume. "The giver grows through merit" means the giver, however, increases through the fruit of merit, such as the achievement of wealth and so on among gods and humans, on account of his merit consisting of giving. For even the fruit of merit is called "merit" in such passages as "Monks, because of undertaking wholesome mental states, thus this merit increases" and so on.

3. "Having done wholesome right here" means having accumulated merit consisting of giving, which is wholesome in the sense of being blameless and having pleasant results, by way of dedicating to the ghosts, right here in this very individual existence. "And having honoured the ghosts" means having honoured the ghosts by giving dedicated to them, having freed them from the suffering being experienced. For a gift being given dedicated to the ghosts is called veneration to them. Therefore he said - "And veneration has been made to us," and "lofty veneration has been made to the ghosts." By the word "and" in "and the ghosts," he includes the benefits of giving visible in the present life such as "one becomes dear and agreeable, one becomes approachable and trustworthy, one becomes esteemed and worthy of respect, one becomes praiseworthy and commendable by the wise" and so on. "And having done good action, one goes to the heavenly state" means having done good wholesome action, one goes to the heavenly world, the place of rebirth for those who have made merit, which has obtained the name "heaven" because of its thorough pre-eminence in the ten respects of divine life span and so on - one goes by way of being reborn there.

Here, having said "having done wholesome," the further statement "having done good action" should be understood as being for the purpose of showing that "just as the relinquishment of a gift, so too the relinquishment of the gift-teaching by way of transference of merit is itself wholesome action consisting of giving." Some here, however, say "by 'ghosts' Worthy Ones are intended." That is merely their opinion, because there is no occurrence whatsoever of the term "ghosts" referring to those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, because the state of being seeds and so on is not applicable to them as it is to the donor, and because it is applicable to those in the realm of ghosts. At the conclusion of the teaching, beginning with the young god and Sulasā, there was the full realization of the teaching by eighty-four thousand living beings.

The commentary on the story of the ghost with the field simile is concluded.

2.

The Commentary on the Story of the Pig-Faced Ghost

4-6. "Your body is entirely golden": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling in dependence on Rājagaha at the Bamboo Grove, the Squirrels' Feeding Ground, referring to a certain pig-faced ghost. In the past, it is said, in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Kassapa, one monk was restrained by body but unrestrained by speech; he reviled and abused monks. He, having died, was reborn in hell, having been tormented there for one interval between Buddhas, having passed away from there, in this arising of a Buddha, at the foot of the Vulture's Peak mountain near Rājagaha, by the remainder of the result of that very action, having become a ghost overcome by hunger and thirst, he was reborn. His body was gold-coloured, his face was like a pig's face. Then the Venerable Nārada, dwelling on the Vulture's Peak mountain, right early, having attended to his toilet, taking his bowl and robe, going to Rājagaha for almsfood, on the way, having seen that ghost, asking about the deed done by him -

4.

"Your body is entirely golden, it illuminates all directions;

But your face is like a pig's, what action did you do before?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "your body is entirely golden" means your body, your person, is entirely gold-coloured, resembling molten gold. "It illuminates all directions" means by its radiance all directions all around shine and gleam. Or alternatively, "obhāsate" is a term with the cause included within it, and the meaning should be understood as "your body, entirely golden, illuminates and makes all directions shine." "Your face is like a pig's" means but your face is like that of a pig; the meaning is your face is similar to a pig's face. "What action did you do before" - he asks "what kind of action did you do formerly in a past birth?"

Thus that ghost, asked by the elder about the deed done, answering in verse -

5.

"I was restrained by body, but unrestrained by speech;

By that is such beauty mine, as you see, Nārada."

He said. Therein, "I was restrained by body" means I was self-controlled by bodily self-control, restrained by restraint through the body-door. "But unrestrained by speech" means unrestrained by speech, I was possessed of verbal non-restraint. "By that" means by that twofold self-control and non-self-control. "Me" means for me (mayhaṃ). "Such beauty" means of this kind. The explanation is: as you, Nārada, see directly, of such form, with human shape in body, gold-coloured, with face similar to a pig's, I was. For the word "vaṇṇa" here should be understood in the sense of skin and shape.

Thus the ghost, asked by the elder, having answered that matter, making that very thing the reason, giving exhortation to the elder -

6.

"Therefore I tell you, Nārada, this has been seen by you yourself;

Do not do evil with the mouth, lest you become pig-faced."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "taṃ" means therefore. "To them I" means "to them, I." "Nārada" - he addresses the elder. "Brūmi" means I say. "Sāmaṃ" means by oneself. "This" - he speaks with reference to his own body. For the meaning here is this: Since, venerable sir Nārada, this body of mine, from the neck downwards has a human form, and above has a pig's form, has been seen by you with your own eyes, therefore I speak to you by way of exhortation. And what does he say? "Do not do evil with the mouth, lest you become pig-faced." Therein, "mā" is an indeclinable particle of prohibition. "Mukhasā" means by the mouth. "Kho" is a particle of emphasis; do not do evil action by speech, do not do it. "Lest you become pig-faced" means do not indeed become pig-faced like me. If, however, you, being garrulous, were to do evil by speech, you would certainly become pig-faced; therefore "do not do evil with the mouth" - by prohibiting the result, he prohibits the cause itself.

Then the Venerable Nārada, having walked for almsfood in Rājagaha, after the meal, having returned from his alms round, reported that matter to the Teacher who was seated in the midst of the fourfold assembly. The Teacher, having said "Nārada, that being was already seen by me before," taught the Teaching, making known the danger connected with verbal misconduct in various ways, and the benefit connected with good verbal conduct. That teaching was beneficial to the assembly that had arrived.

The commentary on the story of the pig-faced ghost is concluded.

3.

The Commentary on the Story of the Putrid-Mouthed Ghost

7-9. "You bear a divine, beautiful colour": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, the Squirrels' Feeding Ground, referring to a certain foul-mouthed ghost. In the past, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, two sons of good family, having gone forth in his Dispensation, accomplished in morality and good conduct, of austere practice, lived together in harmonious living in a certain village residence. Then a certain monk of evil disposition, delighting in divisive speech, approached their dwelling place. The elders, having exchanged friendly welcome with him, having given him a dwelling place, on the second day, having taken him along, entered the village for almsfood. The people, having seen them, having shown exceedingly supreme respect towards those elders, honoured them with rice gruel, meals, and so on. He, having entered the monastery, thought - "Delightful indeed is this village as food resort, and the people have faith and confidence, they give increasingly superior almsfood, and this monastery is endowed with shade and water; it is possible for me to live here comfortably. But while these monks are dwelling here, there will be no comfortable dwelling for me; it will be like dwelling as a pupil. Well then, let me divide these against one another so that they will not dwell here again; thus shall I act."

Then one day, when the great elders, having given exhortation to both, had entered their own dwelling place, the slanderous monk, having let a short time pass, having approached the great elder, having paid homage, and when the elder said "Why, friend, have you come at an improper time?" having said "Yes, venerable sir, there is something to be said," being permitted by the elder saying "Speak, friend," he said - "This, venerable sir, your friend elder, having shown himself like a friend to your face, behind your back blames you like a foe." When asked "What does he say?" he said "Listen, venerable sir, 'This great elder is fraudulent, deceitful, a cheat, he earns his livelihood by wrong livelihood' - thus he speaks of your faults." "Do not, friend, speak thus; that monk will not blame me thus; he knows my intrinsic nature from the time of lay life - 'well-behaved, of good morality.'" "If, venerable sir, you think thus because of the purity of your own mind, that is befitting only for you; but I have no enmity with him; why would I say what was not said by him as 'said'? Let it be; in the course of time you will know for yourself," he said. The elder too, through the fault of being a worldling, with uncertain mind, having become apprehensive at heart thinking "Perhaps it might be so," became somewhat weakened in trust. That fool, having first divided the great elder, divided the other elder too in the very same manner as stated. Then both those elders, on the second day, without speaking to each other, having taken their bowls and robes, having walked for almsfood in the village, having taken their almsfood, having eaten at their own dwelling place itself, without performing even the slightest proper courtesy, having stayed right there that day, and when the night became light, without even informing each other, went to a comfortable place.

But the people, having seen the slanderous monk whose wish was fulfilled, having entered the village for almsfood, said - "Venerable sir, where have the elders gone?" He said - "Having quarrelled with each other the whole night, even though I was saying 'Do not quarrel, be united; quarrel is indeed bringing harm, producing future suffering, conducive to the unwholesome; even formerly, through quarrel, many have fallen away from great welfare' and so on, not heeding my words, they departed." Thereupon the people requested "Let the elders go for now; but you, out of compassion for us, dwell right here without being anxious." He, having assented "Very well," dwelling right there, after a few days thought - "By me, monks who are virtuous, of good character, have been divided through greed for a residence; much evil action indeed has been produced by me" - overcome by intense remorse, having become ill through the force of sorrow, before long, having died, was reborn in Avīci.

The other two friend elders, wandering on a journey through the country, having met together at a certain residence, having exchanged friendly greetings with each other, having reported to each other the divisive words spoken by that monk, having known their untruthfulness, having become united, gradually returned to that very same residence. The people, having seen the two elders, full of joy, with pleasure arisen, attended upon them with the four requisites. And the elders, dwelling right there, with concentrated minds through obtaining suitable food, having developed insight, before long attained arahantship.

The slanderous monk, having been tormented in hell for one interval between Buddhas, in this arising of a Buddha, having become a foul-mouthed ghost not far from Rājagaha, was reborn. His body was gold-coloured, but worms, having come out from his mouth, ate his mouth here and there; a foul smell wafted from him, pervading even a distant area. Then the Venerable Nārada, descending from the Vulture's Peak mountain, having seen him -

7.

"You bear a divine, beautiful colour, you stand in the sky in mid-air;

But worms eat your foul-smelling mouth, what action did you do before?"

With this verse he asked about the deed done. Therein, "divine" means existing in heaven, included in the state of a divine body. Here, however, "divine" means as if divine. "Beautiful" means attractive, or the state of being beautiful. "Colour element" means complexion. "You bear" means you carry. "You stand in the sky in mid-air" means you stand in the sky called the aerial space. Some, however, stating the reading "vihāyasaṃ tiṭṭhasi antalikkhe," explain the meaning by completing the sentence as "you stand in the sky illuminating the aerial space." "Foul-smelling" means the smell of a corpse; the meaning is bad smell. "What action did you do before" - he asked: worms eat your supremely foul-smelling mouth, and your body is gold-coloured; what kind of action, being the cause of such an individual existence, did you formerly do?

Thus that ghost, asked by the elder about the deed done by himself, answering that matter -

8.

"I was an evil ascetic with corrupt speech, having the appearance of an austere ascetic, unrestrained with my mouth;

And my colour element was obtained through austerity, but my mouth is rotten through slander."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "I was an evil ascetic" means I was an inferior ascetic, an evil monk. "With corrupt speech" means with corrupt words, one who speaks transgressing and overstepping others; the meaning is one whose words destroy the virtues of others. "Atidukkhavāco" is also a reading, meaning exceedingly harsh in speech, devoted to verbal misconduct such as lying and divisive speech and so on. "Having the appearance of an austere ascetic" means an imposter of an ascetic. "Mukhasā" means by the mouth. "Obtained" means received. The particle "ca" has the meaning of combination. "By me" means by me. "By austerity" means by the holy life. "Through slander" means through divisive speech. "Rotten" means foul-smelling.

Thus that ghost, having told of the deed done by himself, now giving exhortation to the elder -

9.

"This has been seen by you yourself, Nārada,

What the compassionate, the skilful would say;

Do not speak slander nor falsehood,

You will become a demon who possesses sensual pleasures as desired."

She spoke the concluding verse. Therein, "this" means that this, my form. "What the compassionate, the skilful would say" means those who are habitually compassionate, merciful, skilled and accomplished in the practice for the welfare of others, such as the Buddha and so on, whatever they would say, that very thing I say - this is the intention. Now, showing that exhortation, he said "Do not speak slander nor falsehood, you will become a demon who possesses sensual pleasures as desired." Its meaning is - Do not speak slander, that is, malicious speech, and falsehood; do not say them. For if you, having abandoned false speech and divisive speech, were to become restrained in speech, you will become a demon or a god or an inferior deity; having obtained the desirable, lofty divine success as wished for, one habitually delighting therein, comfortably, with the nature of delighting in the indulgence of the faculties.

Having heard that, the elder, having gone from there to Rājagaha, having walked for almsfood, after the meal, having returned from his alms round, reported that matter to the Teacher. The Teacher, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching. That teaching was beneficial to the assembly that had arrived.

The commentary on the story of the putrid-mouthed ghost is concluded.

4.

The Commentary on the Story of the Flour-Doll Ghost

10-13. "Having made whatever as an object": the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove in Sāvatthī, spoke this referring to the giving of the householder Anāthapiṇḍika. It is said that the nurse of the granddaughter of the householder Anāthapiṇḍika's daughter gave a flour doll to the girl, saying "This is your daughter, take her and play." She produced the perception of a daughter towards it. Then one day, while she was playing having taken it, through carelessness it fell and broke. Thereupon the girl wailed "My daughter has died." No one in the household was able to convince her while she was crying. And at that time the Teacher was seated on a prepared seat in the house of the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, and the great millionaire was seated near the Blessed One. The nurse, having taken that girl, went to the presence of the millionaire. The millionaire, having seen her, said "Why is this girl crying?" The nurse reported that incident to the millionaire. The millionaire, having caused that girl to sit on his lap, having convinced her saying "I shall give you a daughter-gift," reported to the Teacher - "Venerable sir, I wish to give a gift dedicated to a flour doll for my granddaughter. Please accept that from me together with five hundred monks for the morrow." The Blessed One consented by silence.

Then the Blessed One on the second day, having gone to the millionaire's house together with five hundred monks, having done the meal duty, while giving thanksgiving -

10.

"Having made whatever as an object, one without stinginess should give a gift;

Referring to deceased ancestors, or else to site deities.

11.

"And the four great kings, the glorious guardians of the world;

Kuvera and Dhataraṭṭha, Virūpakkha and Virūḷhaka;

They are venerated, and the donors are not without fruit.

12.

For neither weeping nor sorrow, nor any other lamentation;

Is for the benefit of the departed, thus do relatives remain.

13.

"And this offering given, well established in the monastic community;

For a long time for his welfare, with reason it is beneficial." He spoke these verses.

10. Therein, "having made whatever as an object" means referring to, with reference to, whatever among blessings and so on. "Should give" means one would give. "Without stinginess" means without stinginess due to the absence of stinginess, which has the characteristic of being unable to bear the state of one's own success being shared in common with others; the intention is that one of generous disposition, having put far away the mental stains of stinginess, greed, and so on, should give a gift. "Referring to deceased ancestors" means with reference to the departed of former times. "Site deities" means the explanation is: referring to deities inhabiting house-sites and so on. "Or else" - by this he shows that one should give a gift referring to whatever others such as gods, human beings, and so on.

11. Therein, first showing certain well-known gods among the gods, having said "and the four great kings," then again taking them by name, he said beginning with "Kuvera." Therein, "Kuvera" means Vessavaṇa. "Dhataraṭṭha" and so on are the names of the remaining three guardians of the world. "They are venerated" means those great kings and the deceased ancestors and site deities become recipients through the act of dedication. "And the donors are not without fruit" means those who give gifts, those donors, merely by dedicating to others, are not without fruit; they are indeed sharers in the fruit of their own giving.

12. Now, in order to show that "those who weep, lament, and grieve on account of the death of their own relatives, for them that is useless, merely self-torment alone," he spoke the verse "For neither weeping nor." Therein, "weeping" means crying, the shedding of tears; "should indeed not be done" is the remainder of the expression. "Sorrow" means sorrowing, mental burning; the meaning is inner pondering. "And any other lamentation" means whatever lamentation other than weeping and sorrow, confused talk such as "Where are you, only son?" and so on; that too should not be done - this is the meaning. Everywhere the word "vā" has the meaning of alternative. "That is not for the benefit of the departed" means since weeping or sorrow or lamentation - all that is not for the benefit, for the help of the departed, the deceased one, therefore that should indeed not be done; yet even so, thus do relatives remain, being fools - this is the intention.

13. Having thus shown the uselessness of weeping and so on, now showing the usefulness of the offering given by the donor to the Community referring to deceased ancestors and so on, he spoke the verse "And this offering." Therein, "this" - he speaks showing directly the gift given by the donor. The word "ca" is in the sense of contrast; by that, just as weeping and so on is not for anyone's benefit for the departed, this is not so; but this offering is for his welfare for a long time - thus it illuminates the very distinction about to be stated. "Kho" is in the sense of emphasis. "Offering" means gift. "Well established in the Community" means well established in the Community, the unsurpassed field of merit. "For a long time for his welfare" means for the welfare, for the benefit of that departed one for a long time. "With reason it is beneficial" means it is produced at that very moment, not after an interval of time - this is the meaning. For this indeed is the natural order therein - when a gift is given dedicated to the departed, if the departed rejoice in it, at that very moment the departed are released by the fruit of that.

Thus the Blessed One, having taught the Teaching, having made the public with minds delighting in giving dedicated to the departed, rose from his seat and departed. On the following day, the merchant's wife and the remaining relatives, conforming to the merchant, thus carried on a great giving for a period of three months. Then King Pasenadi of Kosala, having approached the Blessed One, asked "Why, venerable sir, did the monks not come to my house for a month?" When the reason was explained by the Teacher, the king too, conforming to the merchant, carried on a great giving to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha; having seen that, the citizens, conforming to the king, carried on a great giving for a month. Thus for two months a great giving originating from a flour doll was carried on.

The commentary on the story of the flour-doll ghost is concluded.

5.

The Commentary on the Story of the Outside-the-Walls Ghost

14-25. "They stand outside the walls": the Teacher, while dwelling at Rājagaha, spoke this referring to many ghosts.

Herein this is the detailed account - Ninety-two cosmic cycles from now, there was a city named Kāsi. There a king named Jayasena exercised kingship. His queen was named Sirimā. In her womb the Bodhisatta named Phussa was conceived and gradually fully awakened to the perfect enlightenment. King Jayasena, having aroused selfish attachment thinking "My son, having gone forth in the great renunciation, has become a Buddha; the Buddha is mine alone, the Teaching is mine, the Community is mine," attended upon him himself at all times and did not give others the opportunity.

The Blessed One's younger brothers, three half-brothers from a different mother, thought - "Buddhas arise for the welfare of the entire world, not for the sake of one alone. And our father does not give others the opportunity. How might we obtain the chance to attend upon the Blessed One and the community of monks?" This occurred to them - "Come, let us devise some stratagem." They caused the borderland to appear as if in revolt. Then the king, having heard "The borderland is in revolt," sent the three sons too to appease the borderland. They, having gone and having appeased it, returned. The king, pleased, gave a boon: "Whatever you wish, take that." They said: "We wish to attend upon the Blessed One." The king said: "Setting that aside, take something else." They said: "We have no need of anything else." "If so, having set a limit, take it." They requested seven years. The king did not give it. Thus, having said "six, five, four, three, two, one, seven months, six, five, four," they requested down to three months. Then the king gave it, saying "Take it."

They, having approached the Blessed One, said - "We wish, venerable sir, to attend upon the Blessed One for three months. May the Blessed One consent to a rains residence for us, venerable sir, for these three months." The Blessed One consented by silence. Those three sent a letter to the man appointed in their province: "For these three months the Blessed One is to be attended upon by us; beginning with a monastery, prepare all the requisites for attending upon the Blessed One." He, having prepared everything, sent back a reply. They, having clothed themselves in ochre robes, with thousands of men as stewards, attentively attending upon the Blessed One and the community of monks, having led him to the province, having handed over the monastery, made him dwell there for the rains retreat.

Their storekeeper was a certain householder's son, together with his wife, faithful and devoted. He attentively gave the constant giving of alms to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha. The man appointed in the province, having taken him along, together with about eleven thousand country-folk, had the giving carried out attentively indeed. Therein, some country-folk were of hostile minds. They, having created an obstacle to the giving, consumed the gifts themselves, and burnt the meal hall with fire. When the invitation to admonish was completed, the princes, having made honour to the Blessed One, having put the Blessed One in front, returned to the very presence of their father. Having gone there, the Blessed One attained final Nibbāna. The princes and the man appointed in the province and the storekeeper, having gradually passed away, together with their retinue, were reborn in heaven; the people of hostile minds were reborn in hell. Thus, for those two groups of people, being reborn from heaven to heaven, from hell to hell, ninety-two cosmic cycles passed.

Then, in this fortunate cosmic cycle, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, those people of hostile minds arose among the ghosts. At that time, human beings, having given gifts for the benefit of their own respective departed relatives who were ghosts, dedicated them: "Let this be for our relatives." They obtained success. Then these ghosts too, having seen that, having approached the Perfectly Self-awakened One Kassapa, asked - "Could we too, venerable sir, obtain such success?" The Blessed One said - "Now you do not obtain it. But in the future there will be a Perfectly Self-awakened One named Gotama; in the time of that Blessed One there will be a king named Bimbisāra. He was your relative ninety-two cosmic cycles from now. He, having given a gift to the Buddha, will dedicate it to you; then you will obtain it." When this was said, it is said, for those ghosts that statement was as if it had been said "Tomorrow you will obtain it."

Then, when one interval between Buddhas had passed, our Blessed One arose. Those three princes too, together with the thousand men, having fallen away from the heavenly world, having been reborn in a brahmin family in the country of Magadha, having gradually gone forth in the going forth of hermits, were the three matted-hair ascetics at Gayāsīsa; the man appointed in the province became the king Bimbisāra; the storekeeper became the householder's son, a millionaire named Visākha; his wife was a millionaire's daughter named Dhammadinnā; but the remaining retinue were reborn as the very retinue of the king.

Our Blessed One too, having arisen in the world, having passed beyond seven weeks, having gradually come to Bārāṇasī, having set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, beginning with the group of five, having trained the three matted-hair ascetics with their retinue of a thousand, went to Rājagaha. And there, on that very day of his approach, he established King Bimbisāra in the fruition of stream-entry, together with eleven myriads of brahmins and householders who were inhabitants of Aṅga and Magadha. Then, having been invited by the king with a meal for the morrow, having consented, on the second day, with Sakka, the lord of the gods, in the appearance of a young man, going in front -

"Tamed, together with the tamed, the former matted-hair ascetics, free, together with the free;

With the colour of refined gold, the Blessed One entered Rājagaha." -

Being praised with such and other verses, having entered Rājagaha, he received the great offering at the king's dwelling. But those ghosts, with the hope "Now the king will dedicate the gift to us, now he will dedicate it," having surrounded, stood there.

The king, having given the gift, thought only of a dwelling place for the Blessed One, "Where indeed might the Blessed One dwell?" and did not dedicate that gift to anyone. Thus, not obtaining that gift, the ghosts, being without hope, at night made an exceedingly terrifying cry of distress at the king's dwelling. The king, having been overcome by fear, terror, and religious emotion, when the night became light, reported to the Blessed One - "I heard such a sound; what indeed will happen to me, venerable sir?" The Blessed One said: "Do not fear, great king, nothing evil will happen to you. But rather, there are your former relatives who have arisen among the ghosts. They, for one interval between Buddhas, expecting just this, wandering about thinking 'Having given a gift to the Buddha, he will dedicate it to us,' because you, having given a gift yesterday, did not dedicate it, being without hope, made such a cry of distress." "But, venerable sir, if given now, would they receive it?" "Yes, great king." "Then, venerable sir, may the Blessed One consent to a gift from me today; I shall dedicate it to them." The Blessed One consented by silence.

The king, having gone to his dwelling, having had a great offering prepared, had the time announced to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, having gone to the royal inner palace, sat down on the prepared seat together with the Community of monks. Those ghosts, thinking "Perhaps today we might receive," having gone, stood outside the walls and so on. The Blessed One acted in such a way that they all came into the range of the king's sight. The king, while pouring the water of dedication, dedicated it saying "May this be for my relatives." At that very moment, ponds covered with lotuses and water-lilies arose for the ghosts. They, having bathed and drunk there, with their disturbance, fatigue, and thirst allayed, became gold-coloured. The king, having given rice gruel, solid food, and edibles, dedicated them. At that very moment, divine rice gruel, solid food, and edibles arose for them. They, having consumed those, became full in their faculties. Then, having given cloth and lodgings, he dedicated them. Divine garments, mansions, bed-coverings, sleeping places, and other kinds of ornaments arose for them. And the Blessed One determined in such a way that all that success of theirs became visible to the king. The king, having seen that, was exceedingly delighted. Then the Blessed One, having eaten and been invited to admonish, for the purpose of thanksgiving to King Bimbisāra, spoke the Tirokuṭṭa Ghost Story -

14.

They stand outside the walls, and at junctions and crossroads;

They stand by the door-posts, having come to their own home.

15.

When food and drink are abundant, when solid food and edibles are at hand;

No one remembers those beings, because of their kamma.

16.

Thus they give to relatives, those who are compassionate;

Pure, superior, in proper time, allowable drink and food.

17.

"May this be for your relatives, may the relatives be happy;

And they, having come together there, the deceased relatives assembled;

When food and drink are abundant, they give thanks attentively.

18.

"May our relatives live long, because of whom we receive;

And veneration has been made to us, and the donors are not without fruit."

19.

"For there is no farming there, cow-keeping is not found;

There is no such trade, buying and selling with gold;

By what is given from here they sustain themselves, the deceased ghosts there.

20.

"Just as water rained upon high ground flows down to the low ground;

Just so what is given from here is beneficial to the ghosts.

21.

"Just as full water-carriers fill the ocean;

Just so what is given from here is beneficial to the ghosts.

22.

"He gave to me, he did for me, relatives, friends and companions to me;

One should give offerings to the departed, recollecting what was done before.

23.

For neither weeping nor sorrow, nor any other lamentation;

Is for the benefit of the departed, thus do relatives remain.

24.

"And this offering given, well established in the monastic community;

For a long time for his welfare, with reason it is beneficial.

25.

"This duty to relatives has been pointed out, and lofty veneration has been made to the ghosts;

And strength has been given to the monks, much merit has been produced by you."

14. Therein, "outside the walls" means in the outer parts of the walls. "They stand" - this is an expression designating standing, by way of rejecting sitting and so on; the meaning is they stand just outside the doors of the walls of houses and enclosing walls. "And at junctions and crossroads" means at junctions and at crossroads. "Junctions" means four-cornered streets; house-junctions, wall-junctions, and windows are also called thus. "Crossroads" means three-cornered streets. "They stand by the door-posts" (dvārabāhāsu tiṭṭhanti) means they stand in dependence on the posts of city gates and house doors. "Having come to their own home" - "one's own home" means both the house of former relatives and also a house inhabited by oneself as owner; since they come to both of those with the perception of it being their own home, therefore he said "having come to their own home."

15. Thus the Blessed One, showing to the king the many ghosts who had come with the perception of it being their own home to Bimbisāra's dwelling, which was the house of former relatives though never previously inhabited by him, standing outside the walls and so on, experiencing the fruit of jealousy and stinginess, with exceedingly ugly, deformed, and frightful appearances, having spoken the verse "They stand outside the walls," then showing the severe nature of the action done by them, spoke the second verse beginning with "when food and drink are abundant."

Therein, "abundant" (pahūta) means not little, much; the meaning is "as much as one wishes." For the syllable "ba" can become "pa," as in "pahu santo na bharatī" and so on. Some, however, read "bahuke"; but that is a corrupt reading. "In food and drink" (annapānamhi) means in food and in drink. "Solid food and edibles" (khajjabhojje) means solid food and edibles. By this he shows the fourfold nutriment by way of what is eaten, drunk, chewed, and tasted. "At hand" (upaṭṭhita) means having approached and standing, prepared; the meaning is arranged. "No one remembers those beings" (na tesaṃ koci sarati sattānaṃ) means no one - neither mother, nor father, nor son, nor grandson - remembers those beings who have arisen in the sphere of ghosts. Why? "Because of their kamma" (kammapaccayā) means because of the miserly action done by oneself, of the type consisting of not giving, preventing others' giving, and so on. For that action does not allow their relatives to remember them.

16. Thus the Blessed One, having shown the absence of even the mere remembrance by relatives, due to the fruit of action, of the ghosts who were expecting their relatives even when no small amount of food, drink, and so on was available, now praising the gift given by the king dedicated to relatives reborn in the sphere of ghosts, spoke the third verse beginning with "thus they give to relatives."

Therein, "thus" (evaṃ) is a word of comparison. Its connection is twofold - Even though no one remembers because of the kamma condition of those beings, some give to relatives, those who are thus compassionate; and great king, just as was given by you, thus they give pure, superior, in proper time, allowable drink and food to relatives, those who are compassionate. Therein, "they give" (dadanti) means they bestow, they dedicate, they hand over. "To relatives" (ñātīnaṃ) means to those connected through the mother's side and the father's side. "Those who" (ye) means whatever sons and so on. "Are" (honti) means they are. "Compassionate" (anukampakā) means well-wishing, seeking their welfare. "Pure" (suciṃ) means clean, charming, and righteous. "Superior" (paṇītaṃ) means lofty. "At the time" (kālena) means at the time suitable for use by those worthy of offerings, or at the time when the departed relatives have come and are standing outside the walls and so on. "Allowable" (kappiyaṃ) means suitable, proper, worthy of use by noble ones. "Drink and food" (pānabhojanaṃ) means drink and food; and by that designation he here speaks of all gifts.

17. Now, showing the manner in which what is given becomes given to those ghosts, he spoke the first half of the fourth verse: "May this be for your relatives, may the relatives be happy." That should be connected with the first half of the third verse -

Thus they give to relatives, those who are compassionate;

May this be for your relatives, may the relatives be happy."

Thereby, by the word "thus" in the sense of manner in the passage "they give in this manner saying 'May this be for your relatives,' not otherwise," an illustration of the manner in which it should be given has been made.

Therein, "this" is an indication of the gift. "Vo" is merely an indeclinable particle, just as in such passages as "by which you noble ones" and so on. "May it be for the relatives" means may it be for the relatives who have arisen in the sphere of ghosts. Some also read "no ñātīna," the meaning being "for our relatives." "May the relatives be happy" means may those relatives reborn in the sphere of ghosts, experiencing this fruit, be happy, having attained happiness.

Since even though it is said "May this be for your relatives," an action done by one does not give fruit to another, but rather that material thing being given dedicated thus becomes a condition for wholesome action for the deceased relatives, therefore, showing how wholesome action that produces fruit at that very moment in that very material thing arises for them, he said beginning with "And they there" etc.

Therein, "they" means the deceased relatives. "There" means there where the gift is being given. "Having come together" means having assembled there for the purpose of thanksgiving, thinking "These relatives of ours are dedicating a gift for our benefit." "When food and drink are abundant" means in that material thing being given dedicated to oneself. "They give thanks attentively" means believing in the fruit of action, not abandoning respect, having become undistracted in mind, they rejoice and give thanks saying "May this gift of ours be for our welfare and happiness," they become filled with joy and pleasure.

18. "May they live long" means may they be long-lived, of long life span. "Our relatives" means our kin. "Because of whom" means for whose reason, in dependence on whom. "We receive" means we obtain such success. For this is a display of the manner of praise by the ghosts who are experiencing the success obtained through dedication, towards their own relatives. For through three factors - by the ghosts' own thanksgiving, by the dedication of the donors, and by the accomplishment of those worthy of offerings - the offering produces fruit at that very moment. Therein, the donors are the special cause. Therefore he said "because of whom we receive." "And veneration has been made to us" means by those donors dedicating thus "May this be for your relatives," veneration has been made to us too, and those donors are not without fruit, because in whichever continuity the action consisting of relinquishment arose, fruit is given right there to that one.

Here one asks - "Do only relatives reborn in the sphere of ghosts obtain the success of causes, or do others also?" This need not be stated by us here, since it has been thus explained by the Blessed One. For this was said:

"We, Master Gotama, being brahmins, give gifts, we perform meritorious deeds, saying 'May this gift be beneficial to the departed relatives and blood-relations, may the departed relatives and blood-relations consume this gift.' Does that gift, Master Gotama, benefit the departed relatives and blood-relations? Do those departed relatives and blood-relations consume that gift?" "In a suitable state, brahmin, it is beneficial, not in an unsuitable state."

"But what, Master Gotama, is the suitable state, what is the unsuitable state?" "Here, brahmin, a certain one is one who kills living beings, etc. holds wrong view; upon the body's collapse at death, he is reborn in hell. Whatever is the food of beings in hell, by that he sustains himself there, by that he remains there. This, brahmin, is an unsuitable state where, for one established there, that gift does not benefit.

"Here again, brahmin, a certain one is one who kills living beings, etc. holds wrong view; upon the body's collapse at death, he is reborn in the animal realm. Whatever is the food of beings in the animal realm, by that he sustains himself there, by that he remains there. This too, brahmin, is an unsuitable state where, for one established there, that gift does not benefit.

"Here again, brahmin, a certain one abstains from killing living beings, etc. holds right view; upon the body's collapse at death, he is reborn in the company of human beings, etc. he is reborn in the company of the gods. Whatever is the food of the gods, by that he sustains himself there, by that he remains there. This too, brahmin, is an unsuitable state where, for one established there, that gift does not benefit.

"Here again, brahmin, a certain one is one who kills living beings, etc. holds wrong view; upon the body's collapse at death, he is reborn in the sphere of ghosts. Whatever is the food of beings in the sphere of ghosts, by that he sustains himself there, by that he remains there. Or whatever friends and colleagues or relatives and blood-relations give from here, by that he sustains himself there, by that he remains there. This, brahmin, is the state where, for one established there, that gift is beneficial."

"But if, Master Gotama, that ghost who is a relative or blood-relation has not arisen in that state, who consumes that gift?" "Other ghosts who are relatives and blood-relations have arisen in that state, brahmin; they consume that gift."

"But if, Master Gotama, that ghost who is a relative or blood-relation has not arisen in that state, and other ghosts who are relatives and blood-relations have not arisen in that state, who consumes that gift?" "This is impossible, brahmin, there is no chance that that state would be empty during this long period of time, that is to say, of ghosts who are relatives and blood-relations. Further, brahmin, the donor too is not without fruit."

19. Now, in order to show the absence of any other cause for obtaining success such as farming, cow-keeping, and so on for those reborn in the sphere of ghosts there, and the fact of being sustained by what is given from here, "for indeed" and so on was stated.

Therein, "for there is no farming there" means in that sphere of ghosts there is indeed no farming, in dependence on which ghosts might live happily. "Cow-keeping is not found here" means here in the sphere of ghosts not only farming alone is absent, but cow-keeping too is not found, in dependence on which they might live happily. "There is no such trade" means there is no such trade either, which might be the cause for their obtaining success. "Buying and selling with gold" means there is no such buying and selling with gold there either, which might be the cause for their obtaining success. "By what is given from here they sustain themselves, the deceased ghosts there" means they sustain themselves only by what is given from here by relatives or friends and colleagues; they maintain their individual existence. "Ghosts" means beings reborn in the sphere of ghosts. "Deceased" means gone by their own time of death. Or the reading is "kālakatā," meaning those whose time has been done, whose death has been done, those who have reached death. "There" means in that sphere of ghosts.

20-21. Now, in order to make known the aforesaid meaning by similes, he spoke a pair of verses beginning with "Upon high ground water rained." Its meaning is - Just as water rained upon by clouds on high ground, on dry land, on an elevated place, flows down to the low ground - whatever piece of ground is low, sloping down, to that it approaches; just so a gift given from here is beneficial to the ghosts, it is applied for the acquisition of fruition. For indeed the realm of ghosts is like a low-lying place for the flowing of water, for the benefiting of gifts. As he said - "This, brahmin, is the state where, for one established there, that gift is beneficial." And just as by water flowing down through ravines, gorges, branches, sub-branches, small streams, and great streams, the water-carriers, the great rivers, having become full, fill the ocean, so a gift given from here is beneficial to the ghosts in the manner stated previously.

22. Since the ghosts, overpowered by the hope "We shall obtain something from here," even having come to the house of relatives, are unable to ask "Give us such and such a thing," therefore, showing that a son of good family, recollecting these grounds for remembrance concerning them, should give an offering, he spoke the verse "He gave to me."

Its meaning is - "He gave me such and such wealth or grain," "He did such and such a duty for me, undertaking the exertion himself," and "Such a one is my relative through connection on the mother's side or the father's side, such a one is my friend through affection by reason of the ability to provide shelter, such a one is my companion who played in the dust together with me" - thus recollecting all this, one should give an offering to the ghosts, one should hand over a gift. "Dakkhiṇā dajjā" is also a reading; an offering for the ghosts should be given; by that, by the method beginning with "He gave to me," it is said that one recollecting what was done before recollects. For this is the nominative case used in the instrumental sense.

23-24. But those beings who, having become overcome by weeping, sorrow and so on due to the death of relatives, remain thus and do not give anything for their benefit - for them that weeping, sorrow and so on is merely self-torment alone, and it does not accomplish any benefit for the ghosts - showing this, having spoken the verse "For neither weeping nor," then again, in order to show the usefulness of the offering given by the King of Magadha, he spoke the verse "And this." Their meaning has been stated above.

25. Now, since by the king giving this offering, the duty to relatives has been pointed out by way of performing the duties that should be done by relatives for relatives, it has been made known to the multitude of people, an example has been made known, "By you too the duty to relatives should be fulfilled in just the same way towards relatives." And by causing those ghosts to attain heavenly success, lofty veneration has been made to the ghosts; by satisfying the community of monks headed by the Buddha with food, drink, and so on, strength has been given to the monks; and by producing the volition of generosity accompanied by qualities such as compassion and so on, much merit has been produced - therefore the Blessed One, gladdening the king with these qualities conforming with the truth, spoke the concluding verse "This duty to relatives."

Therein, "the duty to relatives" means the performing of duties that should be done by relatives for relatives. "Lofty" means prosperous, successful. "Strength" means bodily strength. "Produced" means accumulated. And here, by this "This duty to relatives has been pointed out," the Blessed One instructed the king with a talk on the Teaching. The showing of the duty to relatives is here the instruction. By this "And lofty veneration has been made to the ghosts," he encouraged. "Lofty" being praise, here is the encouragement to perform veneration again and again. By this "And strength has been given to the monks," he inspired. The giving of strength to the monks is here the inspiration through the increase of enthusiasm in such giving of strength. By this "Much merit has been produced by you," he gladdened. The praising of the production of merit is here the gladdening through being an exposition of his qualities conforming with the truth - thus the explanation here should be understood.

And at the conclusion of the teaching, through the exposition of the dangers of rebirth in the sphere of ghosts and so on, there was the full realization of the teaching by eighty-four thousand living beings whose hearts were stirred and who wisely strove. On the second day too he taught this very Tirokuṭṭa teaching to gods and humans. Thus up to seven days there was likewise the full realization of the teaching.

The commentary on the story of the outside-the-walls ghost is concluded.

6.

The Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Who Devoured Five Children

26-34. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to the female ghost who devoured five sons. It is said that in a small village not far from Sāvatthī, the wife of a certain householder was barren. His relatives said this to him: "Your wife is barren; we shall bring another maiden for you." He, out of affection for his wife, did not wish it. Then his wife, having heard that news, said thus to her husband: "Master, I am barren; another maiden should be brought; let not your family lineage be cut off." He, being pressured by her, brought another maiden. She, at a later time, became pregnant. The barren woman - overcome by jealousy, thinking "This one, having obtained a son, will become the mistress of this house," seeking a means for causing her abortion, having won over a certain female wandering ascetic with food, drink, and so on, had her cause the abortion of that one. She, when the embryo had been destroyed, informed her own mother; the mother, having gathered together her own relatives, reported that matter. They said this to the barren woman: "Was the embryo of this woman destroyed by you?" "I did not destroy it." "If the embryo was not destroyed by you, take an oath." "If the embryo was destroyed by me, may I be destined for an unfortunate realm, overcome by hunger and thirst, and having given birth to five sons in the evening and five in the morning, having eaten them, may I not reach satisfaction; and may I always be foul-smelling and surrounded by flies" - having spoken falsely, she took an oath. She, before long, having died, was reborn as a female ghost of ugly appearance not far from that very village.

At that time, eight elders who had finished keeping the rains retreat in the country, coming to Sāvatthī for the purpose of seeing the Teacher, took abode in a forest place endowed with shade and water not far from that village. Then that female ghost showed herself to the elders. Among them, the senior monk of the Community, to that female ghost -

26.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, foul-smelling, you emit a putrid odour;

Surrounded by flies, who are you standing here?"

asked in return with a verse. Therein, "naked" means without clothes. "Of ugly appearance" means deformed; you are endowed with an exceedingly hideous appearance. "Foul-smelling" means of undesirable odour. "You emit a putrid odour" means you emit the smell of a corpse from your body. "Surrounded by flies" means strewn all around with blue flies. "Who are you standing here" means who indeed of such appearance are you standing in this place, wandering here and there - this is the meaning.

Then that female ghost, thus questioned by the Great Elder, making herself known, generating religious emotion in beings -

27.

"I, venerable sir, am a female ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

28.

"In the morning five children, in the evening five more again;

Having given birth I eat them, yet they are not enough for me.

29.

"My heart is burnt and smokes from hunger;

I cannot get drinking water to drink, see me gone to disaster."

She spoke these three verses.

27. Therein, "venerable sir" - she addresses the elder with respect. "Ill-fated" means gone to an unfortunate realm. "Belonging to Yama's world" means known as being included in the ghost realm which has received the name "Yama's world." "Gone from here" means gone from here, from the human world, to the realm of ghosts by way of being reborn; the meaning is "reborn."

28. "In the morning" means at the time of dawn of the night. For this is an instrumental expression used in the locative sense. "Five children" means five sons. For this is said by way of change of gender. "In the evening five more again" - the explanation is: in the evening time I eat again another five sons. "Having given birth" means having given birth to ten sons each day. "Yet they are not enough for me" means even those ten sons in one day are not adequate for me to ward off my hunger. Here "nā" is said by making it long for the sake of metrical ease in the verse.

29. "My heart is burnt and smokes from hunger" means when afflicted by hunger, by starvation, my heart region burns from all around by the digestive fire, smokes, and is scorched. "I cannot get drinking water to drink" means overcome by thirst, wandering here and there, I cannot get even drinking water to drink. "See me gone to disaster" means see me who has reached this kind of disaster, both common and uncommon to rebirth as a ghost - "venerable sir" - thus she declared to the elder the suffering being experienced by herself.

Having heard that, the elder, asking about the deed done by her -

30.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action do you eat the flesh of your sons?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "wrong-doing" means misconduct. "By the result of what action" means by the result of what kind of action - whether of killing living beings, or of one among taking what is not given and so on. This is the meaning. Some read "by the result of what action."

Then that female ghost, telling the elder of the deed done by herself -

31.

"My co-wife was pregnant, towards her I conceived evil;

I, with corrupted mind, caused an abortion.

32.

"Her embryo was two months old, it flowed forth as just blood;

Then her mother, angry, brought together my relatives;

And she made me take an oath, and she caused me to be reviled.

33.

"I spoke a terrible oath, a lie;

'May I eat the flesh of my sons, if that was done by me.'

34.

"By the result of that action, and of lying, both;

I eat the flesh of my sons, smeared with pus and blood." She spoke verses.

31-32. Therein, "co-wife" means a woman having the same husband. "Towards her I conceived evil" means I conceived evil, cruel action towards that co-wife. "With corrupted mind" means with a corrupted consciousness, or with a corrupted mind. "Two months old" means having arisen and become established for two months, thus two months old. "Flowed forth as just blood" means being destroyed, having become just blood, it overflowed. "Then her mother, angry, brought together my relatives" means then that co-wife's mother, angry with me, assembled her own relatives. "Tatassā" is also a reading, with the word-analysis being "tato assā" (then of her).

33-34. "Oath" means a swearing. "Made to revile" means she threatened her with fear. "Spoke an oath, a lie" means "if that was done by me, may I become such" - thus showing the very evil that was done as if undone, I spoke a lie, an untrue oath. "I eat the flesh of my sons, if that was done by me" - this is the showing of the manner in which the oath was made at that time. The meaning is: if this evil of causing an abortion was done by me, in the future, in the rebirth of a new existence, may I eat only the flesh of my sons. "Of that action" means of the action of killing living beings committed by way of causing an abortion. "And of lying" means and of the action of lying. "Both" means by the result of both, of both actions. For this is the nominative case used in the instrumental sense. "Smeared with pus and blood" - the explanation is: having become smeared with pus by way of oozing and with blood by way of breaking apart, I eat the flesh of my sons.

Thus that female ghost, having declared the result of her own actions, again said thus to the elders - "I, venerable sir, in this very village, having been the wife of such-and-such a householder, having become overcome by jealousy, having done evil action, was thus reborn in the realm of ghosts. It would be good, venerable sir, if you would go to that householder's house; he will give you a gift; you should have that offering dedicated to me; thus there will be freedom for me from this realm of ghosts." The elders, having heard that, having compassion for her, established in the nature of rescuing, entered that householder's house for almsfood. The householder, having seen the elders, with confidence arisen, having gone forward to meet them, having taken their bowls, having caused the elders to sit on seats, began to feed them with superior food. The elders, having reported that incident to the householder, had that gift dedicated to that female ghost. And at that very moment, that female ghost, freed from that suffering, having obtained lofty success, showed herself to the householder at night. Then the elders, having gone gradually to Sāvatthī, reported that matter to the Blessed One. And the Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. At the conclusion of the teaching, the great multitude, having gained a sense of urgency, abstained from jealousy and stinginess. Thus that teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost who devoured five children is concluded.

7.

The Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Who Devoured Seven Children

35-45. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to the female ghost who devoured seven sons. It is said that in a certain small village not far from Sāvatthī, a certain lay follower had two sons - in the first stage of life, endowed with beauty, possessed of morality and good conduct. Their mother, thinking "I have sons," despised her husband by the power of her sons. He, disrespected by his wife, with a wearied mind, brought another maiden. She before long became pregnant. Then his chief wife, overcome by jealousy, having enticed a certain physician with material gains, through him caused the destruction of her three-month embryo. Then she, when questioned by the relatives and the husband "Was the embryo of this woman destroyed by you?" having spoken falsely "I did not destroy it," when told by those who did not believe her "Take an oath," took an oath: "May I, having given birth to seven sons in the evening and seven in the morning, eat the flesh of my sons, and may I always be foul-smelling and surrounded by flies."

She, at a later time, having died, by the very result of that abortion and lying, having been reborn in the realm of ghosts, eating the flesh of her sons in the manner of sons, wandered not far from that very village. And at that time several elders, having finished keeping the rains retreat at a village residence, coming to Sāvatthī for the purpose of seeing the Blessed One, made their dwelling for the night at a certain place not far from that village. Then that female ghost showed herself to those elders. The great elder asked her in verse -

35.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, foul-smelling, you emit a putrid odour;

Surrounded by flies, who are you standing here?"

She, questioned by the elder, gave a reply with three verses -

36.

"I, venerable sir, am a female ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

37.

"In the morning seven children, in the evening seven more again;

Having given birth I eat them, yet they are not enough for me.

38.

"My heart is burnt and smokes from hunger;

I do not attain peace, like one burnt by fire in the sun's heat."

38. Therein, "peace" means the appeasement of the suffering of hunger and thirst. "Do not attain" means I do not obtain. "Like one burnt by fire in the sun's heat": the explanation is, like one being burnt by fire in exceedingly hot sunshine, I do not attain peace.

Having heard that, the great elder, asking about the deed done by her -

39.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action do you eat the flesh of your sons?" He spoke a verse.

Then that female ghost, telling of her rebirth in the ghost world and the reason for eating the flesh of her sons -

40.

"I had two sons, both having attained youth;

I, endowed with the power of sons, despised my husband.

41.

"Then my husband, angry, brought a co-wife for me;

She conceived an embryo, towards her I conceived evil.

42.

"I, with corrupted mind, caused an abortion;

Her embryo was three months old, it fell as putrid blood.

43.

"Then her mother, angry, brought together my relatives;

And she made me take an oath, and she caused me to be reviled.

44.

"I spoke a terrible oath, a lie;

'May I eat the flesh of my sons, if that was done by me.'

45.

"By the result of that action, and of lying, both;

I eat the flesh of my sons, smeared with pus and blood." He spoke these verses.

40-45. Therein, "endowed with the power of sons" means endowed with the power of sons, having obtained strength by virtue of her sons. "Despised" means having transgressed, she looked down upon, she despised. "It fell as putrid blood" means having become corpse-blood, the embryo fell away. All the remainder is similar to the preceding one. There, eight elders; here, several. There, five sons; here, seven - this alone is the distinction.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost who devoured seven children is concluded.

8.

The Commentary on the Story of the Ox Ghost

46-53. "Why, as if mad" - the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this referring to a certain householder whose father had died. It is said that in Sāvatthī, the father of a certain householder died. He, with a heart scorched by sorrow on account of his father's death, weeping, mad, wandering about as if dear, whomever he sees, he asks - "Have you seen my father?" No one was able to dispel his sorrow. But in his heart, like a lamp in a pot, the decisive support for the fruition of stream-entry blazes.

The Teacher, towards the break of dawn, surveying the world, having seen his decisive support for the fruition of stream-entry, having thought "It is fitting to bring up a past story for him, to appease his sorrow, and to give him the fruition of stream-entry," on the following day, after the meal, having returned from his alms round, without taking an attendant monk, went to his house door. He, having heard "The Teacher has come," having gone out to meet him, having ushered the Teacher into the house, when the Teacher was seated on the prepared seat, having himself paid homage to the Blessed One, seated to one side, said "Do you know, venerable sir, the place where my father has gone?" Then the Teacher said to him "Lay follower, do you ask about your father in this individual existence, or in the past?" He, having heard that word, thinking "It seems I have had many fathers," with sorrow diminished, attained a little equanimity. Then the Teacher, having given a talk on the Teaching for the dispelling of sorrow, having known that his sorrow had departed and his mind was pliant, having established him in the fruition of stream-entry through the gradual teaching of the Teaching, went to the monastery.

Then the monks raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall - "See, friends, the majestic power of the Buddha! A lay follower so overcome with sorrow and lamentation was disciplined by the Blessed One in the fruition of stream-entry in just a moment." The Teacher, having gone there, seated on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared, asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" The monks reported that matter to the Blessed One. The Teacher, having said "Not only now, monks, has this one's sorrow been removed by me; in the past too it was removed indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in Bārāṇasī, the father of a certain householder died. He, overcome with sorrow and lamentation on account of his father's death, with tearful face, with red eyes, weeping, circumambulates the funeral pyre. His son, a prince named Sujāta, wise, experienced, endowed with higher intelligence, thinking of a means to remove his father's sorrow, one day, having seen a dead bull outside the city, having brought grass and drinking water and having placed them before it, stood saying "Eat, eat, drink, drink." Those who came one after another, having seen him, say "Dear Sujāta, are you mad, you who bring grass and water to a dead bull?" He does not reply anything. People, having gone to his father's presence, said "Your son has gone mad; he is giving grass and water to a dead bull." Having heard that, the sorrow that had been standing regarding the householder's father departed. He, thinking "My son, it seems, has gone mad," struck with religious emotion, having gone quickly, reproving him - "Are you not, dear Sujāta, wise, experienced, endowed with higher intelligence? Why did you give grass and water to a dead bull?" -

46.

"Why, as if mad, having mowed green grass,

Do you prattle 'Eat, eat!' to an old bull whose life has departed?

47.

"For indeed not by food or drink, will a dead bull rise up;

You are a fool and imprudent, just as that other fool."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "why" is a word of inquiry. "As if mad" means as if having the nature of a madman, as if having reached derangement of the mind. "Having mowed" means having cut. "Green grass" means fresh grass. "Prattle" means talk nonsense. "Whose life has departed" means whose life has gone. "Old bull" means an ox, an aged bull. "With food and drink" means with the green grass or drinking water given by you. "A dead bull will rise up" means a deceased bull, having obtained life, would indeed not rise up. "You are a fool and imprudent" means you are a fool by reason of folly, and imprudent due to the absence of wisdom reckoned as intelligence. "Just as that other fool" means just as that - another devoid of wisdom too might talk nonsense - so you talk nonsense in vain. This is the meaning. "Yathā taṃ" is merely a particle.

Having heard that, Sujāta, making known his own intention in order to convince his father -

48.

"These feet, this head, this body with its tail;

The eyes remain just so, this bull should rise up.

49.

"The grandfather's hands and feet, body and head are not seen;

Crying at a clay stupa, are you not yourself the fool?"

He spoke a pair of verses. Its meaning is - This bull has these four feet, this head, and this body exists together with its tail - thus "with its tail" means this body. And these eyes, the organs of sight, remain in their unbroken form just as before death. "This bull should rise up" means for this reason my thought would be that this bull should rise up, should get up. Some read "Methinks the bull should rise up"; the intention is that for that reason I might think that this bull might even suddenly raise up its body; thus such an imagination might arise in me. But the grandfather's - my paternal grandfather's - hands and feet, body and head are not seen; yet crying at a stupa made of clay into which his bones were placed, a hundredfold, a thousandfold more, dear father, you yourself are the fool, devoid of wisdom; formations subject to breaking break up; for those who understand, what lamentation is there? - thus he taught the Teaching to his father.

Having heard that, the Bodhisatta's father, having thought "My wise son did this deed in order to convince me," praising his son, saying "Dear Sujāta, 'all beings too are subject to death' - this is known by me; henceforth I shall not grieve; one should indeed be such a wise person capable of removing sorrow" -

50.

"Indeed, as I was blazing, like a fire sprinkled with ghee;

Pouring down as if with water, he extinguished all my anguish.

51.

"He has indeed drawn out my dart, the sorrow lodged in my heart;

He who, for me overcome with sorrow, dispelled my sorrow for my father.

52.

"I have had the dart pulled out, I have become cool, quenched;

I do not grieve, I do not weep, having heard you, young man.

53.

"Thus do the wise act, those who are compassionate;

They turn one away from sorrow, as Sujāta did his father."

He spoke four verses. Therein, "blazing" means blazing with the fire of sorrow, burning. "Santaṃ" means existing. "Pāvaka" means fire. "Pouring down as if with water" means as if sprinkling with water. "He extinguished all anguish" means he extinguished all my mental disturbance. "He has indeed drawn out" means he has indeed taken out. "Dart" means the dart of sorrow. "Lodged in the heart" means that which had become a dart connected with the mind. "Overcome with sorrow" means of one overpowered by sorrow. "Sorrow for the father" means sorrow arisen referring to the father. "Dispelled" means removed. "Having heard you, young man" means: young boy, having heard your words, now however I do not grieve, I do not weep. "As Sujāta did his father" means just as this Sujāta turned his own father away from sorrow, so too others who are compassionate, who are disposed to supporting, those wise ones act thus, rendering help to fathers and others as well. This is the meaning.

Having heard the young man's words, the father, having become free from sorrow, having bathed his head, having eaten, having set his business activities going, having died, was destined for heaven. The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, made known the truths to those monks; at the conclusion of the truths, many became established in the fruition of stream-entry and so on. At that time Sujāta was the Lord of the World.

The commentary on the story of the ox ghost is concluded.

9.

The Commentary on the Story of the Great Weaver Female Ghost

54-57. "Faeces and urine and blood and pus": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to a certain weaver's female ghost. About twelve monks, it is said, having taken a meditation subject in the presence of the Teacher, investigating a place suitable for dwelling, when entering the rains retreat was approaching, having seen a certain forest haunt endowed with shade and water, delightful, and a village as food resort neither too far nor too near from it, having stayed there one night, on the second day entered the village for almsfood. There eleven weavers were dwelling; they, having seen those monks, with pleasure arisen, having led them to their own respective houses, having served them with superior food, said "Where, venerable sirs, are you going?" "Wherever is convenient for us, there we shall go." "If so, venerable sirs, you should dwell right here" - they requested them to enter the rains retreat. The monks accepted. The lay followers, having had forest huts built for them there, gave them. The monks entered the rains retreat there.

There the chief weaver attended upon two monks carefully with the four requisites; the others attended upon one monk each. The wife of the chief weaver was faithless, without confidence, holding wrong views, and stingy; she did not attend upon the monks carefully. He, having seen that, having brought her own younger sister, handed over the authority in his house. She, being faithful and devoted, carefully looked after the monks. All those weavers gave one cloak each to each of the monks who had completed the rains retreat. There the stingy wife of the chief weaver, with a corrupted mind, abused her own husband - "Whatever gift of food and drink has been given by you to the ascetics, disciples of the Sakyan, may that become faeces and urine and pus and blood for you in the world beyond, and may the cloaks become blazing iron sheets!"

There the chief weaver, at a later time, having died, was reborn in the Vindhya forest as a tree deity endowed with power. But his miserly wife, having died, was reborn as a female ghost not far from that very dwelling place. She, naked, of ugly appearance, overcome by hunger and thirst, having gone to the presence of that terrestrial god, said - "I, master, without clothes, exceedingly overcome by hunger and thirst, wander about; give me cloth and food and drink." He presented her with divine, superior food and drink. That, the very moment it was taken by her, became faeces and urine and pus and blood, and the cloak given, when put on by her, became a blazing iron sheet. She, experiencing great suffering, having thrown it away, wanders about crying.

And at that time a certain monk, having finished keeping the rains retreat, going to pay homage to the Teacher, together with a great caravan, proceeded into the Vindhya forest. The caravan members, having travelled the road at night, by day, having seen in the forest a place endowed with dense shade and water, having unyoked the vehicles, rested for a moment. But the monk, out of desire for seclusion, having withdrawn a little, at the root of a certain tree of dense shade, concealed by jungle thicket, having laid out his double robe, lying down, with body wearied by the fatigue of travelling the road at night, went to sleep. The caravan members, having rested, proceeded on the road; that monk did not wake up. Then, having risen in the evening time, not seeing them, having taken a certain wrong path, gradually he arrived at the dwelling place of that deity. Then that young god, having seen him, having approached in human form, having exchanged friendly welcome, having ushered him into his own mansion, having given foot ointment and so on, sat down attending upon him. And at that time that female ghost, having come, said "Give me, master, food and drink and a cloak." He gave those to her. And those, the very moment they were taken by her, became just faeces, urine, pus, blood, and blazing iron sheets. That monk, having seen that, with a sense of urgency arisen, to that young god -

54.

"Faeces and urine and blood and pus, she consumes - of what is this the result?

What action did this woman do, she who always feeds on blood and pus?

55.

"New garments, beautiful indeed, soft, pure, and hairy;

When given, they become mixed, like thorns, what action did this woman do?"

He asked in return with two verses. Therein, "of what is this the result" means of what kind of action is this the result, which she now experiences. "What action did this woman do" means what action did this woman do formerly. "She who always feeds on blood and pus" means she who at all times eats and consumes nothing but blood and pus. "New" means costly, having just appeared at that very moment. "Beautiful" means lovely, fair to behold. "Soft" means pleasant to the touch. "Pure" means of pure colour. "Hairy" means having fine hair, pleasant to the touch; the meaning is beautiful. "When given, they become mixed, like thorns" means they become like the thorns of the kitaka plant, like sheets of metal. "Kīṭakā bhavanti" is also a reading; the meaning is they become like biting insects in appearance.

Thus that young god, asked by that monk, making known the deed done in a former birth -

56.

"She was my wife, venerable sir, not a giver, stingy, miserly;

She reviles and abuses me when I am giving to ascetics and brahmins.

57.

"Faeces and urine and blood and pus, consume you this impurity at all times;

May this be yours in the world beyond, and may your garments become like thorns;

Having practised such misconduct, having come here, she eats for a long time."

He spoke two verses. Therein, "not a giver" means habitually not giving anything whatsoever to anyone. "Stingy, miserly" - the explanation is: first she was stingy by the intrinsic nature of the stain of stinginess, and through repeated practice of that she became obstinately stingy, and through that she was miserly. Now, showing that very miserliness of hers, he said beginning with "She, when I am giving." Therein, "such" means having practised such verbal misconduct and so on as stated above. "Having come here" means having come to this realm of ghosts, having reached the ghost state of existence. "Eats for a long time" means she eats nothing but faeces and so on for a long time. For in whatever manner she reviled, the result occurs in that very same manner. That at which the reviling was directed, elsewhere on earth, at what is reckoned as the end of the earth, like a thunderbolt falling upon the head, it falls upon oneself.

Thus that young god, having spoken of the deed done by her in the past, again said to that monk - "But, venerable sir, is there any means to release her from the realm of ghosts?" And when it was said "There is," "Speak, venerable sir." If, having given a gift to the Blessed One and the noble Community or even to a single monk, it is dedicated to her, and she rejoices in that, thus there will be freedom for her from this suffering. Having heard that, the young god, having given superior food and drink to that monk, dedicated that offering to that female ghost. Instantly that female ghost became satisfied, with faculties pleased, and contented with divine food. Again, having given a pair of divine cloths into the hand of that very monk with reference to the Blessed One, he dedicated that offering to the female ghost. And instantly she became clothed in divine garments, adorned with divine ornaments, endowed with all sensual pleasures, and comparable to a celestial nymph. And that monk, by the supernormal power of that young god, on that very day having reached Sāvatthī, having entered Jeta's Grove, having approached the presence of the Blessed One, having paid homage, having given that pair of cloths, reported that incident. The Blessed One too, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the story of the great weaver female ghost is concluded.

10.

The Commentary on the Story of the Bald-Headed Female Ghost

58-72. "Who are you inside the mansion": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to a certain bald-headed female ghost. In the past, it is said, in Bārāṇasī there was a certain harlot, lovely, beautiful, pleasing, endowed with the highest beauty of complexion, with an exceedingly captivating mass of hair. For her hair was black, long, slender, soft, glossy, with curly tips, able to be grasped with both hands, and hanging down in tresses as far as the girdle. Having seen that beauty of her hair, the young people were for the most part enamoured of her. Then several women, not enduring that beauty of her hair, overcome by jealousy, having consulted together, having enticed her very own attendant female slave with material gains, had her give a medicine for causing the falling out of her hair. It is said that that female slave, having prepared that medicine together with bath powder, gave it to her at the time of bathing in the river Ganges. She, having moistened the roots of her hair with it, plunged into the water; at the very moment of plunging, the hair fell out with the roots, and her head became like a bitter gourd. Then she, with hair completely cut off, with plucked head, having become ugly like a pigeon, being unable to enter the inner city out of shame, having wrapped her head with a cloth, making her dwelling at a certain place outside the city, after a few days, with shame gone, having returned from there, having pressed sesame seeds, carrying on oil trade and liquor trade, earned her livelihood. She, one day, when two or three people, intoxicated with liquor, were falling into deep sleep, stole their loosened worn garments.

Then one day she, having seen a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions walking for almsfood, with a confident mind, having led him to her own house, having caused him to sit down on a prepared seat, gave him oil-mixed trough-scrapings of poonac. He, out of compassion for her, having accepted it, consumed it. She, with a devoted mind, holding an umbrella above, stood there. And that elder, gladdening her mind, having given thanksgiving, departed. And that woman, at the very time of the thanksgiving, made an aspiration: "May my hair be long, slender, glossy, soft, and with curly tips."

She, at a later time, having died, by the fruit of mixed action, was reborn alone in a golden mansion in the middle of the ocean. Her hair came to be in the very form she had wished for. But because of stealing the cloaks of human beings, she was naked. She, having been reborn again and again in that golden mansion, spent one interval between Buddhas being just naked. Then, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was gradually dwelling at Sāvatthī, seven hundred merchants dwelling in Sāvatthī set out by boat into the great ocean bound for Suvaṇṇabhūmi. The boat embarked upon by them, tossed about by the force of uneven winds, wandering here and there, came to that region. Then that mansion-ghost, together with the mansion, showed herself to them. Having seen that, the chief merchant, asking -

58.

"Who are you standing inside the mansion, not coming out?

Come out, good lady, let us see you standing outside."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "who are you standing inside the mansion" means: you who are standing inside, within the mansion, who are you? He asks whether she is a human woman or a non-human woman. "Not coming out" means she did not come out from the mansion. "Come out, good lady, let us see you standing outside" means: good lady, we wish to see you standing outside; therefore come out from the mansion. "Come out, venerable one" is also a reading; the meaning is "may there be good fortune for you."

Then she, making known her inability to go outside -

59.

"I am troubled, I am ashamed, to go out naked;

I am covered by my hair, little merit was done by me."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "I am troubled" means I am distressed, afflicted at going out naked. "I am ashamed" means I feel shame. "I am covered by my hair" means by my hair I am concealed, with my body wrapped. "Little merit was done by me" means little, slight wholesome action was done by me; the intention is merely the giving of oil-cake.

Then the merchant, wishing to give her his upper garment -

60.

"Come, I give you my cloak, put on this cloth;

Having put on this cloth, come, go out, beautiful one;

Come out, good lady, let us see you standing outside."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "come" (handa) means take. "Cloak" (uttarīya) means the outer covering, the upper garment - this is the meaning. "I give you" (dadāmi te) means I give to you. "Put on this cloth" means you put on this upper garment of mine. "Beautiful one" (sobhane) means one of beautiful appearance.

And having said thus, he presented his upper garment to her. She, showing both the unsuitability for herself of what was being given in that way, and how what was being given could be suitable -

61.

"What is given by your hand to my hand, does not benefit me;

Here is a lay follower with faith, a disciple of the Perfectly Self-awakened One.

62.

"Having clothed him with this, dedicate the offering to me;

Thus I shall be happy, endowed with all sensual pleasures."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "what is given by your hand to my hand, does not benefit me" means, sir, what is given by you, by your hand to my hand, does not benefit me, is not applicable, does not become suitable for use - this is the meaning. "Here is a lay follower with faith" means this one who is a lay follower through going for refuge with reference to the Triple Gem, and faithful through being endowed with faith in the fruit of action, is here in this group of people. "Having clothed him with this, dedicate the offering to me" means having had this lay follower put on the cloth being given to me, dedicate that offering to me, give the transference of merit. "Thus I shall be happy" means when it is done thus, I shall be happy, clothed in divine garments, having attained happiness.

Having heard that, the merchants, having bathed that lay follower, having anointed him, clothed him with a pair of garments. Making known that matter, the compilers of the recitation -

63.

"Having bathed him and having anointed him, the merchants;

Having clothed him with garments, dedicated the offering to her.

64.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the result arose;

Food, clothing, and drink - this is the fruit of the offering.

65.

"Then pure, with clean clothing, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Laughing, she came out from the mansion, 'This is the fruit of the offering.'"

They spoke three verses.

63. Therein, "taṃ" means that lay follower. The word "ca" is merely a particle. "Te" means those merchants - this is the explanation. "Having anointed" means having anointed with the finest fragrance. "Having clothed with garments" means having fed him food endowed with colour, fragrance, and flavour, with accompaniments, they clothed him with two garments, namely the inner robe and the upper robe; they gave two garments - this is the meaning. "Dedicated the offering to her" means they dedicated that offering to that female ghost.

64. "Immediately after the offering was dedicated" - "anu" is merely a particle; immediately after the offering was dedicated to her. "The result arose" means the result of the offering, the fruit, arose for that female ghost. "Of what kind?" - the female ghost said "food, clothing, and drink." Food of various kinds similar to divine food, and garments resplendent with various brilliant colours similar to divine garments, and drinks of many kinds - this is such a fruit of the offering that arose - this is the explanation.

65. "Then" means after the obtaining of the aforesaid food and so on. "Pure" means with body purified by bathing. "With clean clothing" means dressed in thoroughly pure garments. "Wearing the finest Kāsi cloth" means wearing garments even finer than Kāsi cloth. "Laughing" means she came out from the mansion laughing by way of making known "See now this special fruit of your offering."

Then those merchants, having thus seen the fruit of merit directly, filled with wonder and amazement, with respect and esteem arisen towards that lay follower, with joined palms, attended on him. He too, having gladdened them exceedingly with a talk on the Teaching, established them in the refuges and in the precepts. They, about the deed done by that mansion-ghost -

66.

"Your mansion, beautifully variegated and pleasant, shines;

O deity, being asked, explain, of what action is this the fruit?"

Asked with this verse. Therein, "beautifully variegated" means well-arranged painted forms by way of elephants, horses, women, men and so on, and by way of garland-work, creeper-work and so on. "Pleasant" means delightful, beautiful. "Of what action is this the fruit" means of what kind of action - whether consisting of giving or consisting of morality - is this the fruit. This is the meaning.

She, thus questioned by them, declaring both - "This is the fruit of the small wholesome action done by me, but as for the unwholesome action, in the future such will be in hell" -

67.

"To a monk walking for almsfood, a trough-scraper I

Gave to one upright, with a clear mind.

68.

"Of that wholesome action, the result for a long interval;

I experience in the mansion, but that now is small.

69.

"After four months, death will occur;

I will fall into hell, extremely painful and terrible.

70.

"Rectangular, with four doors, divided into sections, measured;

Surrounded by an iron wall, covered over with iron.

71.

"Its floor is made of iron, blazing, endowed with heat;

Having pervaded a hundred yojanas all around, it stands always.

72.

"There I shall experience painful feeling for a long duration;

The fruit of evil action, therefore I grieve exceedingly." She spoke verses.

67. Therein, "of a monk walking about" means of a certain monk whose mental defilements were destroyed, walking about for almsfood. "Doṇinimmajjani" means oil-cake with oil flowing out. "Upright" means one who has attained the state of uprightness through the absence of mental defilements that make the mind crooked, bent, and twisted. "With a clear mind" means with a mind well pleased through faith in the fruit of action.

68-69. "Dīghamantaran" - the syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector; "dīgha-antara" means a long time. This is the meaning. "And that now is small" means and that fruit of merit, because the result of the action has ripened, is now small, with little remaining; the meaning is I shall pass away from here before long. Therefore she said "After four months, death will occur" - this shows that beyond four months, in the fifth month above the four months, my death will occur. "Absolutely bitter" means absolutely suffering, because of the state of having six sense-bases of undesirable contact absolutely. This is the meaning. "Terrible" means cruel. "Niraya" - having taken it as "there is no happiness (ayo) herein (ettha)," it is hell which has obtained the name "niraya." "Papatissahan" means I shall fall.

70. And since "hell" here is intended as the Avīci great hell, in order to show it in its own form, she said beginning with "rectangular." Therein, "rectangular" means four-cornered. "With four doors" means furnished with four doors in the four directions. "Divided" means well divided.

"In sections" means by portions. "Measured" means weighed. "Bounded by an iron wall" means encircled by a wall made of iron. "Covered over with iron" means closed above with an iron sheet alone.

71-72. "Endowed with heat" means continuously combined with flames by a great fire with flames arisen from all sides. "A hundred yojanas all around" means thus indeed outside all around in all directions a hundred yojanas, a hundred of yojanas. "Always" means at all times. "Stands pervading" means stands having spread throughout. "There" means in that great hell. "Shall experience" means I shall experience, I shall undergo. "And the fruit of evil action" means this such experience of suffering is the fruit of evil action thus greatly done. This is the meaning.

Thus, when she had made known the fruit of the deeds done by herself and the danger of hell in the future, that lay follower, with a mind urged by compassion, having thought "Well then, let me become a support for her," said - "Deity, you have become endowed with all sensual pleasures and possessed of the success of the eighteen kinds of adornment through the influence of a gift to me alone. But now, having given a gift to these lay followers and having recollected the virtues of the Teacher, you will be freed from rebirth in hell." That female ghost, full of joy, having said "Excellent!" having satisfied them with divine food and drink, gave them divine garments and various kinds of jewels, and having given a divine suit of garments into their hands with reference to the Blessed One, she sent homage too, saying "A certain mansion-ghost, venerable sir, pays respect with her head at the Blessed One's feet - having gone to Sāvatthī, pay homage to the Teacher in my name," and she brought that boat by her own supernormal power to the port desired by them on that very day.

Then those merchants, from that port, gradually having reached Sāvatthī, having entered Jeta's Grove, having given that suit of garments to the Teacher and having reported the homage, reported that incident to the Blessed One from the beginning. The Teacher, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching in detail to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude. And those lay followers, on the second day, having given a great gift to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, dedicated the offering to her. And she, having passed away from that realm of ghosts, was reborn in a golden mansion in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, resplendent with various jewels, with a retinue of a thousand nymphs.

The commentary on the story of the bald-headed female ghost is concluded.

11.

The Commentary on the Story of the Nāga Ghost

73-84. "In front he goes with a white elephant": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to two brahmin ghosts. It is said that the Venerable Saṃkicca, seven years old, having attained arahantship at the very hall of tonsure, standing on the plane of a novice, dwelling in a forest haunt together with about thirty monks, having warded off even death that had come to those monks from the hands of five hundred thieves, and having tamed those thieves and given them the going forth, went to the Teacher's presence. The Teacher taught the Teaching to those monks; at the conclusion of the teaching, those monks attained arahantship. Then the Venerable Saṃkicca, having completed the rains retreat and having obtained full ordination, together with those five hundred monks, having gone to Bārāṇasī, dwelt at Isipatana. People, having gone to the elder's presence, having heard the Teaching, with devoted minds, street by street, having formed into groups, gave a gift for the visitors. There a certain lay follower encouraged people to provide regular meals; they established regular meals according to their strength.

Now at that time in Bārāṇasī, a certain brahmin of wrong view had two sons and one daughter. Among them, the eldest son was a friend of that lay follower. He, having taken him, went to the presence of the Venerable Saṃkicca. The Venerable Saṃkicca taught the Teaching to him. He was of tender heart. Then that lay follower said to him - "You should give a regular meal to one monk." "The giving of regular meals to ascetics, disciples of the Sakyan, is not practised by us brahmins; therefore I shall not give." "Will you not give a meal even to me?" "How would I not give?" he said. "If so, what you give to me, give that to one monk." He, having assented "Very well," on the second day, right early, having gone to the monastery, having brought one monk, fed him.

Thus as time went on, having seen the practice of the monks and having heard the Teaching, his younger brother and sister became devoted to the Dispensation and delighted in meritorious deeds. Thus those three persons, giving gifts according to their means, honoured, respected, revered, and venerated ascetics and brahmins. But their mother and father were faithless, without confidence, disrespectful towards ascetics and brahmins, indifferent to meritorious deeds, and without desire. The relatives proposed their daughter, the girl, for the sake of their maternal uncle's son. And he, having heard the Teaching in the presence of the Venerable Saṃkicca, being struck with religious emotion, having gone forth, constantly went to his own mother's house to eat. His mother enticed him with her brother's daughter, the girl. Because of that, he, having become dissatisfied, having approached his preceptor, said - "I shall leave the Order, venerable sir; allow me." The preceptor, having seen the achievement of his decisive support, said - "Novice, wait for just one month." He, having assented "Very well," when the month had passed, reported likewise. The preceptor again said "Wait for a fortnight." When the fortnight had passed, when he said likewise, he again said "Wait for a week." He assented "Very well." Then within that week, the house of the novice's maternal uncle's wife, with its roof destroyed, old, with weak walls, battered by wind and rain, collapsed. There the brahmin, the brahmin woman, the two sons, and the daughter, overwhelmed by the house, died. Among them, the brahmin and the brahmin woman were reborn in the realm of ghosts, and the two sons and the daughter among the terrestrial gods. Among them, for the eldest son an elephant vehicle arose, for the youngest a mule-drawn chariot, and for the daughter a golden palanquin. The brahmin and the brahmin woman, having taken very large iron clubs, beat each other; at the places struck, very large boils the size of pots arose, and in just a moment, having ripened, reached the point of bursting. They, having split each other's boils, overcome by wrath, merciless, threatening with harsh words, drink the pus and blood, and do not obtain satisfaction.

Then the novice, overcome by discontent, having approached his preceptor, said - "Venerable sir, the days promised by me have passed; I shall go home. Allow me." Then the preceptor, having said to him "Come when the sun has set on the fourteenth day of the dark fortnight," went a little way behind the Isipatana monastery and stood. And at that time those two young gods together with their sister were going by that very path to attend an assembly of demons, but their mother and father, with clubs in hand, of harsh speech, of dark appearance, with tangled and matted and rough and fallen masses of hair, resembling trunks of palm trees burnt by fire, with pus and blood oozing out, with wrinkled bodies, exceedingly loathsome and horrifying in appearance, followed after them.

Then the Venerable Saṃkicca, having performed such a feat of supernormal power so that the novice could see them all going, said to the novice - "Do you see, novice, these ones going?" "Yes, venerable sir, I see." "Then ask these ones about the deed done by them." He asked in order those going by elephant carriage and so on. They said - "Ask those ghosts who come from behind." The novice addressed those ghosts in verses -

73.

"In front he goes with a white elephant, in the middle with a mule-drawn chariot;

And behind a maiden is carried in a palanquin, illuminating the ten directions all around.

74.

"But you, with clubs in your hands, with tearful faces, with bodies cut and broken;

When you were human beings, what evil did you do, that you drink each other's blood?"

Therein, "in front" means at the very first. "With a white" means with a pale one. "Goes" means proceeds. "In the middle" means in between the one who has mounted the elephant and the one who has mounted the palanquin. "With a mule-drawn chariot" - the explanation is: goes with a chariot yoked with mules. "Is carried" means is conveyed. "Illuminating the ten directions all around" means shining from all sides, all around, in all ten directions, with the radiance of her own body and with the radiance of garments, ornaments, and so on. "With clubs in their hands" - those in whose hands, that is to say palms, there are clubs, they are "with clubs in their hands"; because the conventional usage of "pāṇi" (palm) is found in contexts such as grinding stones and so on, the word "pāṇi" (palm) is specifically distinguished by the word "hattha" (hand). "With bodies cut and broken" means with bodies cut and broken here and there by the blows of clubs. "Pivātha" means "you drink."

Thus questioned by the novice, those ghosts all that

They replied about the incident with four verses -

75.

"He who goes in front with an elephant, a white serpent with four legs;

He was our eldest son, having given gifts, happy he rejoices.

76.

"He who in the middle with a mule-drawn chariot, yoked with four, well-moving;

He was our middle son, without stinginess, a master in liberality, he shines.

77.

"And she who behind is carried in a palanquin, a wise woman with doe-like eyes;

She was our youngest daughter, by giving half of her share, happy she rejoices.

78.

"These gave gifts formerly, with confident minds, to ascetics and brahmins;

But we were stingy, abusive to ascetics and brahmins;

These, having given, enjoy themselves, while we wither like a cut reed."

75. Therein, "he who goes in front" means whoever goes in front among these who are going. Or the reading is "yoso purato gacchatī"; its meaning is "he who goes in front." "With an elephant" means with an elephant that has obtained the name "kuñjara" because it wears away (jīrayati) the earth (kuṃ), or because it delights in and roams about in glens (kuñjesu). "With a serpent" means there is nothing that is not accessible to it, nothing that cannot be overcome by it, thus it is a nāga; with that serpent. "With four legs" means with a quadruped. "Eldest" means firstborn.

76-77. "With four" means with four mules. "Well-moving" means with beautiful gait, with graceful gait. "With doe-like eyes" means with gentle eyes like a hind. "By half of her share" means by half of her share, by the giving of half of the portion she herself received, which was the cause. "Happy" means a happy woman. For this is said by way of change of gender.

78. "Abusive" means those who insult. "They enjoy themselves" means they direct their own faculties here and there as they please among the divine types of sensual pleasure, or they have themselves attended upon by their retinue through the outcome of the power of their own merit. "And we wither like a cut reed" means but we wither like a reed cut and thrown into the sun's heat; we become dried and withered through hunger and thirst and through mutual blows with sticks.

Having thus made known their own evil, they told him "We are your maternal uncle and maternal uncle's wife." Having heard that, the novice, with a sense of urgency arisen, asking "How do food provisions succeed for such wrongdoers?" -

79.

"What is your food, what is your bed, and how do you sustain yourselves, you of very evil nature?

When there were abundant possessions, not few, having failed to attain happiness, you have now reached suffering."

He spoke this verse. Therein, "what is your food" means what kind is your food? "What is your bed" means what kind is your bed? Some read "kiṃ sayānā"; the meaning is what kind of beds, on what kind of beds do you sleep. "And how do you sustain yourselves" means in what manner do you sustain yourselves; "kathaṃ vo yāpethā" is also a reading; the meaning is how do you sustain yourselves. "Of very evil nature" means thoroughly, exceedingly of evil nature. "When there were abundant possessions" means when there were unlimited, excellent possessions. "Not few" means not few, that is, many. "Having failed to attain happiness" means through the non-performance of merit, which is the cause of happiness, having missed and failed to attain happiness. Some read "sukhassa virādhenā" (by the failure to attain happiness). "Having now reached suffering" means having now, at present, reached this suffering included in the realm of ghosts.

Thus questioned by the novice, the ghosts, answering the matter asked by him -

80.

"Having killed each other, we drink pus and blood;

Having drunk much, we are not satisfied, we do not find pleasure.

81.

"Thus indeed mortals lament, non-givers, after death standing in Yama's realm;

Those who, having obtained and acquired wealth, neither enjoy it nor make merit.

82.

"They, overcome by hunger and thirst in the hereafter, afterwards for a long time burn, being consumed;

Having done actions with painful consequences, they experience suffering with bitter fruits.

83.

"For wealth and grain are brief, brief is life here;

Having known the brief as brief, the wise one should make an island.

84.

"Those men who thus understand, skilled in the Teaching;

They are not negligent in giving, having heard the word of the Worthy Ones."

They spoke five verses.

80-81. Therein, "not satisfied" means we are not satisfied, content, or satiated. "We do not relish" means we do not find delight, we do not produce approval; the meaning is we shall not drink that of our own preference. "Thus indeed" means just so. "Mortals lament" means other people too, like us, who have committed wrongdoing, lament and cry out. "Non-givers" means habitually not giving, stingy. "Standing in Yama's domain" means habitually standing in the sphere of ghosts, in Yama's place, designated as the world of Yama. "Those who, having obtained and acquired wealth" means those who, having gained and received wealth that produces distinction of happiness both now and in the future. "Neither enjoy it nor make merit" means like us, they themselves do not enjoy it, nor do they make merit consisting of giving by giving to others.

82. "They, overcome by hunger and thirst in the hereafter" means those beings, in the hereafter, in the world beyond, in the sphere of ghosts, having been overcome by hunger and thirst. "For a long time they burn, being consumed" means being scorched by the fire of suffering caused by hunger and so on, and by the fire of remorse occurring as "Indeed wholesome was not done by us, evil was done" and so on, they burn, they lament - this is the meaning. "With painful consequences" means with painful results. "They experience suffering with bitter fruits" means having done evil deeds with undesirable fruits, they experience suffering, suffering in the realm of misery, for a long time.

83-84. "Brief" means not lasting for a long time, impermanent, subject to change. "Brief is life here" means here in the human world, the life of beings too is brief, limited, small. Therefore the Blessed One said - "One who lives long lives a hundred years or a little more." "Having known the brief as brief" means having examined with wisdom that the requisites such as wealth and grain, and the life of human beings, are brief, limited, momentary, and not lasting long. "The wise one should make an island" means a wise person should make an island, a support for oneself, a foundation for welfare and happiness in the world beyond. "Those who thus understand" means those people who know as it really is the brief nature of people's wealth and life, they are never negligent in giving. "Having heard the word of the Worthy Ones" means having heard the word of the noble ones beginning with the Buddha; the meaning is because of having heard. The remainder is well-known.

Thus those ghosts, questioned by the novice, having told that matter, declared "We are your maternal uncle and maternal aunt." Having heard that, the novice, with a sense of urgency arisen, having dispelled his discontent, having fallen with his head at the feet of his preceptor, said thus - "That, venerable sir, which is to be done by one who is compassionate, out of compassion, that has been done for me by you. Indeed I have been protected from a great fall into harm. Now I have no need of the household life; I shall find delight in the holy life." Then the Venerable Saṃkicca told him a meditation subject suited to his disposition. He, devoting himself to the meditation subject, before long attained arahantship. The Venerable Saṃkicca, however, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Teacher, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching in detail to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the story of the nāga ghost is concluded.

12.

The Commentary on the Story of the Snake Ghost

85-94. "Just as a snake, its worn-out skin": the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this referring to a certain lay follower. It is said that in Sāvatthī, the son of a certain lay follower died. He, overcome with lamentation and sorrow on account of his son's death, being unable to go outside and do any work, remained in his house alone. Then the Teacher, towards the break of dawn, having emerged from the attainment of great compassion, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye, having seen that lay follower, in the earlier period of the day, having dressed, taking his bowl and robe, having gone to his house, stood at the door. And the lay follower, having heard of the Teacher's arrival, quickly having risen and gone, having gone out to meet him, having taken the bowl from his hand, having ushered him into the house, having prepared a seat, offered it. The Blessed One sat down on the prepared seat. The lay follower too, having paid homage to the Blessed One, sat down to one side. The Blessed One said to him "What is this, lay follower, you appear as if overcome with sorrow?" "Yes, Blessed One, my dear son has died; therefore I grieve." Then the Blessed One, dispelling his sorrow, related the Uraga Jātaka.

In the past, it is said, in the Kāsi country, in Bārāṇasī, there was a brahmin family named Dhammapāla. There the brahmin, the brahmin woman, the son, the daughter, the daughter-in-law, and the slave woman - all these were devoted to the development of the recollection of death. Among them, whoever went out from the house, having exhorted the remaining people, went out without attachment. Then one day the brahmin, having gone out from the house together with his son, having gone to the field, ploughs. The son sets fire to dry grass, leaves, and sticks. There a black snake, having come out from a hollow in a tree out of fear of the heat, bit this son of the brahmin. He, having fainted from the force of the poison, having fallen down right there, died, and was reborn as Sakka, the king of gods. The brahmin, having seen his son dead, said thus to a certain man passing near the work site - "My dear, having gone to my house, say thus to the brahmin woman: 'Having bathed, dressed in clean garments, having taken a meal for one and garlands, scents, and so on, let her come quickly.'" He, having gone there, announced accordingly, and the household members did likewise. The brahmin, having bathed, having eaten, having anointed himself, surrounded by his attendants, having placed his son's body on the funeral pyre, having lit the fire, as if burning a log of wood, free from sorrow, free from distress, attending to the perception of impermanence, stood there.

Then the brahmin's son was reborn as Sakka, and he was our Bodhisatta. He, having reviewed his former birth and the merit he had done, having compassion for his father and relatives, having come there in the guise of a brahmin, having seen the relatives not grieving, said "Hey, burn the deer, give us the meat, I am hungry." "It is not a deer, it is a human being, brahmin," he said. "Is he an enemy of yours?" "Not an enemy; born at the breast, a legitimate, greatly virtuous young son," he said. "For what purpose do you not grieve when such a virtuous young son has died?" Having heard that, the brahmin, explaining the reason for not grieving -

85.

"Just as a snake goes, leaving behind its worn-out skin;

So too when the body is useless, when the departed one has died.

86.

"The one burning does not know the lamentation of relatives;

Therefore I do not weep for this, he has gone to whatever destination is his."

He spoke two verses.

85-86. Therein, "uraga" means because it goes on its chest (urena), it is a snake (uraga). This is a designation for a serpent. "Worn-out skin" means one's own skin, the slough, that is worn-out by the state of being decrepit, old. "Leaving behind, goes, its own body" means just as a snake, removing its worn-out skin between trees, or between pieces of wood, or between roots, or between rocks, as if taking off a mantle, having removed it from the body, having abandoned it, having discarded it, goes as it wishes, just so a being wandering in the round of rebirths, because of the exhaustion of ancient action, leaving behind its own body, its own form that has become decrepit, goes, goes according to its actions, is reborn by way of renewed existence. This is the meaning. "Thus" - he said this showing the son's body being burnt. "When the body is useless" means when, like his, the bodies of others too have become thus devoid of enjoyment, useless. "The departed one" means one from whom life, heat, and consciousness have departed. "When he has died" means when he has become dead. "Therefore" means because the burning body, due to consciousness having departed, does not know the crying and lamentation of relatives, just as it does not know the pain of burning; therefore I do not weep making this, my son, the occasion. "He has gone to whatever destination is his" means if dead beings are not annihilated, but whatever destination is to be expected by the power of the action for which the dead one had made opportunity, he has gone to that immediately after death; he does not look back for the crying or lamentation of former relatives, nor is there for the most part any accomplishment of purpose by the crying of former relatives. This is the intention.

Thus, when the brahmin had spoken of his reason for not grieving, when his skill in attention by way of indirect method had been made known, Sakka in the form of a brahmin said to the brahmin woman - "Mother, what was that dead one to you?" "Having carried him in the womb for ten months, having given him mother's milk, having set his hands and feet in place, he was my son who was brought up, master." "If so, the father at least, being a man, may not weep; but a mother's heart is indeed soft - why do you not weep?" Having heard that, she, explaining the reason for not weeping -

87.

"Uninvited he came from there, not permitted he went from here;

As he came, so he went, what lamentation is there for that?

88.

"The one burning does not know the lamentation of relatives;

Therefore I do not weep for this, he has gone to whatever destination is his."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "uninvited" means uncalled; not summoned thus "Come, take up the state of being my son." "From there" means from where he formerly stood, from there, from the world beyond. "Āgā" means came. "Not permitted" means not approved; not sent off by us thus "Go, dear, to the world beyond." "From here" means from this world. "Gone" means departed. "As he came" means in whatever manner he came; the meaning is he came uninvited by us. "So he went" means he went in that very same manner. Just as he came by his own action alone, so he went by his own action alone. By this she shows the ownership of one's actions. "What lamentation is there for that" means thus, in the uncontrollable turning of the round of rebirths, what indeed is lamentation on account of death? She shows that it is inappropriate, not to be done by the wise.

Thus, having heard the brahmin woman's words, he asked his sister - "Mother, what was he to you?" "He was my brother, master." "Mother, sisters are by nature affectionate towards brothers; why do you not weep?" She too, telling the reason for not weeping -

89.

"If I were to weep, I would become emaciated, what fruit would there be for me in that;

For relatives, friends and companions, there would only be more discontent.

90.

"The one burning does not know the lamentation of relatives;

Therefore I do not weep for this, he has gone to whatever destination is his."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "if I were to weep, I would become emaciated" means if I were to weep, I would become emaciated, with a dried-up body. "What fruit would there be for me in that" means in that weeping on account of my brother's death, what fruit indeed, what benefit would there be? The intention is: my brother would not come back by that, nor would he go to a fortunate destination by that. "For relatives, friends and companions, there would only be more discontent" means for our relatives, friends and dear-hearted ones, through my sorrowing, there would be even more discontent, only suffering beyond the suffering of the brother's death.

Thus, having heard the sister's words, he asked his wife - "What was he to you?" "He was my husband, master." "Good lady, women are by nature affectionate towards their husbands, and when he has died they become widows and destitute; why do you not weep?" She too, telling her reason for not weeping -

91.

"Just as a child cries for the moon as it goes;

Such is this, whoever bewails the departed.

92.

"The one burning does not know the lamentation of relatives;

Therefore I do not weep for this, he has gone to whatever destination is his." Spoke a pair of verses.

Therein, "a child" means a young child. "The moon" means the disc of the moon. "Going" means ascending into the sky. "Cries for" means he cries "Take the chariot wheel and give it to me." "Such is this" means whoever bewails the departed, the dead, his bewailing is of such accomplishment, of such a kind, similar to the desire to seize the moon going through the sky - it is the state of desire for an unobtainable thing. This is the intention.

Having thus heard the words of his wife, he asked the female slave - "Mother, what was he to you?" "He was my master, sir." "If so, you must have been made to perform service by him after being beaten; therefore, methinks, you do not weep thinking 'I am well released from him'?" "Master, do not say so to me; this is not befitting. My master's son was exceedingly accomplished in patience, friendliness, and compassion, speaking what is proper; he was like a son brought up on my breast." Then "Why do you not weep?" She too, telling her reason for not weeping -

93.

"Just as, Brahmin, a water-pot, broken, cannot be joined together again;

Such is this, whoever bewails the departed.

94.

"The one burning does not know the lamentation of relatives;

Therefore I do not weep for this, he has gone to whatever destination is his."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "just as, Brahmin, a water-pot, broken, cannot be joined together again" means brahmin, just as a water-pot broken by a blow of a club and so on cannot be joined together again and does not become as before. The remainder here is of clear meaning since the method has been stated.

Sakka, having heard their talk, with a gladdened mind, having made their house filled with the seven precious things, saying "The recollection of death has been properly developed by you; henceforth there is no need for you to do work such as ploughing and so on," and having exhorted them "Being diligent, give gifts, observe morality, perform the Observance practice," and having made himself known to them, went to his own place. Those brahmins and others too, performing meritorious deeds such as giving, having remained as long as life lasted, were reborn in the heavenly world.

The Teacher, having brought this Jātaka, having extracted the dart of sorrow of that lay follower, made known the truths thereafter; at the conclusion of the truths, the lay follower became established in the fruition of stream-entry.

The commentary on the story of the snake ghost is concluded.

Thus in the Khuddaka Commentary, in the Petavatthu,

Of the fourth chapter adorned with twelve stories,

The exposition of the meaning of the first Uraga Chapter is concluded.

2.

The Chapter on Ubbari

1.

Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Who Liberates from Saṃsāra

95-115. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to a certain female ghost in a village named Iṭṭhakavatī in the country of Magadha. In the country of Magadha, it is said, there were two small villages called Iṭṭhakavatī and Dīgharāji, and there many saṃsāramocaka holders of wrong views were dwelling. And in the past, at the end of five hundred years, a certain woman, having been reborn right there in Iṭṭhakavatī in a certain saṃsāramocaka family, through the power of wrong view, having deprived many insects and moths of life, was reborn among the ghosts.

She, having experienced the suffering of hunger, thirst, and so on for five hundred years, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was gradually dwelling at the Bamboo Grove in dependence on Rājagaha, having been reborn again in Iṭṭhakavatī itself in a certain saṃsāramocaka family itself, when at the age of about seven or eight years she was able to play on the road together with other girls, at that time the Venerable Elder Sāriputta, dwelling at the Aruṇavatī monastery in dependence on that very village, one day together with twelve monks was passing along the road near the gate of that village. At that moment many village girls, having come out from the village, playing near the gate, with devoted minds, having come quickly through seeing the practice of their mothers and fathers, paid homage to the Elder and the other monks with the fivefold prostration. But she, being the daughter of a faithless family, devoid of the conduct of good people due to long unfamiliarity with wholesome deeds, stood disrespectful, as if unlucky. The Elder, having seen her former conduct and her present rebirth in a saṃsāramocaka family and that she was deserving of rebirth in hell in the future, having known "If this one pays homage to me, she will not arise in hell; even having been reborn among the ghosts, in dependence on me alone she will obtain success," with a mind urged by compassion, said to those girls - "You pay homage to the monks, but this girl stands as if unlucky." Then those girls, having taken hold of her by the hands, having dragged her, by force made her pay homage at the Elder's feet.

She, at a later time, having come of age, given to a certain young man in a saṃsāramocaka family in Dīgharāji, having become full-term in pregnancy, having died, having arisen among the ghosts, naked, of ugly appearance, overcome by hunger and thirst, exceedingly horrifying in appearance, wandering about, at night having shown herself to the Venerable Elder Sāriputta, stood to one side. Having seen her, the Elder -

95.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins showing all over your body;

With protruding ribs, so thin, who are you standing here?"

Asked in verse. Therein, "with veins showing all over the body" means with the body covered by a network of veins due to being devoid of flesh and blood. "With protruding ribs" means with raised ribs. "So thin" means with an emaciated body. Even earlier having said "emaciated," the further word "so thin" was spoken for the purpose of showing the exceedingly emaciated state, the body being merely bones, skin, and sinews. Having heard that, the female ghost, making herself known -

96.

"I, venerable sir, am a female ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts." Having spoken the verse, again by the Elder -

97.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action have you gone from here to the realm of ghosts?"

Asked about the deed done, showing "Having been habitually not giving and stingy, having been reborn in the realm of ghosts, I thus experience great suffering," she spoke three verses -

98.

"I had no compassionate ones, venerable sir, neither father nor mother nor relatives;

Who would urge me 'Give a gift, with a confident mind, to ascetics and brahmins.'

99.

"For five hundred years from here, I have wandered naked in such a form;

Consumed by hunger and thirst, this is the fruit of my evil action.

100.

"I pay homage to you, noble one, with a confident mind, have compassion on me, O hero of great majesty;

Having given something, whatever it may be, dedicate it to me, release me from the unfortunate realm, venerable sir."

98. Therein, "compassionate ones" means those who help with benefit pertaining to the future life. "Venerable sir" - she addresses the elder. "Who would urge me" means the explanation is: whether mother or father or else relatives, having become such ones with confident minds, who would urge me "Give a gift to ascetics and brahmins," such compassionate ones I had not.

99. "For five hundred years from here, I have wandered naked in such a form" - this the female ghost said with the intention that, having recollected her ghost state of existence from the third birth from here, even now she has likewise been wandering for five hundred years. Therein, "that" means because; the explanation is: because of not having done meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, having become a naked female ghost of such form, from here onwards I have been wandering for five hundred years. "Thirst" means by thirst. "Consumed" means being eaten, being afflicted - this is the meaning.

100. "I pay homage to you, noble one, with a confident mind" means noble one, I, having become one with a confident mind, pay homage to you; she shows that this much only is the merit that can now be done by me. "Have compassion on me" means help me, show sympathy directed towards me. "Having given something, whatever it may be, dedicate it to me" - she speaks with the intention that having given whatever gift to ascetics and brahmins, dedicate that offering to me; by that there will be freedom for me from this realm of ghosts. Therefore she said "Release me from the unfortunate realm, venerable sir."

When the female ghost had spoken thus, to show how that elder proceeded, three verses were spoken by the compilers of the recitation -

101.

Having replied "Good!", he, the compassionate Sāriputta,

Having given a morsel to the monks, and a hand-sized piece of cloth,

And drinking water from a bowl, he dedicated the offering to her.

102.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the result arose;

Food, clothing, and drink - this is the fruit of the offering.

103.

"Then pure, with clean clothing, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Adorned with variegated garments and ornaments, she approached Sāriputta."

101-103. Therein, "bhikkhūnaṃ" means bhikkhuno (to a monk); for this is said by an interchange of grammatical number. Some read "having given a morsel to a monk." "Morsel" means a mouthful; the meaning is food of just one morsel. "A hand-sized piece of cloth" means a piece of cloth the measure of one hand - this is the meaning. "And drinking water from a bowl" means water sufficient to fill one small bowl. The remainder is by the same method as stated in the Khallāṭiya Ghost Story.

Then the Venerable Sāriputta, having seen that female ghost with gratified faculties, of pure skin colour, adorned with divine garments and ornamental decorations, illuminating all around with her own radiance, having approached and standing in his presence, wishing to make evident the fruit of action through her directly, spoke three verses -

104.

"With surpassing beauty, you who stand there, O deity;

Illuminating all directions, like the healing star.

105.

"By what is such beauty yours, by what does it succeed for you here;

And there arise for you pleasures, whatever are dear to the mind.

106.

"I ask you, goddess of great majesty, when you were a human being, what merit did you make?

By what are you of such radiant power, and your beauty illuminates all directions?"

104. Therein, "abhikkantena" means exceedingly agreeable, handsome - this is the meaning. "With beauty" means with skin colour. "Illuminating all directions" means illuminating all ten directions, making one light. "Like what?" - he said "like the healing star." The star that has obtained the name "osadhī" because abundant radiance is sustained by it, or because of being a giver of supporting strength to medicinal herbs, just as it stands making light all around, just so you illuminating all directions - this is the meaning.

105. "Kena" - the word kiṃ is used in a question. And this is an instrumental expression in the sense of cause; the meaning is "by what cause." "Te" means of you. "Etādiso" means such; it is said to mean as is being seen at present. "By what does it succeed for you here" means by what distinction of merit does the fruit of good conduct that is being obtained by you here in this place now thrive and come to fruition. "Arise" means they are born. "Wealth" means special kinds of property and requisites such as garments, ornaments and so on, which have obtained the name "wealth" in the sense of what is to be enjoyed. "Whatever" comprehensively includes without remainder all the wealth. For this description is all-encompassing without remainder, just as "whatever activities." "Dear to the mind" means to be held dear by the mind; the meaning is agreeable.

106. "I ask" means I make a question, I wish to know - this is the meaning. "Taṃ" means you. "Devī" means goddess, because of being endowed with divine nature. Therefore he said "of great majesty." "One who was a human being" means born among human beings, having attained the state of a human being. This is said on the basis that for the most part beings established in the state of human existence perform meritorious deeds. This is the meaning of these verses in brief; but in detail it should be understood in the manner stated in the Paramatthadīpanī, the commentary on the Vimānavatthu.

Thus questioned again by the elder, the female ghost, making known the reason for obtaining her success, spoke the remaining verses -

107.

"Pale, lean, hungry, naked, with fallen skin;

The compassionate sage in the world, he saw me in that miserable state.

108.

Having given a morsel to the monks, and a hand-sized piece of cloth,

And drinking water from a bowl, he dedicated the offering to me.

109.

"See the fruit of a morsel, food for ten hundred years;

I eat, one who desires sensual pleasures, with various flavours and vegetables.

110.

"See what kind of result of a hand-sized cloth;

As far as there were coverings in King Nanda's realm.

111.

"More numerous than that, venerable sir, are my cloths and coverings;

Silks and woollen blankets, linens and cottons too.

112.

"Extensive and very costly, they hang in the sky;

I put on whatever is dear to the mind.

113.

"And drinking water from a bowl, see what kind of result;

Deep and quadrangular, well-fashioned lotus ponds.

114.

"With pure water, with good fords, cool, without foul odour;

Covered with lotuses and water lilies, filled with water and pollen.

115.

"I delight, I play, I rejoice, free from fear from any quarter;

I have come to pay homage to the compassionate sage in the world, venerable sir."

107. Therein, "pale" means having become pale. "Hungry" means famished, overcome by hunger. "With fallen skin" means with body skin cut and broken. "In the world" - this is the showing of the domain of the compassion stated in "compassionate." "That me" means such a me; me who is, in the manner stated, exclusively a fit object for compassion. "Ill-fated" means gone to an unfortunate realm.

108-109. "Having given a morsel to the monks" and so on is the showing of the manner in which the elder acted out of his compassion. Therein, "food" means cooked rice; the meaning is divine food. "Ten hundreds of years" means ten hundreds of years; it is said to mean a thousand years. And this is an accusative expression used in the sense of absolute connection. "I eat, one who desires sensual pleasures, with various flavours and vegetables" - the explanation is: endowed with other desirable sensual pleasures too, I eat food with various flavours and vegetables.

110. "Of the cloth" - by the heading of the gift, it shows the merit consisting of giving relating to that very object. "See what kind of result" means see, venerable sir, the fruit reckoned as the result of that gift of cloth. And as to what kind, what sort that is, and what it is, she says "as far as in King Nanda's" and so on.

Therein, who is this King Nanda? In the past, it is said, when human beings had a life span of ten thousand years, a certain householder dwelling in Bārāṇasī, while walking for leg exercise in the forest, saw a certain Individually Enlightened One in a forest place. That Individually Enlightened One, doing robe-making work there, when the favourable wind was insufficient, began to fold it up and put it aside. That householder, having seen him, having said "Venerable sir, what are you doing?" although nothing was said by him due to his fewness of wishes, having known "The robe-cloth is not sufficient," having placed his own upper robe at the feet of the Individually Enlightened One, departed. The Individually Enlightened One, having taken that, fitting it as a favourable wind strip, having made it into a robe, wore it. That householder, at the end of his life, having died, having been reborn in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, having experienced divine success there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, was reborn in a minister's family in a certain village in a place one yojana distant from Bārāṇasī.

When he had come of age, a festival was proclaimed in that village. He said to his mother - "Mother, give me a cloth, I shall celebrate the festival." She took out a well-washed garment and gave it to him. "Mother, this is coarse." She took out another and gave it to him, but he rejected that too. Then his mother said to him - "Dear son, in such a household as we were born into, we do not have the merit for obtaining a cloth finer than this." "I shall go to a place where it can be obtained, mother." "Go, son, I wish for you even the attainment of kingship in the city of Bārāṇasī this very day." He, having said "Very well, mother," having paid homage to his mother and circumambulated her, said - "I am going, mother." "Go, dear son." Thus, it is said, this thought occurred to her - "Where will he go? He will sit down in this or that house here." But he, being impelled by the fixed course of merit, having gone out from the village, having gone to Bārāṇasī, covered himself up to the head on the auspicious stone slab and lay down. And that was the seventh day since the king of Bārāṇasī had died.

The ministers and the chaplain, having performed the funeral rites for the king, sat down in the royal courtyard and consulted - "The king has one daughter, there is no son, a kingdom without a king does not endure; let us send forth the state chariot." They yoked four Sindh horses of the colour of white water lilies, placed the fivefold royal regalia headed by the white umbrella on the chariot itself, sent forth the chariot, and had musical instruments played behind it. The chariot, having gone out through the eastern gate, headed towards the park. Some said "It goes towards the park out of familiarity; let us turn it back." The chaplain said "Do not turn it back." The chariot circumambulated the young man, and having become ready for mounting, stood still. The chaplain, having removed the corner of the covering cloth and examining the soles of his feet, having said "Let this island stand; this one is fit to exercise sovereign power over the four great continents with their surrounding two thousand islands," had the musical instruments played three times, saying "Play the instruments, play them again."

Then the boy, having opened his face and looked, said "For what purpose have you come, dear ones?" "Sire, the kingdom comes to you." "Where is your king?" "He has passed away, master." "How many days have passed?" "Today is the seventh day." "Is there no son or daughter?" "There is a daughter, Sire, there is no son." "If so, I shall exercise the kingship." They at that very instant, having made a consecration pavilion, having adorned the princess with all ornaments, having brought her to the park, performed the consecration of the boy.

Then, to him whose consecration had been performed, they presented a cloth worth a hundred thousand. He said "What is this, dear ones?" "A lower garment, Sire." "Is it not, dear ones, coarse?" "Among cloths for human use, there is nothing finer than this, Sire." "Did your king wear such a thing?" "Yes, Sire." "Methinks your king was not meritorious. Bring a golden water-vessel; we shall obtain cloth." They brought a golden water-vessel. He, having risen, having washed his hands, having rinsed his face, having taken water with his hand, sprinkled it towards the eastern direction. Then, having broken through the solid earth, eight wish-fulfilling trees arose. Again, having taken water, he sprinkled it in the four directions thus - south, west, and north. Making eight in each direction, thirty-two wish-fulfilling trees arose. Some say making sixteen in each direction, sixty-four wish-fulfilling trees. He, having put on one celestial cloth as a lower garment and having wrapped one as an upper garment, having said "Have the drum circulated thus: 'In the realm of King Nanda, let the women who spin thread not spin thread,'" having raised the parasol, decorated and prepared, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant, having entered the city, having ascended the mansion, he enjoyed great prosperity.

Thus, as time went on, one day the queen, having seen the king's prosperity, showed an expression of compassion, saying "Alas, what an austere ascetic!" And when asked "What is this, queen?" she said: "Exceedingly great, Sire, is your prosperity. In the past, in a former period, you performed good deeds; now do you not perform wholesome deeds for the sake of the future?" "To whom shall we give? There are no virtuous ones." "The Indian subcontinent is not empty of Worthy Ones, Sire. You just prepare the giving; I shall find the Worthy Ones," she said. On the following day the king had a very precious gift prepared. The queen, having made the determination "If there are Worthy Ones in this direction, let them come here and accept our almsfood," lay down on her chest facing the northern direction. Just as the queen had lain down, the eldest of the five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones, the sons of Padumavatī, dwelling in the Himalayas, the Individually Enlightened One Mahāpaduma, addressed his brothers - "Sirs, King Nanda invites you; consent to her invitation." They, having consented, at that very moment, having come through space, descended at the northern gate. The people reported to the king: "Five hundred Individually Enlightened Ones have come, Sire." The king, having come together with the queen, having paid homage, having taken their bowls, having led the Individually Enlightened Ones up to the mansion, having given them a gift there, at the conclusion of the meal, the king at the feet of the elder of the Community, the queen at the feet of the most junior of the Community, having prostrated, having made them give a promise saying "The noble ones will not be troubled by requisites, we shall not decline in merit; give us a promise to dwell here," having provided dwelling places in the park, having attended upon the Individually Enlightened Ones for as long as life lasted, when they had attained final Nibbāna, having performed a worthy celebration, having performed the funeral rites with fragrant wood and so on, having taken the relics, having established a shrine, being struck with religious emotion thinking "Even for such great sages of great might there will be death; how much more so for ones like me," having established his eldest son in the kingdom, he himself went forth in the going forth of a hermit. The queen too, thinking "When the king has gone forth, what shall I do?" went forth. Both, dwelling in the park, having produced meditative absorptions, having spent their time in the happiness of meditative absorption, at the end of their life span were reborn in the Brahma world. It is said that King Nanda was the great disciple of our Teacher, the Elder Mahākassapa; his chief queen was named Bhaddā Kāpilānī.

Now this King Nanda, for ten thousand years, himself wearing divine garments, making his entire realm like Uttarakuru, gave divine cloths to the people who came and went. With reference to this prosperity of divine garments, that female ghost said "As far as there were coverings in King Nanda's realm." Therein, "in the realm" means in the country. "Coverings" means garments. For they conceal by these, thus they are called "coverings."

111. Now that female ghost, showing "Even compared to King Nanda's prosperity, my prosperity at present is more abundant," said beginning with "More numerous than that, venerable sir, are my cloths and coverings." Therein, "than that" means more numerous than the garments that were the possessions of King Nanda are my cloths and coverings. This is the meaning. "Cloths and coverings" means inner robes as well as outer robes. "Silk and woollen blankets" means silks as well as woollen blankets. "Linen and cotton" means linen garments as well as garments made of cotton.

112. "Extensive" means extensive in length and in breadth. "Very costly" means great and very precious by way of high value. "Hanging in the air" means they remain hanging just in the air. "Whatever is dear to the mind" - the construction is: whatever is dear to my mind, having taken that, I put on and I wear as an upper robe.

113. "And drinking water from a bowl, see what kind of result" - showing "see how great is the result of the drinking water given, merely enough to fill a bowl, and given thanks for," she said beginning with "deep and quadrangular" etc. Therein, "deep" means unfathomable. "Quadrangular" means of quadrangular shape. "Pokkharaññō" means ponds. "Well-fashioned" means well created by the power of action itself.

114. "With white water" means with white water, strewn with white sand. "With good fords" means with beautiful fords. "Cool" means with cool water. "Without offensive odour" means free from disagreeable odour, fragrant. "Filled with water and pollen" means filled with water covered with the pollen of lotuses, water-lilies and so on.

115. "Sāhaṃ" means she, I. "I delight" means I find delight. "I play" means I indulge my faculties. "I rejoice" means I am greatly delighted through the achievement of wealth. "Safe from every quarter" means with fear arisen from nowhere, I am independent, dwelling in happiness. "Venerable sir, I have come to pay homage" means the meaning is: venerable sir, I have come, approached, to pay homage to you who are the cause of the acquisition of this heavenly success. But whatever here has not been analysed as to meaning, that has been stated in those respective places.

When the female ghost had spoken thus, the Venerable Sāriputta, among the people dwelling in the two villages called Iṭṭhakavati and Dīgharāji who had come to his presence, relating this matter in detail, having stirred them, having freed them from the evil action of the saṃsāramocana practice, established them in the state of lay followers. That incident became well-known among the monks. The monks reported that to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost who liberates from saṃsāra is concluded.

2.

Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Who Was the Mother of the Elder Sāriputta

116-133. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to a female ghost who had been the mother of the Venerable Elder Sāriputta in his fifth birth from here. One day the Venerable Sāriputta and the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna and the Venerable Anuruddha and the Venerable Kappina were dwelling in a certain forest haunt not far from Rājagaha. Now at that time in Bārāṇasī, a certain brahmin, wealthy, of great riches, of great possessions, a well-spring for ascetics, brahmins, the destitute, travellers, paupers, and beggars, gave food, drink, cloth, sleeping places, and so on. And when giving, he was practising the progressive giving of all that should be given to those who came and went, at the proper time and as was fitting, beginning with water for washing the feet, ointment for the feet, and so on; and before the meal he carefully served the monks with food, drink, and so on. He, going to another region, said to his wife - "Dear madam, without neglecting this procedure of giving as it has been laid down, carefully attend to it." She, having assented "Very well," as soon as he had departed, put an end to the procedure of giving that had been laid down for the monks; and to the travellers who had come for the purpose of lodging, she showed a dilapidated old hall thrown away behind the house, saying "Dwell here." When travellers came there for the purpose of food, drink, and so on, she spoke harshly, taking the name of whatever impure and loathsome thing, saying "Eat excrement, drink urine, drink blood, eat your mother's brains."

She, at a later time, having died, cast up by the power of her actions, having been reborn in the realm of ghosts, experiencing suffering corresponding to her own verbal misconduct, having recollected the connection with her former birth, wishing to approach the presence of the Venerable Sāriputta, arrived at the gate of his monastery; the deities at the gate of his monastery prevented her from entering the monastery. It is said that she had formerly been the elder's mother in his fifth birth from here; therefore she spoke thus - "I am the mother of the noble Elder Sāriputta in his fifth birth from here; give me entrance through the gate to see the elder." Having heard that, the deities allowed her entrance. She, having entered, having stood at the end of the walking path, showed herself to the elder. The elder, having seen her, with a mind urged by compassion -

116.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins showing all over your body;

With protruding ribs, so thin, who are you standing here?"

Asked in verse. She, questioned by the elder, giving a reply -

117.

"I am your own mother, in former other births;

Reborn in the sphere of ghosts, afflicted by hunger and thirst.

118.

"Vomit, sneezings, spittle, mucus of the nose, phlegm;

And the fat of those being cremated, and the blood of those who have given birth.

119.

"And whatever blood of traders whose noses and heads have been cut off;

Overcome by hunger I eat, that which is dependent on women and men.

120.

"I eat pus and blood, of beasts and of humans;

Without shelter and homeless, confined to a dark bed.

121.

"Give me a gift, dear son, and having given, dedicate it to me;

Perhaps I might be freed from feeding on pus and blood." She spoke five verses.

117. Therein, "I am your own mother" means I am your own mother by virtue of being your parent. "In former other births" means although being a mother, not in this birth, but rather formerly in other births; it should be understood as the fifth from now. "Reborn in the sphere of ghosts" means having reached the realm of ghosts by way of conception. "Afflicted by hunger and thirst" means overpowered by hunger and by thirst; the meaning is continuously being overpowered by hunger and thirst.

118-119. "Discarded" means leftovers; the meaning is vomited. "Spat out" means impurity that has come out from the mouth together with what is spat out. "Spittle" means what is expectorated. "Nasal mucus" means impurity that, having flowed out from the brain, has come out through the nose. "Phlegm" means phlegm. "And the fat of those being cremated" means the fat and oil of corpses being burnt on the funeral pyre. "And the blood of those who have given birth" means the blood of women who have delivered; by the word "and" it includes the afterbirth. "Of the wounded" means of those in whom wounds have arisen. "Which" - the connection is "which blood." "Of those whose noses and heads have been cut off" means the blood of those whose noses have been cut off and those whose heads have been cut off - the explanation is: that I eat. "Those whose noses and heads have been cut off" is the heading of the teaching, because I eat the blood even of those whose hands, feet, and so on have been cut off. Likewise, "of the wounded" - by this it should be understood that their blood too is included. "Overcome by hunger" means having been overpowered by hunger. "Dependent on women and men" shows that I consume what is dependent on the bodies of women and men, as stated before, and also other things such as skin, flesh, sinews, pus, and so on.

120-121. "Of beasts" means of goats, cattle, buffaloes, and so on. "Without shelter" means without refuge. "Homeless" means without a residence. "Confined to a dark bed" means sleeping on a dirty bed abandoned in a cemetery. Or alternatively, "dark" means the cemetery ground abounding in ashes and embers is intended; the meaning is sleeping upon that very ground as if upon a bed. "Dedicate it to me" means in such a way that the offering given benefits me, so dedicate it, give the transference of merit. "Perhaps I might be freed from feeding on pus and blood" means by your dedication, perhaps I might be freed from this ghost livelihood of feeding on pus and blood.

Having heard that, the Venerable Elder Sāriputta, on the second day, having addressed the three elders beginning with the Elder Mahāmoggallāna, together with them, walking for almsfood in Rājagaha, went to the dwelling of King Bimbisāra. The king, having seen the elders and having paid homage, asked the reason for their coming: "Why, venerable sirs, have you come?" The Venerable Mahāmoggallāna reported that incident to the king. The king, having said "It is understood, venerable sir," having dismissed the elders, having summoned the minister in charge of all works, commanded: "Have four huts built in a secluded place not far from the city, endowed with shade and water." And having divided the inner palace into three parts according to the distinction of what was sufficient, he had four huts furnished, and having gone there himself, did what was fitting to be done. When the huts were completed, having had all the offering materials prepared, having set up food, drink, cloth, and so on, and all suitable requisites for the Community of monks of the four directions headed by the Buddha, he handed over all that to the Venerable Elder Sāriputta. Then the elder, dedicated to that female ghost, gave all that to the Community of monks of the four directions headed by the Buddha. That female ghost, having given thanks for that, having been reborn in the heavenly world, and having become endowed with all sensual pleasures, on the following day, having approached the presence of the Venerable Elder Mahāmoggallāna, having paid homage, stood there. The elder asked her in return; she related in detail her rebirth as a ghost and again her rebirth among the gods. Therefore it was said -

122.

"Having heard the word of his mother, Upatissa, the compassionate one,

Addressed Moggallāna, and Anuruddha and Kappina.

123.

"Having made four huts, he gave them to the monastic community of the four directions;

The huts and food and drink, he dedicated as an offering for his mother.

124.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the result arose;

Food, drink, and cloth - this is the fruit of the offering.

125.

"Then pure, with clean clothing, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Adorned with variegated garments and ornaments, she approached Kolika."

123. Therein, "gave to the monastic community of the four directions" means he gave to the Community of the four directions; he handed over - this is the meaning. The remainder has the meaning already stated.

Then the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, to that female ghost -

126.

"With surpassing beauty, you who stand there, O deity;

Illuminating all directions, like the healing star.

127.

"By what is such beauty yours, by what does it succeed for you here;

And there arise for you pleasures, whatever are dear to the mind.

128.

"I ask you, goddess of great majesty, when you were a human being, what merit did you make?

By what are you of such radiant power,

And your beauty illuminates all directions?" He asked;

129-133. Then she answered beginning with "I am Sāriputta's mother." The remainder has the meaning already stated. Then the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost who was the mother of the Elder Sāriputta is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Mattā

134-167. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to a female ghost named Mattā. In Sāvatthī, it is said, a certain householder was faithful and devoted. His wife was faithless, without confidence, prone to wrath, and barren, named Mattā by name. Then that householder, out of fear of the cutting off of the family lineage, brought another maiden named Tissā from a family of equal standing. She was faithful, devoted, and dear and agreeable to her husband; she before long became pregnant and after the elapse of ten months gave birth to a son; his name was "Bhūta." She, having become the mistress of the house, attended upon four monks carefully; the barren one, however, was jealous of her.

Both of them, on one day, having washed their heads, stood with wet hair; the householder, with affection bound by virtue of her qualities towards Tissā, with a delightful heart, stood conversing much with her. Mattā, not enduring that, overcome by jealousy, scattered the refuse that had been swept up and set aside in the house upon Tissā's head. She, at a later time, having died, having been reborn in the realm of ghosts, by the power of her own actions, experiences fivefold suffering. That suffering, however, is known from the Pāḷi text itself. Then one day that female ghost, when the evening had passed, showed herself to Tissā who was bathing at the back of the house. Having seen her, Tissā -

134.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins showing all over your body;

With protruding ribs, so thin, who are you standing here?"

asked in return with a verse. The other -

135.

"I am Mattā, you are Tissā, I was formerly your co-wife;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

gave a reply with a verse. Therein, "I am Mattā, you are Tissā" means I am named Mattā, you are named Tissā. "Before" means in the former individual existence. "Te" means I was your co-wife; the meaning is "I was." Again Tissā -

136.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action have you gone from here to the realm of ghosts?"

asked about the deed done with a verse. Again the other -

137.

"I was fierce and harsh, envious, stingy, fraudulent;

Having spoken that bad speech, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

By the verse she told of the deed done by herself. Therein, "fierce" means prone to wrath. "Harsh" means of harsh speech. "I was" means I was. "That I" means that, I. "Bad speech" means ill-spoken, meaningless words. From here onwards too, the verses proceeded by way of their speech and reply -

138.

"All this I too know, how you were angry;

But something else I ask you, by what are you covered with dust?

139.

"You had bathed your head, dressed in pure garments, adorned;

And I indeed was excessively, more decorated than you.

140.

"While I was looking on, she conversed with my husband;

Then great jealousy arose in me, wrath arose in me.

141.

"Then having taken dust, with dust I scattered upon her;

By the result of that action, by that I am covered with dust.

142.

"All this I too know, with dust you scattered upon me;

But something else I ask you, by what are you consumed with itch?

143.

"Both of us, gatherers of medicine, went to the forest's end;

And you brought medicine, and I brought kapikacchu.

144.

"While she was unaware, I sprinkled her sleeping place;

By the result of that action, by that I am consumed with itch.

145.

"All this I too know, you sprinkled my sleeping place;

But something else I ask you, by what are you in nudity?

146.

"There was a time for friends, there was an assembly of relatives;

And you were invited, together with your husband, but not I.

147.

"While she was unaware, I took away her cloth;

By the result of that action, by that I am in nudity.

148.

"All this I too know, you took away my cloth;

But something else I ask you, by what are you smelling of dung?

149.

"Your odour and garlands, and costly cosmetics;

I threw into a pit of excrement, that evil was done by me;

By the result of that action, by that I am smelling of dung.

150.

"All this I too know, that evil was done by you;

But something else I ask you, by what are you ill-fated?

151.

"The wealth that was found in the house was equal for both of us;

Though there were gifts to be given, I made no refuge for myself;

By the result of that action, by that I am ill-fated.

152.

"That very thing you said to me, 'You indulge in evil deeds;

For by evil deeds, a fortunate realm is not easily obtained.'

153.

"You oppose me wrongly, and also you are jealous of me;

See what kind of result evil deeds have.

154.

"Those houses and those female slaves, and these very ornaments;

Others enjoy them, possessions are not eternal.

155.

"Now Bhūta's father will come home from the market;

Perhaps he might give you something, do not go from here just yet.

156.

"I am naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins showing all over my body;

This is a shameful thing for women, may Bhūta's father not see me.

157.

"Well then, what shall I give you, or what shall I do for you;

By which you would be happy, endowed with all sensual pleasures.

158.

"Four monks from the Community, and four individual persons;

Having fed eight monks, dedicate the offering to me;

Then I shall be happy, endowed with all sensual pleasures.

159.

Having replied "Good!", having fed eight monks;

Having clothed them with garments, she dedicated the offering to her.

160.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the result arose;

Food, clothing, and drink - this is the fruit of the offering.

161.

"Then pure, with clean clothing, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Adorned with variegated garments and ornaments, she approached her co-wife.

162.

"With surpassing beauty, you who stand there, O deity;

Illuminating all directions, like the healing star.

163.

"By what is such beauty yours, by what does it succeed for you here;

And there arise for you pleasures, whatever are dear to the mind.

164.

"I ask you, goddess of great majesty, when you were a human being, what merit did you make?

By what are you of such radiant power, and your beauty illuminates all directions?"

165.

"I am Mattā, you are Tissā, I was formerly your co-wife;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

166.

"Through the gift given by you, I rejoice, free from fear from any quarter;

May you live long, sister, together with all your relatives;

To the sorrowless, stainless state, the abode of those who wield power.

167.

"Having practised the Teaching here, having given a gift, beautiful one;

Having removed the stain of stinginess with its root, blameless, go to the heavenly state."

138. Therein, "all this I too know, how you were angry" means what was said by you "I was fierce and harsh," all that I too know, how you were angry, prone to wrath, harsh in speech, envious, stingy, and fraudulent. "But something else I ask you" means I ask you again something else now. "By what are you covered with dust" means by what action were you covered with refuse-dust, with body strewn over in every respect. This is the meaning.

139-40. "Sīsaṃnhātā" means bathed together with the head. "Adhimattaṃ" means much exceeding. "Samalaṅkatatarā" means rightly and exceedingly adorned. "Adhimattā" is also a reading, meaning exceedingly intoxicated, intoxicated with the vanity of conceit, dependent on conceit. This is the meaning. "Tayā" means by you, dear lady. "Conversed with her husband" means she spoke with her husband by way of friendly conversation.

142-144. "You are consumed by itch" means you are eaten by the disease of itch, you are afflicted. This is the meaning. "Bhesajjahārī" means women who bring medicine, carriers of remedies. "Ubhayo" means two, meaning you and I. This is the meaning. "Vanantaṃ" means the forest. "And you brought medicine" means you brought medicine that was prescribed by physicians and beneficial to yourself. "And I the kapikacchu" means but I brought kapikacchu fruits, fruits of disagreeable touch. Or "kapikacchū" is called sayaṃbhūtā (a wild plant), therefore the meaning is she brought the leaves and fruits of the wild plant. "I sprinkled your sleeping place" means I scattered all around your sleeping place with the fruits and leaves of the kapikacchu plant.

146-147. "Of friends" (sahāyānaṃ) means of companions. "Time" (samayo) means gathering. "Of relatives" (ñātīnaṃ) means of kinsmen. "Assembly" (samitī) means congregation. "Invited" (āmantitā) means invited by way of auspicious ceremonies. "Together with her husband" (sasāminī) means accompanied by her husband; the meaning is "together with her husband." "But not I" (no ca khohaṃ) - the explanation is: but I was not invited. "The cloth to you I" (dussaṃ tyāhaṃ) means the cloth, to you, I. "Removed" (apānudi) means I stole by theft, I took.

149. "Costly" (paccagghaṃ) means new, or very costly. "Threw" (atāresi) means I cast. "Smelling of excrement" (gūthagandhinī) means smelling of the odour of excrement, emitting the smell of faeces.

151. "Whatever wealth is found in the house" (yaṃ gehe vijjate dhanaṃ) means whatever wealth is obtained in the house, that was equal for both of us, for you and for me, it was the same, equal indeed. "When there were" (santesu) means when there were existing. "An island" (dīpaṃ) means a support; he speaks with reference to meritorious action.

152. Thus that female ghost, having declared the matter asked by Tissā, again making known the offence committed by herself without heeding her words in the past, said beginning with "that very thing you said to me." Therein, "that very" (tadeva) means at that very time, at the very time when I was established in the state of human existence. "Likewise" (tatheva) is an alternative reading; the meaning is just as it has now come about, that is exactly so. "Me" (maṃ) indicates herself; "you" (tvaṃ) indicates Tissā. "Said" (avaca) means spoke. But to show what she said, "evil deed" and so on was stated. "Evil deeds" (pāpakammānī) is the canonical reading. "You do nothing but evil deeds; by evil deeds a fortunate realm is not easily obtained, but rather an unfortunate realm alone is easily obtained" - just as you previously said to me, exhorted me, that is exactly so, she says.

153. Having heard that, Tissā spoke three verses beginning with "you oppose me wrongly." Therein, "you oppose me wrongly" (vāmato maṃ tvaṃ paccesi) means you approach me adversely; even though I wished your welfare, having made me one who acts in opposition, you regard me thus. "You are jealous of me" (maṃ usūyasi) means you are jealous of me, you harbour envy towards me. "See what kind of result evil deeds have" (passa pāpānaṃ kammānaṃ, vipāko hoti yādiso) means the result of evil deeds, whatever it is like, however terrible it is, see that with your own eyes, she says.

154. "Others enjoy them" means those houses, female slaves, and these ornaments formerly possessed by you, others now enjoy and use. "These" (ime) is said with a change of gender. "Possessions are not eternal" means possessions by name are not eternal, unsettled, temporary, and destined for great departure; therefore the intention is that jealousy, stinginess, and so on should not be practised for that purpose.

155. "Now Bhūta's father" means just now Bhūta's, my son's, father, the householder. "From the market" means he will come from the market to this house. "Perhaps he might give you something" means the householder, having come home, might perhaps give you some gift that is fitting to be given. "Do not go from here just yet" means do not go just yet from here, from the site behind the house - she said this out of compassion for her.

156. Having heard that, the female ghost, making known her own disposition, spoke a verse beginning with "I am naked, of ugly appearance." Therein, "this is a shameful thing for women" means this state of nakedness, ugliness, and so on, being something that should be concealed, is a shameful thing to be hidden for women. "May Bhūta's father not see me" means therefore, being ashamed, she says "May the householder, Bhūta's father, not see me."

157. Having heard that, Tissā, with compassion arisen, spoke a verse beginning with "Well then, what shall I give you." Therein, "come" (handa) is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of urging. "What shall I give you" means what shall I give you - shall I give cloth, or food? "What shall I do for you here" means what other help shall I do for you here at this time.

158. Having heard that, the female ghost spoke a verse beginning with "Four monks from the Community." Therein, "four monks from the Community, and four individual persons" means four monks by way of the Community from the community of monks, and four monks by way of individuals - thus having fed eight monks according to one's liking, dedicate that offering to me, give the transference of merit to me. "Then I shall be happy" means when you will dedicate the offering to me, then I shall be happy, having attained happiness, endowed with all sensual pleasures - this is the meaning.

159-161. Having heard that, Tissā, having reported that matter to her own husband, on the second day, having fed eight monks, dedicated the offering to her; she, having at that very moment obtained heavenly success, again approached Tissā. To show that meaning, three verses beginning with "Having replied 'Good!'" were placed by the compilers of the recitation.

162-167. But Tissā asked her who had approached and was standing, in return with three verses beginning with "With surpassing beauty." The other, having made herself known with the verse "I am Mattā," having given thanksgiving to her with the verse "May you live long," gave exhortation with the verse "Having practised the Teaching here." Therein, "by your giving" means by that given by you. "A sorrowless, stainless state" means sorrowless due to the absence of sorrow, and stainless due to the absence of sweat and dirt - a divine state; all this is said with reference to the heavenly world. "Residence" means state. "Of those who wield power" means of those who exercise their own control through divine authority. "With its root" means together with greed and hate. For greed and hate are called the root of stinginess. "Blameless" means not censured, praiseworthy; "go to the heavenly state" means go to the divine state that has obtained the name "heaven" because of its thorough pre-eminence in objects such as forms and so on; the meaning is may you be one heading for a fortunate destination. The remainder is clear in itself.

Then Tissā reported that incident to the householder, the householder reported it to the monks, and the monks reported it to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. Having heard that, the great multitude, having gained a sense of urgency, having removed the stain of stinginess and the like, became devoted to giving, morality, and the like, and was heading for a fortunate destination.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost Mattā is concluded.

4.

Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Nandā

168-185. "You are dark, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to a female ghost named Nandā. It is said that in a certain small village not far from Sāvatthī, there was a lay follower named Nandisena, faithful and devoted. But his wife, named Nandā, was faithless, without confidence, stingy, fierce, harsh in speech, disrespectful towards her husband, and reviled and abused her mother-in-law Aggatissā with accusations of being a thief. She, at a later time, having died, having been reborn in the realm of ghosts, wandering not far from that very village, one day showed herself not far from the lay follower Nandisena as he was leaving the village. He, having seen her -

168.

"You are dark, of ugly appearance, harsh, frightful to behold;

You are tawny-eyed, with discoloured teeth, I do not consider you a human woman."

He addressed her in verse. Therein, "dark" means of dark colour, for her colour was similar to burnt charcoal. "Harsh" means rough-bodied. "Frightful to behold" means of frightening appearance, with a terrifying form. "Bhārudassanā" is also a reading, meaning dreadful to behold, having ugly features due to ugliness and so on. This is the meaning. "Tawny-eyed" means having tawny eyes. "With discoloured teeth" means having discoloured teeth. "I do not consider you a human woman" means I do not consider you to be a human woman, and the intention is: I consider you to be a female ghost. Having heard that, the female ghost, making herself known -

169.

"I am Nandā, Nandisena, I was formerly your wife;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "I am Nandā, Nandisena" means: husband Nandisena, I am named Nandā. "I was formerly your wife" means in the previous birth I was your wife. From here onwards -

170.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action have you gone from here to the realm of ghosts?"

This is the question of that lay follower. Then she -

171.

"I was fierce and harsh, and also disrespectful towards you;

Having spoken that bad speech, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

She answered. Again he -

172.

"Come, I give you my cloak, put on this cloth;

Having put on this cloth, come, I will lead you to that house.

173.

"Garments and food and drink, you will obtain having gone home;

And you will see your sons, and you will see your daughters-in-law." Then she to him -

174.

"What is given by your hand to my hand, does not benefit me;

But monks accomplished in morality, without lust, very learned.

175.

"Satisfy them with food and drink, dedicate the offering to me;

Then I shall be happy, endowed with all sensual pleasures."

He spoke two verses. Thereupon -

176.

Having replied "Good!", he gave an abundant gift;

Food, drink, solid food, cloth and lodgings;

Umbrella, odour and garlands, and various sandals.

177.

"But monks accomplished in morality, without lust, very learned;

Having satisfied them with food and drink, he dedicated the offering to her.

178.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the result arose;

Food, clothing, and drink - this is the fruit of the offering.

179.

"Then pure, with clean clothing, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Adorned with variegated garments and ornaments, she approached her husband."

These four verses were spoken by the compilers of the recitation. From there onwards -

180.

"With surpassing beauty, you who stand there, O deity;

Illuminating all directions, like the healing star.

181.

"By what is such beauty yours, by what does it succeed for you here;

And there arise for you pleasures, whatever are dear to the mind.

182.

"I ask you, goddess of great majesty, when you were a human being, what merit did you make?

By what are you of such radiant power, and your beauty illuminates all directions?"

183.

"I am Nandā, Nandisena, I was formerly your wife;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

184.

"Through the gift given by you, I rejoice, free from fear from any quarter;

May you live long, householder, together with all your relatives;

To the sorrowless, stainless, secure abode of those who wield power.

185.

"Having practised the Teaching here, having given a gift, householder;

Having removed the stain of stinginess with its root, blameless, go to the heavenly state."

These are the verses of speech and reply between the lay follower and the female ghost.

176. Therein, "scattered abundant giving" means he carried on a great giving as if scattering the seed of gifts in a field fit for harvesting. The remainder is similar to the preceding story.

Thus she, having made clear to Nandisena her own divine success and its cause, went to her own dwelling place. The lay follower reported that incident to the monks, and the monks reported it to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost Nandā is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Story of the Ghost with Polished Earrings

186-206. "Adorned, Maṭṭhakuṇḍalī": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the young god Maṭṭhakuṇḍali. Therein, what should be said has been stated in the Paramatthadīpanī, in the commentary on the Vimānavatthu, in the commentary on the Maṭṭhakuṇḍalī Mansion story; therefore it should be understood by the very method stated there.

And here, since the young god Maṭṭhakuṇḍalī was a mansion deity, his story was included in the classification of the Vimānavatthu canonical text; but since that young god, for the purpose of removing the sorrow of the brahmin Adinnapubbaka who, through grief for his son, had gone to the cemetery and, having gone round about the cremation ground, was weeping - having withdrawn his own divine form, covered with yellow sandalwood, having raised his arms, weeping, with an appearance of one overcome by suffering, showed himself as if he were a ghost. Since the designation "ghost" is also applicable because of being departed from the state of human existence, it should be seen that his story was included in the classification of the Petavatthu canonical text as well.

The commentary on the story of the ghost with polished earrings is concluded.

6.

Commentary on the Story of the Ghost Kaṇha

207-226. "Rise up, Kaṇha, why do you lie down?" - the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this referring to a certain lay follower whose son had died. It is said that in Sāvatthī, the son of a certain lay follower died. He, pierced by the dart of sorrow on account of that, neither bathed, nor ate, nor attended to his business activities, nor went to attend upon the Buddha, but only lamenting, saying "Dear beloved little son, having left me behind, where have you gone before me?" and so on. The Teacher, towards the break of dawn, surveying the world, having seen his decisive support for the fruition of stream-entry, on the following day, surrounded by the Community of monks, having walked for almsfood in Sāvatthī, having finished the meal, having dismissed the monks, with the Elder Ānanda as his attendant monk, went to his house door. They announced the Teacher's arrival to the lay follower. Then his household members, having prepared a seat at the house door, having caused the Teacher to sit down, having taken hold of the lay follower, brought him to the Teacher's presence. Having seen him seated to one side, having said "What is this, lay follower, do you grieve?" when it was said "Yes, venerable sir," having said "Lay follower, the wise ones of old, having heard the talk of wise persons, did not grieve over a dead son," being requested by him, he brought up the past.

In the past, in the city of Dvāravatī, there were ten brother-kings - Vāsudeva, Baladeva, Candadeva, Sūriyadeva, Aggideva, Varuṇadeva, Ajjuna, Pajjuna, Ghaṭapaṇḍita, and Aṅkura. Among them, the beloved son of the great king Vāsudeva died. On account of that, the king, overcome with sorrow, having abandoned all duties, having grasped the frame of the bed, lay down lamenting. At that time Ghaṭapaṇḍita thought - "Apart from me, there is no one else able to remove my brother's sorrow; I shall remove his sorrow by a means." He, having assumed the guise of a madman, looking up at the sky, saying "Give me a hare, give me a hare," wandered through the whole city. "Ghaṭapaṇḍita has gone mad" - the whole city was stirred.

At that time, a minister named Rohiṇeyya, having gone to the presence of King Vāsudeva, raising a conversation with him -

207.

"Rise up, Kaṇha, why do you lie down? What use is sleeping to you?

He who is your own brother, your heart and right eye;

His winds are growing strong, Kesava is muttering about a hare." He spoke this verse.

207. Therein, "Kaṇha" - he addresses Vāsudeva by his clan name. "What use is sleeping to you" means what indeed is the benefit to you from sleeping. "Own brother" means a brother born of the same mother. "Heart and right eye" - the meaning is like his heart and his right eye. "His winds are growing strong" means the winds of madness arising in him again and again are powerful, they grow, they overpower. "Mutters about a hare" means he laments saying "Give me a hare." "Kesava" - he, it is said, is called "Kesava" because of the existence of beautiful hair. He addresses him by that name.

Explaining his having risen from his sleeping place upon hearing his word, the Teacher, having fully awakened, -

208.

Having heard that word of his, of Rohiṇeyya, Kesava,

Being in a hurry, arose, distressed by sorrow for his brother." He spoke this verse.

The king, having risen, quickly descended from the palace, having gone to the presence of Ghaṭapaṇḍita, having firmly grasped him by both hands, conversing with him -

209.

"Why, as if mad, throughout this whole Dvārakā,

Do you prattle 'A hare, a hare!' - what kind of hare do you wish for?

210.

"Made of gold, made of jewels, made of copper, and also made of silver;

Made of conch, stone, and coral, I will have a hare made for you.

211.

"There are also other hares, forest-dwellers roaming in the woods;

Those too I will bring for you - what kind of hare do you wish for?"

He spoke three verses.

209-211. Therein, "as if mad" means like a madman. "Whole" means entire. "Dvārakā" means wandering through the city of Dvāravatī. "You prattle 'a hare, a hare'" means you lament "a hare, a hare." "Made of gold" means made of gold. "Made of metal" means made of red copper. "Made of silver" means made of silver. Say whatever you wish, then why do you grieve? There are also other hares, forest-dwellers roaming in the woods; those I will bring for you - say, dear friend, what kind of hare do you wish for? - he invited Ghaṭapaṇḍita with a hare, with the intention "he is in need of a hare." Having heard that, Ghaṭapaṇḍita -

212.

"I do not wish for those hares, those hares dependent on the earth;

I wish for the hare from the moon, bring that down for me, Kesava."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "ohara" means "bring down." Having heard that, the king, overcome with displeasure thinking "Without doubt my brother has gone mad" -

213.

"Surely then, dear relative, you will give up your sweet life;

You desire what ought not to be desired, you wish for the hare from the moon."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "relative" - he addresses the younger brother. The meaning here is - My dear relative, you will give up, I think, your own exceedingly sweet life, you who desire what ought not to be desired.

Ghaṭapaṇḍita, having heard the king's words, standing motionless, explaining this meaning - "Brother, you who know that for one desiring the hare from the moon, not obtaining it, there will be the dissolution of life, why do you bewail not obtaining your dead son?" -

214.

"If you know thus, Kaṇha, as you instruct another;

Why do you still today grieve for your son who died before?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "if you know thus, Kaṇha" means brother, great king named Kaṇha, if you know thus that "what is unobtainable should not be desired." "As you instruct another" means knowing thus, yet not acting accordingly as you instruct another. "Why your son who died before" means then why do you still today bewail your son who died four months ago?

Thus he, standing right there in the middle of the street, having said "I for my part desire what is visible, but you grieve for the sake of what is not visible," teaching him the Teaching -

215.

"That which cannot be obtained by a human being, or even by a non-human being;

'May my son who was born not die' - how can the unobtainable be obtained?

216.

"Not by spells, not by root medicines, not by remedies or by wealth;

Is it possible to bring back, Kaṇha, the departed one you grieve for?" Spoke a pair of verses.

215. Therein, "that" means brother, that which - "May my son who was born not die" - cannot be obtained by a human being or even by a god, is not possible to obtain, that you desire; but how can that be obtained, for what reason is it possible to obtain? Because the unobtainable is indeed an unobtainable matter - this is the meaning.

216. "By spells" means by the application of spells. "By root medicines" means by root medicine. "By remedies" means by various kinds of remedies. "Or by wealth" means even by wealth reckoned in hundreds of ten millions. This is what is meant - The departed one you grieve for cannot be brought back even by the application of spells and so on.

Again, the wise Ghaṭa, showing that "Brother, this so-called death cannot be prevented by wealth or by birth or by true knowledge or by morality or by meditation" -

217.

"Those of great riches, of great possessions, warriors who have kingdoms;

Those with abundant wealth and grain, they too are not free from ageing and death.

218.

"Warriors, brahmins, merchants, workers, outcasts, and refuse-removers;

These and others by birth, they too are not free from ageing and death.

219.

"Those who recite the sacred hymn, the six-factored, devised by Brahmā;

These and others by true knowledge, they too are not free from ageing and death.

220.

"And those sages who are peaceful, self-restrained austere ascetics;

They too in time abandon the body, those austere ascetics.

221.

"The Worthy Ones, well-trained, who have done what was to be done, without mental corruptions;

They lay down this body, with the utter elimination of merit and demerit."

He taught the Teaching to the king with five verses.

217. Therein, "of great riches" means having much wealth due to the existence of great wealth that has gone into deposit. "Of great possessions" means endowed with a great achievement of wealth similar to the wealth of the gods. "Possessing countries" means possessing entire countries. "Those with abundant wealth and grain" means those with limitless wealth and grain by way of wealth and grain constituting permanent expenditure that should be deposited and stored for the purpose of three or four years. "They too are not free from ageing and death" means even those of such great splendour, warriors such as Mandhātu, Mahāsudassana, and others, were not free from ageing and death; rather, they entered the very mouth of death. This is the meaning.

218. "These" means the aforesaid warriors and others. "Others" means certain ones of such kind, such as Ambaṭṭha and others. "By birth" means they were not free from ageing and death on account of their own birth. This is the meaning.

219. "Sacred text" means the Veda. "Recite" means they study and teach. Or alternatively, "recite" means those who go through the Veda, performing oblations, they mutter. "Six-factored" means endowed with six factors reckoned as phonetics, ritual procedure, etymology, grammar, astronomy, and metre. "Devised by Brahmā" means conceived and spoken by Brahmā for the benefit of brahmins. "By true knowledge" means endowed with true knowledge similar to that of Brahmā; they too are not free from ageing and death. This is the meaning.

220-221. "Sages" means sages in the meaning of search for restraints and observances and so on, and for the perception of repulsiveness and so on. "Peaceful" means those whose intrinsic nature is peaceful by body and speech. "Self-restrained" means those whose minds are restrained through the self-control of lust and so on. "Austere ascetics" means those who have austere asceticism reckoned as bodily mortification. Again, "austere ascetics" means those who exercise restraint. By this he shows that even though they have become dependent on austere asceticism and wish to attain deliverance from the body, those who exercise restraint do indeed give up the body. Or else, "sages" means sages in the meaning of search for the training in higher morality and so on; "peaceful" through the appeasement of evil qualities that are their opposites, for that purpose; "self-restrained" through the self-control of the mind on a single object; "austere ascetics" through the burning of energy from the exertion of right striving; "austere ascetics" through the proper exertion of burning up lust and so on - thus it should be connected. "Developed in self" means those whose minds are developed through the meditation on the meditation subject of the four truths.

When the Teaching had been thus spoken by Ghaṭa the wise, having heard that, the king, with the dart of sorrow removed, with a gladdened mind, praising Ghaṭa the wise -

222.

"Indeed, as I was blazing, like a fire sprinkled with ghee;

Pouring down as if with water, he extinguished all my anguish.

223.

"He has indeed drawn out my dart, the sorrow lodged in my heart;

He who, for me overcome with sorrow, dispelled my sorrow for my son.

224.

"I have had the dart pulled out, I have become cool, quenched;

I do not grieve, I do not weep, having heard you, brother.

225.

"Thus do the wise act, those who are compassionate;

They turn one away from sorrow, as Ghaṭa did his elder brother.

226.

"One who has such colleagues and attendants,

They follow him with well-spoken words, as Ghaṭa did his elder brother." He spoke the remaining verses.

225. Therein, "as Ghaṭa did his elder brother" means just as Ghaṭa the wise turned his own elder brother, who was overcome by sorrow for his dead son, away from that sorrow for his son through his own skilfulness in means and through a talk on the Teaching, so too others who are wise, who are compassionate, they render help to their relatives. This is the meaning.

226. "One who has such" - this is the verse discovered by the Fully Enlightened One. Its meaning is - Just as for whatever reason Ghaṭa the wise followed and pursued King Vāsudeva, who was overcome by sorrow for his son, with well-spoken words for the purpose of removing his sorrow, whoever else too might have obtained such wise colleagues, whence could there be sorrow for him! The remaining verses have the meaning already stated above.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Thus, lay follower, the wise ones of old, having heard the discussion of the wise, removed their sorrow for their son," having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka. At the conclusion of the truths, the lay follower became established in the fruition of stream-entry.

The commentary on the story of the ghost Kaṇha is concluded.

7.

Commentary on the Story of the Ghost of the Millionaire Dhanapāla

227-245. "Naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the ghost Dhanapāla. When a Buddha had not yet arisen, it is said, in the country of the Paṇṇas, in the city of Erakaccha, there was a millionaire named Dhanapālaka, faithless, undevoted, miserly, holding the view of nihilism. His actions are known from the Pāḷi text itself. He, having died, was reborn as a ghost in the desert wilderness. His body was the size of a palm tree trunk, with skin standing up, rough, with deformed hair, frightful, ugly, exceedingly deformed, loathsome to behold. He, for fifty-five years, not obtaining even a grain of boiled rice or a drop of water, with dried-up throat, lips, and tongue, overcome by hunger and thirst, wanders about here and there.

Then, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was in due course dwelling at Sāvatthī, merchants dwelling in Sāvatthī, having filled about five hundred carts with goods, having gone to the northern trade route, having sold the goods, having loaded the obtained goods onto the carts, while returning, in the evening time, having reached a certain dry river, having unyoked the vehicles there, made their dwelling for the night. Then that ghost, overcome by thirst, having come for the purpose of drinking water, not obtaining there even a drop of drinking water, bereft of hope, fell down like a palm tree with its root cut, as if with severed feet. Having seen that, the merchants -

227.

"Naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins spread over you;

With ribs protruding, so thin, who indeed are you, sir?"

Asked with this verse. Thereupon the ghost -

228.

"I, venerable sir, am a ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

Having revealed himself, again by them -

229.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action have you gone from here to the realm of ghosts?"

Asked about the deed done, beginning from the place of former rebirth, showing his own occurrence in the past, present, and future, and giving them exhortation -

230.

"There is a city of the Paṇṇas, renowned as Erakaccha;

There I was formerly a millionaire, they knew me as Dhanapāla.

231.

"Eighty cartloads of unwrought gold were mine;

Abundant was my gold, many pearls and lapis lazuli.

232.

"Though I had such great wealth, giving was not dear to me;

Having closed the door I ate, lest beggars should see me.

233.

"I was faithless and stingy, miserly, abusive;

I hindered many people who were giving and doing meritorious deeds.

234.

"There is no result of giving, how can there be fruit of self-control?

Lotus ponds and wells, and parks that were planted;

And drinking halls I destroyed, and bridges in difficult places.

235.

"I, having not done good, having done evil, passed away from there;

Reborn in the sphere of ghosts, afflicted by hunger and thirst.

236.

"Fifty-five years since I deceased;

I do not know of food eaten, or even drinking water drunk.

237.

"What is self-control, that is destruction; what is destruction, that is self-control;

For ghosts truly know, what is self-control, that is destruction.

238.

"In the past I was restrained, I did not give though there was much wealth;

Though there were gifts to be given, I made no refuge for myself;

So now I feel remorse afterwards, having reached the fruit of my own actions.

239.

"After four months, death will occur;

I will fall into hell, extremely painful and terrible.

240.

"Rectangular, with four doors, divided into sections, measured;

Surrounded by an iron wall, covered over with iron.

241.

"Its floor is made of iron, blazing, endowed with heat;

Having pervaded a hundred yojanas all around, it stands always.

242.

"There I shall experience painful feeling for a long duration;

The fruit of evil action, therefore I grieve exceedingly."

243.

"This I say to you, may you be blessed, as many as are assembled here;

Do not do evil action, whether openly or in secret.

244.

"If you will do or are doing that evil action;

There is no freedom from suffering for you, even if you fly up and flee.

245.

"Be respectful to your mothers, be respectful to your fathers, honouring the elders in the family;

Be respectful to ascetics, be committed to holy life, thus you will go to heaven."

He spoke these verses.

230-231. Therein, "of the Paṇṇas" means of kings of such a name of the country named Paṇṇa. "Erakaccha" is the name of that city. "There" means in that city. "Formerly" means in a previous past existence. "They knew me as Dhanapāla" means they know me as "the millionaire Dhanapāla." Showing that "this name was indeed in accordance with the meaning for me at that time," he spoke the verse beginning with "eighty." Therein, "eighty cartloads" - a cartload is a load of twenty khāris, which is called a cart. The explanation is: I had eighty of those cartloads of unwrought gold and likewise of coins. "Abundant was my gold" - the connection is: gold too was abundant, measuring many loads.

232-233. "Giving was not dear to me" means to give gifts was not dear to me. "Let not beggars see me" means "thinking 'let not beggars see me,' having shut the house door, I eat." "Miserly" means a great miser. "Abusive" means one who threatens with fear, having seen others giving gifts. "Of those giving, of those doing" is the genitive case used in the accusative sense; meaning those giving gifts, those doing meritorious deeds. "Many people" means many beings. I hindered, I prevented many people, constituting a multitude, who were either giving or doing, from meritorious action.

234-236. "There is no result of giving" and so on is the showing of the reason for the prevention of giving and so on. Therein, "there is no result of giving" means there is no fruit of the action of giving; it explains that merely saying "merit, merit" is just the destruction of wealth. "Of self-control" means of the self-control of morality. "Whence the fruit" means whence indeed is fruit obtained; the intention is that the observance of morality is entirely useless. "Parks" means parks and groves. This is the meaning. "Drinking water halls" means drinking water halls. "Difficult places" means places difficult to traverse on account of water and mud. "Bridges" means bridges. "Passed away from there" means passed away from there, from the human world. "Fifty-five" means fifty-five. "Since I deceased" means when I died, from that time onwards. "I do not directly know" means for so long a time I do not know of anything eaten or drunk.

237-238. "What is self-control, that is destruction" means whatever restraint, not giving to anyone, by way of greed and so on, that is called the destruction of these beings, because of being the cause of the great disaster of ghosts reborn in the realm of ghosts. By "what is destruction, that is self-control," he states the absolute nature of the aforesaid meaning. "For ghosts truly know" - here the word "hi" is used for emphasis, and the word "kira" indicates disapproval. "Self-control, the non-relinquishment of what should be given, is the cause of destruction" - this meaning ghosts alone truly know, because it is being experienced by them directly, not humans. This is not fitting, since humans too are seen being overcome by hunger, thirst, and so on, just like ghosts. But ghosts know that meaning more thoroughly because of the obviousness of the action done in their former existence. Therefore he said - "I formerly practised self-control" and so on. Therein, "I practised self-control" means I myself made restraint, contraction, from meritorious deeds such as giving and so on. "Much wealth" means when great wealth was existing.

243. "Taṃ" means therefore. "Vo" means you. "May you be blessed" means may there be good fortune, well-being, and beauty for you - this is the remainder of the expression. "As many as are assembled here" means as many as, however many, are assembled here, may all of them listen to my words. This is the intention. "Openly" means making known, by way of being manifest to others. "In secret" means concealed, by way of being not manifest. Whether openly, by way of bodily and verbal action such as killing living beings and so on, false speech and so on, or whether in secret, by way of covetousness and so on - do not do, do not perform, evil, inferior, unwholesome action.

244. "If you will do that evil action" means but if you will do that evil deed in the future, or are doing it at present, there is no freedom, no release called deliverance from the suffering that is the fruit of that in the four realms of misery beginning with hell and among human beings by way of short lifespan and so on. "Even if you fly up and flee" means the meaning is that even for those who, having flown up, go through space, there is simply no release. "Upeccā" is also a reading; with the intention that "it will follow you who flee from here or from there," even for you who flee intentionally, having approached, there is no release from that; but the meaning is that when there is a conjunction of other conditions such as destination, time and so on, it will indeed ripen. And this meaning -

"Not in the sky, not in the middle of the ocean, not by entering a cleft of the mountains;

There is no spot on earth found, where standing one could be freed from evil deeds."

Should be explained by this verse.

245. "Respectful to one's mother" means one who seeks the welfare of one's mother. "Be" means perform attendance and so on for them. Likewise, "respectful to one's father" should be understood. "Showing respect to elders in the family" means those who show reverence to the elders in the family. "Committed to asceticism" means those who honour ascetics. Likewise, "committed to holy life" means those who honour those who have warded off evil; this is the meaning. "Thus you will go to heaven" means having performed meritorious deeds in the manner stated by me, you will be reborn in the heavenly world; this is the meaning. But whatever here has not been analysed as to meaning, that should be understood by the very method stated below in the Khallāṭiya Ghost Story and so on.

Those merchants, having heard his words, stirred with a sense of urgency, having compassion for him, having taken drinking water in vessels, having laid him down, poured it into his mouth. Thereupon the water poured for a long time by the great multitude of people, by the power of that ghost's evil, did not descend down the throat; how then could it remove his thirst? They asked him - "Has any measure of comfort been obtained by you?" He said - "If, of the water being poured by so many people for so long a time, even a single drop has entered down my throat, may there be no release from this realm of ghosts." Then those merchants, having heard that, exceedingly stirred with a sense of urgency, said "But is there any means for the appeasement of thirst?" He said - "When this evil deed is exhausted, if a gift is given to the Tathāgata or to the disciples of the Tathāgata and the gift is dedicated to me, I shall be freed from this ghost state." Having heard that, the merchants, having gone to Sāvatthī, having approached the Blessed One, having reported that incident, having taken the refuges and the precepts, having given a gift for seven days to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, dedicated the offering to that ghost. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the four assemblies. And the great multitude of people, having abandoned the stain of stinginess beginning with greed, became devoted to meritorious deeds beginning with giving.

The commentary on the story of the ghost of the millionaire Dhanapāla is concluded.

8.

Commentary on the Story of the Ghost of the Minor Millionaire

246-256. "Naked, emaciated, you are a gone forth one, venerable sir": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the ghost of the junior millionaire. In Bārāṇasī, it is said, there was a certain householder, faithless, undevoted, stingy, miserly, indifferent to meritorious deeds, named the junior millionaire. He, having died, was reborn among the ghosts; his body was devoid of flesh and blood, consisting only of bones, sinews, and skin, shaven-headed, and without clothing. Now his daughter Anulā, dwelling in her husband's house at Andhakavinda, wishing to feed brahmins dedicated to her father, prepared rice-grain and other requisites for giving. Having known that, the ghost, with hope, going through the sky to that place, arrived at Rājagaha. And at that time King Ajātasattu, instigated by Devadatta, having deprived his father of life, unable to fall asleep due to that remorse and bad dreams, having gone up to the upper terrace of the palace, walking up and down, having seen that ghost going through the sky, asked with this verse -

246.

"Naked, emaciated, you are a gone forth one, venerable sir, where do you go at night, for what reason;

Tell me that, perhaps we may be able, with all wealth I would provide for you."

Therein, "gone forth" means an ascetic. The king, it is said, with the perception "this is a naked ascetic" due to his nakedness and shaven-headedness, said beginning with "naked, emaciated, you are a gone forth one." "For what reason" means for what cause. "With all wealth I would provide for you" means wealth that serves as an instrument of happiness, I would supply and procure for you with all my possessions in accordance with your disposition, or with all my endeavour. "Perhaps we may be able to do so; therefore tell me that" - the meaning is: tell me this reason for your coming.

Thus asked by the king, the ghost, relating his own story, spoke three verses -

247.

"Bārāṇasī is a city famed far and wide, there I was a householder, wealthy but wretched;

A non-giver, with mind greedy for material gains, through immorality I reached the domain of Yama.

248.

"I, wearied by hunger like a needle, by those deeds,

By that very reason I go to my relatives for the sake of some trifling material gain;

Habitually not giving, they do not believe,

'The fruit of giving exists in the other world.'

249.

"And my daughter constantly speaks, 'I will give a gift for my parents and grandparents';

That which is set aside, the brahmins serve as food, I go to Andhakavinda to eat."

247. Therein, "famed far and wide" means proclaimed from afar by way of praising its virtues, renowned everywhere, well-known. This is the meaning. "Wealthy" means rich, of great wealth. "Wretched" means of low mind, with a disposition of not giving. Therefore he said "a non-giver." "With mind greedy for material gains" means with mind attached to sensual material gains, having fallen into greed. "Through immorality I reached the domain of Yama" means by the immoral action done by myself, I have reached the domain of Yama, the realm of ghosts.

248. "Wearied by hunger like a needle" means I, wearied by hunger which obtained the name "needle" due to its resemblance to a needle in the sense of piercing, being continuously pierced. Or the reading is just "kilamatho" (weariness). "By those" means by the evil deeds which are the causes, stated beginning with "wretched." For when that ghost recollected those evil deeds, exceedingly great displeasure arose; therefore he spoke thus. "By that very reason" means by that very suffering of hunger. "I go to my relatives" means I go, I proceed, to the proximity of my relatives. "For the sake of some trifling material gain" means for the purpose of some trifle of material gain; the meaning is desiring some material gain. "Habitually not giving, they do not believe, 'the fruit of giving exists in the other world'" means just as I, so too other people also, habitually not giving, do not believe that "the fruit of giving certainly exists in the world beyond." The intention is that since, like me, they too, having become ghosts, experience great suffering.

249. "Speaks" means says. "Constantly" means frequently, repeatedly. What does she say? She says "I will give a gift for my parents and grandparents." Therein, "for parents" means for mother and father, or for the younger father and the elder father. "For grandparents" means for grandfathers and great-grandfathers. "Prepared" means made ready. "They serve" means they feed. "Andhakavinda" means a city so named. "To eat" means to consume. From there onwards was spoken by the Elders who held the convocations -

250.

"The king said to him: 'Having experienced that too,

Come back quickly, I too shall make an offering;

Tell me that, if there is a reason,

We would hear words with reason that can be believed.'

251.

"Having said 'So be it', he went there, they ate the meal but not those worthy of offerings;

He returned to Rājagaha once again, and appeared before the lord of men.

252.

Having seen the ghost come again, the king said: "What shall I too give?

Tell me that, if there is a reason, by which you may be satisfied for a longer time."

253.

"Having served the Buddha and the Community, O king, with food and drink and robes;

Dedicate that offering for my welfare, thus I may be satisfied for a longer time."

254.

Then the king, having descended at that very moment, having given an incomparable gift with his own hand to the monastic community;

He announced what was done to the Tathāgata, and dedicated the offering to that ghost.

255.

He, being venerated, shining very much, appeared before the lord of men;

"I am a demon who has attained supreme supernormal power, there are no humans equal or similar to me.

256.

"See this boundless power of mine, having given an incomparable gift to the monastic community, dedicated by you;

Satisfied constantly, always, by many, I go happy, O king of men and gods."

250. Therein, "the king said to him" means King Ajātasattu said to that ghost who had spoken thus and was standing there. "Having experienced that too" means having experienced that gift too which was prepared by your daughter. "You would come" means you should come. "I shall do" means I shall do. "Tell me that, if there is a reason" means if there is any cause, tell, relate that cause to me. "To be believed" means worthy of being believed. "A reasoned statement" means a statement connected with reason; the meaning is he says a statement with reason, "when a gift is made in such a place in such a manner, it is beneficial for me."

251. "Having said 'so be it'" means having said "good!" "There" means at that food distribution place in Andhakavinda. "They ate the meal but not those worthy of offerings" means the immoral brahmins ate the meal, but those who are virtuous, worthy of offerings, did not eat. This is the meaning. "Once again" means he returned to Rājagaha yet another time.

252. "What shall I give" means the king asked the ghost "What kind of gift shall I give you?" "By which you" means for whatever reason you. "For a longer time" means for a long time. "Satisfied" means may be contented; the meaning is tell that.

253. "Having served food" means having fed. "O king" - he addresses Ajātasattu. "For my welfare" means for my own benefit, for release from the state of ghost existence.

254. "Then" means therefore, by that word, or alternatively, from the palace. "Having descended" means having gone out. "At that very moment" means at that very time, at the time of the break of dawn. On the very day when the ghost, having returned, showed himself to the king, on that very day before the meal he gave the gift. "With own hand" means with his own hand. "Incomparable" means immeasurable, lofty, superior. "Having given to the Community" means having given to the Community. "He announced what was done to the Tathāgata" means he reported that incident to the Blessed One, saying "This, venerable sir, is a gift made with reference to a certain ghost." And having reported it, in such a way that that gift would be beneficial to him, thus he dedicated the offering to that ghost.

255. "He" means that ghost. "Venerated" means venerated by the offering being given. "Exceedingly shining" means exceedingly resplendent through divine power. "Appeared" means became manifest; he showed himself before the king. "I am a demon" means freed from the state of ghost existence, I have been born a demon, I have attained the state of a god. "There are no humans equal or similar to me" means there are no humans equal to me in the achievement of power or similar to me in the achievement of wealth.

256. "See this boundless power of mine" - he speaks showing his own success directly to the king, saying "See this immeasurable divine power of mine." "Having given an incomparable gift to the Community, dedicated by you" means having given an incomparable, lofty gift to the noble Community, dedicated by you out of compassion for me. "Satisfied constantly, always, by many" means by you who satisfy the noble Community with many gifts such as food, drink, garments, and so on, always, at all times, for as long as life lasts, even there constantly, without interruption, I have been satisfied and gladdened. "I go happy, O king of men and gods" - he took leave of the king, saying "Therefore I now go happy, O king of men and gods, great king, to whatever place I wish."

When the ghost had thus taken leave and departed, King Ajātasattu reported that matter to the monks; the monks, having approached the presence of the Blessed One, reported it. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. Having heard that, the great multitude of people, having abandoned the stain of stinginess, became devoted to meritorious deeds beginning with giving.

The commentary on the story of the ghost of the minor millionaire is concluded.

9.

Commentary on the Story of the Ghost Aṅkura

257-330. "For the purpose for which we go": the Teacher, while dwelling at Sāvatthī, spoke this referring to the ghost of Aṅkura. Certainly, here, Aṅkura is not a ghost, but since his conduct is connected with a ghost, therefore it is called "the story of the ghost of Aṅkura."

Herein this is the meaning in brief - Those who were born in the womb of Devagabbhā, the daughter of Mahākaṃsa, in the city of Asitañjana in the Kaṃsa domain in the northern trade route, dependent on Upasāgara, the son of King Mahāsāgara, the ruler of Uttaramadhurā - namely Añjanadevī, Vāsudeva, Baladeva, Candadeva, Sūriyadeva, Aggideva, Varuṇadeva, Ajjuna, Pajjuna, Ghaṭapaṇḍita, and Aṅkura - the ten brothers beginning with Vāsudeva together with Añjanadevī were eleven warriors. Among them, the brothers beginning with Vāsudeva, starting from the city of Asitañjana and ending at Dvāravatī, having brought all the kings in sixty-three thousand cities in the whole of Jambudīpa to the destruction of life by means of the wheel, while dwelling in Dvāravatī, having made the kingdom into ten portions, divided it. But they did not remember their sister Añjanadevī. Having remembered again, when it was said "Let us make eleven portions," the youngest of all of them, Aṅkura, said "Give my portion to her; I shall live by engaging in trade; you shall remit the toll to me in your respective provinces." They, having accepted saying "Very well," having given his portion to their sister, nine kings dwelt in Dvāravatī.

But Aṅkura, while engaging in trade, constantly gave a great gift. Now one of his slaves, a storekeeper, was well-wishing towards him. Aṅkura, with a gladdened mind, having taken a daughter of good family, gave her to him. He died while the son was still in the womb. When that child was born, Aṅkura gave to him the food and wages that had been given to his father. Then, when that boy had come of age, a judgment arose in the royal court: "A slave or not a slave." Having heard that, Añjanadevī, having spoken the simile of the cow, freed him from slavery, saying "If the mother is a freewoman, the son too is indeed a freeman."

But the boy, being unable to dwell there out of shame, having gone to the city of Roruva, having taken the daughter of a certain tailor there, earned his livelihood by the tailor's craft. At that time in the city of Roruva there was a millionaire named Asayha. He gave a great gift to ascetics, brahmins, the destitute, travellers, paupers, and beggars. That tailor, filled with joy and pleasure for those who did not know the millionaire's house, having stretched out his right arm, showed the dwelling of the millionaire Asayha, saying "Having gone there, let them obtain what is to be obtained." His action has come in the Pāḷi text itself.

He, at a later time, having died, was reborn as a terrestrial deity in a certain banyan tree in the desert land; his right hand was a granter of all desires. And in that very Roruva, a certain man, zealous in the giving of the millionaire Asayha, faithless, undevoted, holding wrong views, indifferent to meritorious deeds, having died, was reborn as a ghost not far from the dwelling place of that young god. And the deed done by him has come in the Pāḷi text itself. But the great millionaire Asayha, having died, attained companionship with Sakka, the king of gods, in the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

Then at a later time, Aṅkura with five hundred carts, and a certain brahmin with five hundred carts - both people, having taken goods with a thousand carts, having set out on the desert wilderness road, having lost their way, wandering about right there for many days, their grass, water, and food became exhausted. Aṅkura sent horse-messengers to search for water in the four directions. Then that demon whose hand granted desires, having seen that attainment of disaster of theirs, having considered the help formerly done for himself by Aṅkura, thinking "Come now, I must be a support for this one," showed his own banyan tree where he dwelt. That banyan tree, it is said, was endowed with branches and boughs, with dense foliage, giving thick shade, with many thousands of aerial roots, and was a yojana in extent in length, breadth, and height. Having seen it, Aṅkura, full of mirth, had a camp set up beneath it. The demon, having stretched out his own right hand, first satisfied all the people with drinking water. Then whoever wished for whatever, he gave that very thing to that very person.

Thus, when that great assembly had been satisfied as they wished with various kinds of food, drink, and so on, and afterwards when the fatigue of the journey had subsided, that brahmin merchant, attending unwisely, thought thus - "Having gone from here to Kamboja for the sake of gaining wealth, what shall we do? Rather, having seized this very demon by whatever means, having placed him on a vehicle, we shall go to our own city." Having thus reflected, speaking of that matter to Aṅkura -

257.

"For the purpose for which we go, to Kamboja as wealth-carriers;

This demon grants desires, let us take this demon away.

258.

"Having seized this demon, by entreaty or by force;

Having placed him on a vehicle, let us quickly go to Dvārakā."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "for the purpose of which" means for which reason. "Kamboja" means the Kamboja country. "Wealth-carriers" means those who carry wealth obtained through the sale of goods. "Granter of desires" means one who gives whatever is wished for. "Demon" means a young god. "Let us take away" means we shall lead away. "By entreaty" means by requesting. "By force" means having overpowered, by violence. "Vehicle" means a comfortable vehicle. "Dvārakā" means the city of Dvāravatī. This is the intention herein - The purpose for which we wish to go from here to Kamboja, the goal to be accomplished by that journey succeeds right here. For this demon grants desires; therefore, having requested this demon, either with his consent, or if he does not agree, having placed him on a vehicle by force, having bound his hands behind his back on the vehicle, having seized him, let us go from here itself quickly to the city of Dvāravatī.

But Aṅkura, thus spoken to by the brahmin, standing firm in the principles of a good person, rejecting his words -

259.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One should not break a branch of that tree, for a betrayer of friends is evil."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "should not break" means should not cut. "Betrayal of friends" means treachery towards friends, the causing of harm to them. "Evil" means wicked is the betrayer of friends. For if even towards a tree with cool shade that dispels the fatigue of a man overpowered by heat, nothing evil should be thought, how much less so towards living beings. This shows that this young god is a good person, one who has acted first, a remover of our suffering, of great help; nothing harmful should be thought towards him; on the contrary, he should indeed be venerated.

Having heard that, the brahmins, relying on the path of policy that "the root of benefit is the removal of fraud," standing on the opposite side to Aṅkura -

260.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One would cut even its trunk, if such were the purpose."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "if such were the purpose" means if there were need for such building material, one would cut even the trunk of that tree, how much less the branches and so on - this is the intention.

When the brahmin had spoken thus, Aṅkura, upholding the principle of a good person -

261.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One should not break a leaf of that tree, for a betrayer of friends is evil."

He spoke this verse. Therein, "one should not break a leaf of that tree" means one should not fell even a single leaf of that tree, how much less the branches and so on - this is the intention.

Again the brahmin, upholding his own doctrine -

262.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One would pull it out even with its root, if such were the purpose."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "one would pull it out even with its root" means one would pull out that tree there even with its root, together with the root; would uproot it - this is the meaning.

When the brahmin had spoken thus, Aṅkura again, wishing to render that policy useless -

263.

"In whose house one might stay even for a single night, where a person might obtain food and drink;

One should not think evil of him even in mind, gratitude is praised by good persons.

264.

"In whose house one might stay even for a single night, and be attended upon with food and drink;

One should not think evil of him even in mind, the one with harmless hands burns the betrayer of friends.

265.

"He who formerly had good done for him, afterwards harms with evil;

A man destroyed by a wet hand, he does not see good fortune."

She spoke these three verses.

263. Therein, "of whom" means of whatever person. "Even for a single night" means one might stay even for a single night only in the house. "Where a person might obtain food and drink" means in whose presence any person might obtain food and drink or whatever food. "One should not think evil of him even in mind" means one should not think, should not desire what is unlucky, what is harmful for that person even in mind, how much less by body and speech. If one asks why? "Gratitude is praised by good persons" means gratitude is praised by the highest persons such as the Buddhas and others.

264. "Attended upon" means honoured, attended upon with food, drink, and so on, saying "Take this, eat this." "With harmless hands" means with non-violent hands, restrained in hand. "Burns the betrayer of friends" means he burns, destroys that person who betrays friends. An offence committed by another against an innocent person endowed with a disposition for welfare indiscriminately brings harm to that very one himself; the innocent person in effect burns him. Therefore the Blessed One said -

"Whoever wrongs a man who is innocent, a pure person without blemish;

"The evil returns to that very fool, like subtle dust thrown against the wind."

265. "He who formerly had good done for him" means whatever person had good done for him, had assistance rendered by some good person. "Afterwards harms with evil" means he afflicts that former benefactor at a later time with evil, with what is bad and harmful. "A man destroyed by a wet hand" means destroyed, afflicted by one with a wet hand, by the act of assistance, by one with a wet hand, by one with a washed hand, by the former benefactor in the manner stated below; or destroyed by the affliction of that former benefactor, he is called "destroyed by a wet hand" - an ungrateful person. "He does not see good fortune" means that aforesaid person does not see, does not find, does not obtain desirable things in this world and in the world beyond. This is the meaning.

Thus that brahmin, overpowered by Aṅkura who was upholding the principle of a good person, was without reply and remained silent. But the demon, having heard the words and replies of those two, although angry with the brahmin, thinking "Let it be; what is to be done about this wicked brahmin I shall know later," showing for now his own invincibility by anyone -

266.

"I am not easily overpowered by a god or by a human being, or by supremacy;

I am a demon who has attained supreme supernormal power, going afar, endowed with beauty and strength."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "by a god or" means by whatever god. "By a human being or" - here too the same method applies. "By supremacy or" means by divine supremacy or by human supremacy. Therein, divine supremacy means the divine power of the gods of the Four Great Kings, Sakka, the Suyāma gods, and so on; human supremacy means the power of merit of universal monarchs and so on. Therefore, by the mention of supremacy, he includes gods and human beings of great majesty. For even gods of great majesty are unable to overcome human beings supported by the fruit of their own merit, in the absence of failure of means, how much less so others. "Haṃ" is an indeclinable particle expressing inability to endure. "Not easily overpowered" means not to be violated. "I am a demon who has attained supreme supernormal power" means by the fruit of one's own merit, I have attained the state of a demon; being a demon, not just any ordinary one, but rather one who has attained supreme supernormal power, endowed with the supreme, highest supernormal power of a demon. "Going afar" means able to go even to a distant place in just a moment. "Endowed with beauty and strength" means endowed, possessed of beauty and bodily strength - thus by all three terms he shows his own invincibility by spells, magical means, and so on. For one accomplished in beauty is much esteemed by others; in dependence on the accomplishment of beauty, one is not to be dragged away even by an adverse object - thus the accomplishment of beauty is stated as a reason for invincibility.

From here onwards there is a discussion of speech and reply between Aṅkura and the young god -

267.

"Your hand is entirely golden, with five streams dripping with honey;

Various flavours flow forth, I imagine you to be the first of givers.

268.

"I am not a god nor a gandhabba, nor Sakka, the first of givers;

Know me, Aṅkura, as a ghost, come here from Roruva.

269.

"Of what morality, of what conduct, were you before in the city of Roruva;

By what holy life of yours does merit succeed in your hand?

270.

"I was formerly a tailor, in Roruva then was I;

Living with great difficulty, a poor wretch, nothing was found for me to give.

271.

"And my dwelling was near Asayha,

The faithful master of giving, who had made merit, one with shame.

272.

"There beggars go, paupers of various clans;

And they ask me there for Asayha's dwelling.

273.

"Where should we go, may you be blessed, where is a gift being given?

When asked by them I declare Asayha's dwelling.

274.

"Having raised my right arm, 'Go here, may you be blessed;

Here a gift is being given, at the dwelling of Asayha.'

275.

"By that my hand grants desires, by that my hand drips with honey;

By that holy life of mine, merit succeeds in my hand.

276.

"It seems you did not give a gift, with your own hands to anyone;

Rejoicing in another's giving, having raised your hand you spoke.

277.

"By that my hand grants desires, by that my hand drips with honey;

By that holy life of yours, merit succeeds in your hand.

278.

"He who gave gifts, venerable sir, devoted with his own hands;

He, having abandoned the human body, to which direction has he gone?

279.

"I do not understand the destination or coming of Asayha, the endurer of the unbearable, the radiant one;

But I have heard near Vessavaṇa that Asayha has gone to the company of Sakka.

280.

"It is indeed fitting to do good, to give gifts as is proper;

Having seen the hand that grants desires, who would not make merit?

281.

"Surely I, having gone from here, having arrived at Dvārakā;

I shall establish giving, which would bring me happiness.

282.

"I will give food and drink, cloth and lodgings;

And drinking halls and wells, and bridges in difficult places."

There are fifteen verses of speech and reply.

267. Therein, "your hand" means your right hand. "Entirely golden" means altogether of golden colour. "Five-streamed" means streams of things desired by others flow from his five fingers, thus he is "five-streamed." "Dripping with honey" means one from whom sweet flavour flows forth. Therefore he said "various flavours flow forth"; the meaning is that various flavours of the kinds of sweet, pungent, astringent and so on flow forth. For it is said that when the demon's desire-granting hand releases various kinds of solid and soft food endowed with sweet and other flavours, sweet and other flavours flow forth. "I imagine you to be the first of givers" means I imagine you to be Purindada, Sakka; the meaning is: I think you are "Sakka, the king of gods, of such great majesty."

268. "I am not a god" means I am not a well-known god such as Vessavaṇa and so on. "Not a gandhabba" means I am not even a god belonging to the gandhabba host. "Nor Sakka, the first of givers" means I am not even Sakka, the king of gods, who obtained the name "Purindada" because of having established giving first in a former existence. "But which one was he?" - he said "Know me, Aṅkura, as a ghost" and so on. Know me as one reborn in connection with the Aṅkura ghost story; consider me as "a certain ghost of great supernormal power." "Come here from Roruva" means having passed away from the city of Roruva, having come here to this banyan tree in the desert wilderness by way of being reborn; the meaning is: reborn here.

269. "Of what morality, of what conduct, were you before in the city of Roruva" means formerly in a previous existence, you who were dwelling in the city of Roruva, of what morality and of what conduct were you - having undertaken what kind of morality characterised by abstinence from evil, of what conduct characterised by the practice of meritorious deeds, of what kind of conduct among wholesome practices such as giving and so on - this is the meaning. "By what holy life of yours does merit succeed in your hand" means by what kind of excellent conduct does this such fruit of merit now succeed and come to fruition in your hands - tell that. This is the meaning. For "fruit of merit" is here intended as "merit" by the elision of the further term. For therein that is stated as "merit" in such passages as "Monks, because of undertaking wholesome mental states, thus this merit increases" and so on.

270. "Tailor" means one who sews. "Of difficult livelihood" means one who earns a living well with difficulty, one whose livelihood is exceedingly painful. "Destitute" means wretched; the meaning is miserable. "There is nothing for me to give" means there is nothing suitable to be given by me to give to travellers, ascetics, and brahmins; but the intention is that my mind has given the gift.

271. "Dwelling" means a house, or a workshop. "Near Asayha" means near the house of Asayha the great millionaire. "Of a faithful one" means of one endowed with faith in the fruit of action. "A master of giving" means one who is a guarantor through the achievement of relinquishment in the uninterrupted continuation of giving and through the overcoming of greed. "Of one who has made merit" means of one who has formerly done good conduct. "One who has shame" means of one whose nature is to abhor evil.

272. "There" means in that dwelling of mine. "Beggars come" means begging people come wishing to ask the millionaire Asayha for something. "Of various clans" means of various kinds of clan designations. "Paupers" means those who proclaim merit, who go about declaring their state of neediness by means of praising the virtues and the fruit of merit and so on of the donor. "And they ask me there" - "there" is merely a particle; those beggars and so on ask me for the dwelling of the millionaire Asayha. For the grammarians require a double accusative in such instances.

273. "Where should we go, may you be blessed, where is a gift being given" - this is a showing of the manner of their questioning. This is the meaning here: May it be well for you; we have come having heard "A gift is being given by the great millionaire Asayha"; where is the gift being given, where should we go, by going where is it possible to obtain the gift? "When asked by them I declare" means thus asked by those travellers about the place where it could be obtained, "I, formerly through not having made merit, have now become unable to give anything to such people; but by showing these people the place of giving, by pointing out the means of gain, generating joy, even by this much I generate much merit" - having aroused respect, having stretched out my right arm, I declare to them the dwelling of the millionaire Asayha. Therefore he said "Having raised my right arm" and so on.

274. "By that my hand grants desires" means by that making known of another's giving, by the mere cause of carefully giving thanks for a gift done by another, now my hand, like a wish-fulfilling tree, like a santānaka creeper, is wish-granting, giving whatever is wished for, granting desires. And being one that grants desires, by that my hand became dripping with honey, one that bestows desirable things.

276. "It seems you did not give a gift" - "kira" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of oral tradition; you, it seems, did not relinquish your own property, with your own hands you did not give any gift to any ascetic or brahmin whatsoever. "Rejoicing in another's giving" means he merely dwelt rejoicing in a gift done by another, another's giving, thinking "Oh, he has carried on giving!"

277. "By that my hand grants desires" means by that your hand thus grants desires; oh, wonderful indeed is the destination of merits - this is the intention.

278. "He who gave gifts, venerable sir, devoted with his own hands" - he addresses the young god with respect. Venerable sir, for you who merely gave thanks for a gift done by another, there is already such a fruit, such a power; but he, the great millionaire Asayha, gave a great gift, and having become of confident mind, with his own hands he then carried on the great giving. "He, having abandoned the human body" means he, having given up human existence here. "What" means which one. "Nu so" - "nu" is merely a particle. "Gone to a direction" means gone to a direction, a place; of what kind is his attainment, his destination - thus he asked about the future life of the millionaire Asayha.

279. "The endurer of the unbearable" means because of enduring the duty of a good person, the division of relinquishment and so on, which is unable to be endured and borne by others who are stingy and overcome by greed, he is the endurer of the unbearable. "The radiant one" means one whose radiance emanates from his limbs. For "rasa" is indeed a designation for radiance. It is said that when he saw beggars coming, lofty joy and pleasure arose in him, and his complexion became bright; having made that evident to himself, he spoke thus. "Destination or coming" means I do not know either his destination, as "he has gone to such and such a destination, gone from here," or his coming, as "from there, at such and such a time, he will come here" - this is outside my domain. "But I have heard near Vessavaṇa" means moreover, having gone to pay attendance, this was heard by me near the Great King Vessavaṇa. "Asayha has gone to the company of Sakka" means the millionaire Asayha went to the company of Sakka, the lord of the gods; the meaning is he was reborn in the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

280. "It is indeed fitting to do good" means it is indeed proper, indeed befitting, to do whatever good, wholesome, meritorious deed. But therein, to show that which is most easily done and common to all, it was said "to give gifts as is proper"; it is indeed fitting to give gifts in accordance with one's own wealth and means. Therein, he states the reason by the phrase "having seen the hand that grants desires." For when indeed, by one who had previously merely given thanks for merit done by another, by the mere pointing out of the way to the donor's dwelling, this hand has been seen as granting desires, having seen this - "Who would not make merit" means who indeed like me would not make merit that serves as one's own support?

281. Having thus shown regard for meritorious deeds in a general way, now specifying and applying that to himself, he spoke the pair of verses beginning with "surely I." Therein, "he" means he, I. "Hi" is an indeclinable particle of emphasis; "nūna" is in the sense of reflection. "Having gone from here" means having departed from here, from the desert. "Having arrived at Dvārakā" means having reached the city of Dvāravatī. "I shall establish" means I shall set going.

Thus, when Aṅkura had carried out the acknowledgment "I will give a gift," the demon, with a satisfied mind, having instigated him to the act of giving, saying "Sir, you give the gift confidently, and I shall perform the function of a friend for you; I shall act in such a manner that your gift will not go to utter elimination," threatened the brahmin merchant, saying "Brahmin merchant, you, it seems, wishing to lead away one like me by force, do not know your own measure," having caused his goods to disappear, frightening him with a demon's terrifying appearance. Then Aṅkura, having entreated him in various ways, having asked the brahmin's forgiveness and having gladdened him, having caused all the goods to be restored to their natural state, when night had arrived, having dismissed the demon, while going, having seen not far from there a certain ghost of exceedingly hideous appearance, asking about the deed done by him -

283.

"By what are your fingers crooked, and your face distorted;

And your eyes are oozing, what evil was done by you?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "crooked" means bent, twisted, not straight. "Distorted" means deformed by a contortion of the face, contracted. "Are oozing" means they flow out with impurity.

Then the ghost to him -

284.

"For the radiant householder, the faithful one dwelling at home;

I was appointed in his place of giving, commissioned in the gift.

285.

"There, having seen beggars, who had come seeking food;

Having withdrawn to one side, I made a scowling face.

286.

"By that my fingers are crooked, and my face is distorted;

My eyes are oozing, that evil was done by me."

He spoke three verses.

284. Therein, by the words beginning with "of the radiant one," he praises the millionaire Asayha. "One who seeks a home" means of a householder who dwells in a house. "In the place of giving" means in the place where alms are given, the place of bestowal. "Was commissioned in the gift" means I was commissioned, appointed in the office of giving, in the relinquishment of the gift.

285. "Having withdrawn to one side" means having seen beggars who had come seeking food, one who is engaged in giving should not depart from the place where alms are given, but remaining in one's very place, with joy and pleasure arisen, with a bright complexion, should give the gift with one's own hand, or should have it given by other suitable persons; but I, not acting thus, having seen the beggars coming from afar, not showing myself, having withdrawn to one side, having departed. "I made a scowling face" means I made a distorted, contracted face.

286. "By that" means because at that time I, being appointed by my master in the office of giving, when the time of giving had arrived, overcome by stinginess, departing from the place where alms are given, underwent contraction of the feet; when it should have been given with one's own hands, not acting thus, I underwent contraction of the hands; when there should have been a serene face, I underwent contraction of the face; when they should have been looked upon with eyes of affection, I produced obscurity of the eyes; therefore the fingers of the hands and the toes of the feet became crooked, and the face became distorted, of ugly form, contracted, and the eyes ooze impure, foul-smelling, loathsome tears. This is the meaning. Therefore it was said -

"By that my fingers are crooked, and my face is distorted;

My eyes are oozing, that evil was done by me."

Having heard that, Aṅkura, censuring the ghost -

287.

"Rightly for you, wretch, your face is distorted;

And your eyes are oozing, because you for another's giving;

Made a scowling face."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "righteously" means by a fitting reason indeed. "Te" means of you. "Wretch" means a contemptible person. "That" means because. "Of another's giving" means in another's giving. Or this itself is the reading.

Again Aṅkura, censuring that donor, the merchant -

288.

"For how could one giving a gift, make it dependent on another;

Food, drink, solid food, cloth and lodgings?"

He spoke a verse. Its meaning is - How could a person giving a gift make it dependent on another, to be accomplished and effected by another? He should do it as self-witnessed and give with his own hand, or he himself should be engaged therein; otherwise his own gift would be destroyed in an improper place, and those worthy of offerings would be deprived of the giving.

Having thus censured him, now showing the method to be practised by himself -

289.

"Surely I, having gone from here, having arrived at Dvārakā;

I shall establish giving, which would bring me happiness.

290.

"I will give food and drink, cloth and lodgings;

And drinking halls and wells, and bridges in difficult places."

He spoke a pair of verses; that is just the meaning already stated.

291.

Then he, having turned back, having arrived at Dvārakā;

Aṅkura established giving, which would bring him happiness.

292.

He gave food and drink, cloth and lodgings;

And drinking halls and wells, with a clear mind.

293.

"Who is hungry and who is thirsty, who will put on a garment;

Whose draught animals are weary, let them harness a vehicle from here.

294.

"Who wishes for an umbrella and odour, who for a garland, who for sandals?

Thus they proclaim there, barbers, cooks, and perfumers;

Always, evening and morning, at Aṅgura's dwelling."

These four verses were placed by the compilers of the recitation to show Aṅgura's practice.

291. Therein, "from there" means from the desert wilderness. "Having turned back" means having turned back again. "Having arrived at Dvārakā" means having reached the city of Dvāravatī. "Aṅgura established giving" means that Aṅgura, whose entire storehouses had been filled by the demon, established a great giving with all provisions. "Which would bring him happiness" means that which produces happiness for oneself both now and in the future.

293. "Who is hungry" means who is famished; the intention is: let him come and eat as he pleases. The same method applies in the remaining cases too. "Thirsty" means parched. "Will put on" means will wear as a lower garment and will wear as an upper robe. This is the meaning. "Weary" means overcome by fatigue. "Draught animals" means chariots and vehicles. "Let them harness a vehicle from here" means from this collection of vehicles, having taken whichever one pleases, let them harness a vehicle.

294. "Who wishes for an umbrella" means who wishes for an umbrella of the type made of rush-mats and so on; the intention is: let him take one. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. "Odour" means odour such as the four-constituent perfume and so on. "Garland" means flowers, whether of the strung or unstrung variety. "Sandals" means sandals of the type bound with leather and so on. "Itissū" - here "sū" is merely a particle; the meaning is: thus, in such a way as "who is hungry, who is thirsty" and so on. "Barbers" means hairdressers. "Chefs" means food preparers. "Perfumers" means those who deal in fragrances. "Always" means at all times, day after day, evening and morning, they proclaim and announce there at Aṅgura's dwelling. This is the explanation.

Thus, as time went on while he was carrying on the great giving, due to the state of satiation, the place of giving became separated from those in need, sparse. Having seen that, Aṅkura, being dissatisfied in mind due to his lofty disposition towards giving, having addressed a young man named Sindhaka who was appointed to his giving -

295.

"'Aṅkura sleeps happily', thus people know me;

I sleep unhappily, Sindhaka, because I do not see beggars.

296.

"'Aṅkura sleeps happily', thus people know me;

I sleep unhappily, Sindhaka, when there are few paupers."

He spoke a pair of verses. Therein, "Aṅkura sleeps happily, thus people know me" means people esteem me thus: "King Aṅkura, endowed with fame and wealth, a master of giving, through his achievement of wealth and achievement of giving, sleeps happily, goes to sleep with ease, and wakes up happily." "I sleep unhappily, Sindhaka" means but I, Sindhaka, sleep only unhappily. Why? "Because I do not see beggars" means because I do not see many beggars who are recipients of gifts suited to my disposition, therefore - this is the meaning. "When there are few paupers" - the explanation is: when pauper folk have become few, only a handful, I sleep unhappily. "Su" is merely a particle; the meaning is: when there are few pauper folk.

Having heard that, Sindhaka, wishing to make his lofty disposition towards giving more manifest -

297.

"If Sakka, the lord of the Tāvatiṃsa gods, were to grant you a boon;

Wishing for a boon, what boon would you wish for from the whole world?"

He spoke a verse. Its meaning is - If Sakka, the lord of the Tāvatiṃsa gods and of the whole world, were to grant, were to give you a boon, saying "Choose a boon, Aṅkura, whatever you wish in your mind," then wishing for, aspiring for what kind of boon would you choose - this is the meaning.

Then Aṅkura, declaring his own disposition as it really is -

298.

"If Sakka, the lord of the Tāvatiṃsa gods, were to grant me a boon;

When I have risen early, being mindful, towards sunrise;

May divine foods appear, and may the beggars be virtuous.

299.

"May my giving not be exhausted, having given may I not regret;

While giving may I gladden the mind, this boon I would wish for from Sakka." He spoke two verses.

298. Therein, "when I have risen early, being mindful" means when I, being one who has risen early in the morning, endowed with industriousness and energy by way of reverence, service, and so on towards those who are in need and worthy of offerings. "Towards sunrise" means at the time of sunrise. "May divine foods appear" means may nutriments belonging to the heavenly world arise. "And may the beggars be virtuous" means and may the beggars be virtuous, of good character.

299. "May my giving not be exhausted" means may the gift not be exhausted, may it not come to utter elimination, while I am giving gifts to those who come and go. "Having given may I not regret" means having given that gift, even seeing something slightly displeasing, may I not afterwards regret on account of that. "While giving may I gladden the mind" means while giving I should gladden the mind; having become one with a confident mind, I should give. "This boon I would wish for from Sakka" means I would wish for this fivefold boon from Sakka, the lord of the gods: accomplishment regarding health, accomplishment regarding the gift, accomplishment regarding those worthy of offerings, unlimited accomplishment regarding the gift, and accomplishment regarding the donor. And here, by "when I have risen early, being mindful," through this, accomplishment regarding health; by "may divine foods appear," through this, accomplishment regarding the gift; by "and may the beggars be virtuous," through this, accomplishment regarding those worthy of offerings; by "may my giving not be exhausted," through this, unlimited accomplishment regarding the gift; by "having given may I not regret, while giving may I gladden the mind," through these, accomplishment regarding the donor - these five meanings are wished for as boons. And these should be understood as being solely for the loftiness of the merit consisting of giving.

When Aṅkura had thus made known his own disposition, a certain man named Sonaka, seated there, who was practised in the science of statecraft, wishing to dissuade him from excessive giving -

300.

"One should not give all one's wealth to others, one should give gifts and also protect one's wealth;

Therefore wealth is indeed better than giving, for by excessive giving families cease to exist.

301.

"Not giving and excessive giving - the wise do not praise these;

Therefore wealth is indeed better than giving,

One should conduct oneself with moderation - that is the principle of the wise."

He spoke two verses. Others say that Sindhaka, wishing to test him again in this way, said beginning with "Not all one's wealth."

300. Therein, "all one's wealth" means all wealth-instruments of the distinction of animate and inanimate; the meaning is "riches." "To others" means to another, to another person - this is the meaning. "Should not give" means should not give; the meaning is that thinking "those worthy of offerings have been found," one should not make a relinquishment of all one's property without leaving anything. "One should give gifts and" means the practice of giving should not be done in its entirety; rather, having known one's own income and expenditure, one should give gifts in accordance with one's means. "And should protect one's wealth" means one should safeguard one's wealth by way of the connection of obtaining what has not been obtained, protecting what has been obtained, and guarding what has been protected.

"With one part he should enjoy wealth, with two he should engage in work;

And the fourth he should store away, it will be there in times of misfortune."

Or one should protect wealth according to the method stated, because giving is rooted in that. These three paths too should be practised by mutual purification - so indeed say the thinkers on law. "Therefore indeed" means because one who protects wealth and practises giving is practising for the welfare of both worlds, and giving is rooted in wealth, therefore wealth is indeed better than giving, more beautiful - the intention is that excessive giving should not be done. Therefore he said "by excessive giving families cease to exist." Not knowing the measure of wealth, in dependence on that, through the involvement of excessive giving, families do not exist, do not continue, they are annihilated - this is the meaning.

301. Now, establishing the very meaning praised by the wise, he spoke the verse "neither not-giving nor excessive giving." Therein, "neither not-giving nor excessive giving" means not giving at all, not even a ladle of almsfood or a handful of rice-grain, and excessive giving reckoned as relinquishment having exceeded the measure - the wise, the intelligent, those of the nature of possessing wisdom, do not praise, do not commend. For by complete non-giving one becomes excluded from benefit in terms of the future life. By excessive giving the lineage pertaining to the present life does not continue. "One should conduct oneself evenly" means one should conduct oneself by an impartial, mundane-like, balanced, middle, true method. "That is the principle of the wise" means whatever aforesaid practice of giving and not-giving, that is the principle of the wise, those accomplished in energy, those skilled in the method of law; it explains that it is the path traversed by them.

Having heard that, Aṅkura, turning around his intention -

302.

"Oh, indeed, may I myself give, and may the peaceful good persons associate with me;

Like a cloud filling the low-lying places, may I satisfy all the paupers.

303.

"One who, having seen beggars, whose complexion becomes bright;

Having given, is delighted - for one dwelling in that house, there is happiness.

304.

"One who, having seen beggars, whose complexion becomes bright;

Having given one is delighted, this is the accomplishment of sacrifice.

305.

"Even before giving one is glad, while giving one should make the mind confident;

Having given one is delighted, this is the accomplishment of sacrifice."

With four verses he made known the method to be practised by himself.

302. Therein, "oh indeed" means good indeed. "You" is a form of address. "May I myself give" means I would indeed give. Here this is the meaning in brief - Young man, if this is the doctrine of those skilled in law, "wealth is indeed better than giving," let it be yours; surely I would indeed give. "And may the peaceful good persons associate with me" means and at that giving, the peaceful ones, those of calmed bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, the good persons, the virtuous ones, may they associate with me, may they approach me. "Like a cloud filling the low-lying places" means I, raining down like a great cloud, filling the low-lying places, the low-lying areas, fulfilling the wishes of all the paupers, oh indeed, may I satisfy them.

303. "One who, having seen beggars" means for whatever person, a householder, having seen beggars, thinking "First indeed, a field of merit has arrived for me," for one in whom faith has arisen, his complexion becomes bright; and having given them a gift according to his means, he is delighted, with a mind seized by joy and pleasure. "That" means whatever here is the seeing of beggars, and having seen them the clarification of the mind, and having given a gift as is fitting, the delight.

304. "This is the accomplishment of sacrifice" means this is the success, the fulfilment, the achievement of sacrifice. This is the meaning.

305. "Glad even before giving" means thinking "I shall deposit a treasure that follows along, a source of successes," beginning from the preparation of the requisites for giving, even before the volition of relinquishing, one should be glad, filled with pleasure. "While giving he makes the mind confident" means while giving, placing the gift in the hands of those worthy of offerings, one should make one's own mind confident, thinking "From wealth that is without substance, I am making a gift that has substance." "Having given, one is delighted" means having relinquished the gift to those worthy of offerings, thinking "What was laid down by the wise has indeed been practised by me, oh good, well done!" one is delighted, with gladdened mind, filled with joy and pleasure. "This is the accomplishment of sacrifice" means the fulfilment of these three volitions - the prior volition, the volition at the moment of giving, and the subsequent volition - which are accompanied by faith in the fruit of action and embraced by pleasure; this is the accomplishment of sacrifice, the success of giving, not otherwise. This is the intention.

Thus Aṅkura, having made known his own method of practice, with an ever-increasing disposition towards giving, day by day carried on the great giving. Because of that, at that time, when the great giving was being given, having made all the kingdoms free from the plough, people who had obtained all provisions, having abandoned their own respective occupations, wandered about comfortably; because of that, the storehouses of the kings went to utter elimination. Thereupon the kings sent a messenger to Aṅkura - "In dependence on the venerable one's giving, there has been destruction of our income, the storehouses have gone to utter elimination; therein the proper measure should be known."

Having heard that, Aṅkura, having gone to the southern route, in the Tamil territory, at a place not far from the sea, having had many alms-halls built, carrying on great givings, having remained as long as life lasted, upon the collapse of the body at death, he was reborn in the Tāvatiṃsa realm. Showing his splendour of giving and his rebirth in heaven, the compilers of the recitation -

306.

"Sixty thousand cartloads, at Aṅkura's dwelling;

Food is given constantly, to beings hoping for merit.

307.

"Three thousand cooks indeed, adorned with jewelled earrings;

Live depending on Aṅkura, engaged in the sacrifice of giving.

308.

"Sixty thousand men, adorned with jewelled earrings;

At Aṅkura's great giving, young men split firewood.

309.

"Sixteen thousand women, adorned with all ornaments;

At Aṅkura's great giving, the women grind ingredients.

310.

"Sixteen thousand women, adorned with all ornaments;

At Aṅkura's great giving, stood ready holding ladles.

311.

"Much to many he gave, for a long time the warrior gave;

Attentively and with his own hand, with respect again and again.

312.

"For many months and fortnights, seasons and years;

Aṅkura carried on the great giving for a long interval.

313.

"Having thus given and sacrificed, Aṅkura for a long interval;

He, having abandoned the human body, went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven." These are the verses they spoke.

306. Therein, "sixty thousand cartloads" means sixty thousand cartloads, sixty thousand cartloads filled with fragrant rice-grain and so on. The explanation is: at the dwelling of Aṅkura, who was hoping for merit, whose disposition was towards giving, who was intent upon giving, constantly, day after day, food is given to the community of beings.

307-308. "Three thousand cooks indeed" means approximately three thousand cooks, food-preparers. And those intended are the principal ones; but it should be understood that for each one of them, there were many who carried out their instructions. Some also read "tisahassāni sūdāna." "Adorned with jewelled earrings" means wearing earrings decorated with various gems. And this is merely an illustration; they also wore bracelets, waist-strings, and other ornaments. "Live depending on Aṅkura" means they live in dependence on him, their livelihood being bound to him - this is the meaning. "Engaged in the sacrifice of giving" means engaged in, having undertaken zeal for, the giving, the sacrificing of the sacrifice known as the great sacrifice. "Young men split firewood" means young men, adorned and prepared, split and cleave firewood for the cooking of various kinds of special foods such as hard food, soft food, and so on.

309. "Preparations" means spices suitable for food that are to be prepared. "They mix" means they employ by way of grinding.

310. "Ladle-holders" means those who hold ladles. "Stood ready" means they stand having gone to the place of food distribution.

311. "Much" means great, abundant. "To many" means to numerous ones. "He gave" means he gave in various ways. "For a long time" means for a long period. For he was born when human beings had a life span of twenty thousand years. To show how he gave much to many and for a long time, "attentively" and so on was stated. Therein, "attentively" means with regard, having done so without casting aside and without contempt. "With his own hand" means with his own hand, not merely by commanding. "With respect" means having done so with the mind through the application of reverence and esteem, having venerated. "Again and again" means repeatedly, not once, nor having done so only a few times, but on many occasions he gave - this is the explanation.

312. Now, to make clear that very same doing again and again, they spoke the verse "For many months and." Therein, "many months" means many, several months such as Citta month and so on. "Fortnights" means many fortnights of the dark and bright divisions. "Seasons and years" means many seasons such as spring, summer, and so on, and years; everywhere the accusative case is used in the sense of absolute connection. "A long interval" means a long period of time. And here, it should be understood that having stated the fact of giving being carried on for a long time by "for a long time he gave," then "for many months" and so on was stated to show its being carried on without interruption.

313. "Thus" means in the way above explained. "Having given and sacrificed" - these are one in meaning; having given by way of relinquishing a certain gift to certain ones worthy of offerings, and again, according to the method stated as "much to many he gave," having sacrificed by way of a great sacrifice, giving to all who were in need according to their wishes. "He, having abandoned the human body, went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven" means that Aṅkura, at the end of his life span, having abandoned the state of human existence, by way of taking up conception in rebirth, went to the Tāvatiṃsa order of gods.

Thus, while he, having been reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, was experiencing divine success, in the time of our Blessed One, a young man named Indaka, with a gladdened mind, had a ladle of almsfood given to the Venerable Elder Anuruddha who was walking for almsfood. He, at a later time, having died, by the power of merit directed to the field, having become a young god of great supernormal power and great might among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, was reborn, and outshines the young god Aṅkura, having surpassed him in ten respects of divine forms and so on. Therefore it was said -

314.

"Having given a ladle of almsfood to Anuruddha, Indaka,

He, having abandoned the human body, went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

315.

"In ten respects Indaka outshines Aṅkura;

In forms, sounds, flavours, odours, and delightful tangible objects.

316.

"In life span and in fame, in beauty and in happiness;

In lordship, Indaka outshines Aṅkura."

314-315. Therein, "in forms" means because of forms, on account of one's own beauty. This is the meaning. In "in sounds" and so on too, the same method applies. "In life span" means in life. But is it not that the life of the gods has been stated as having a determined measure? True, it has been stated, but that is mostly. For indeed, for some gods there is premature death through failure of exertion and so on. But Indaka fulfils three ten million years and sixty thousand years. Therefore it was said "he outshines in life span." "In fame" means by a great achievement of retinue. "In beauty" means by the achievement of proportions. But the accomplishment of the colour element has already been stated by this term "in forms." "In lordship" means in supremacy.

Thus, while Aṅkura and Indaka, having been reborn in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, were experiencing divine success, our Blessed One, in the seventh year after the full enlightenment, on the full moon of Āsāḷha, at the gate of the city of Sāvatthī, at the foot of the Kaṇḍamba tree, having performed the Twin Miracle, gradually, by the three-step stride, having gone to the Tāvatiṃsa realm, at the foot of the Pāricchattaka tree, on the Paṇḍukambala stone, shining like the rising sun on Mount Yugandhara, overcoming with the radiance of his own body the effulgence of the assembly of gods and brahmās that had gathered together from the ten world systems, seated to teach the higher teaching, having seen Indaka seated not far away and Aṅkura seated at an interval of twelve yojanas, for the purpose of making clear the achievement of the one worthy of offerings -

"Great giving was given by you, Aṅkura, for a long interval;

You are seated too far away, come near me."

He spoke a verse. Having heard that, Aṅkura said: "The great giving carried on by me, having relinquished much gift for a long time, through the lack of achievement of one worthy of offerings, was like seed sown in an unsuitable field - it did not produce lofty fruit. But even the gift of a ladleful of almsfood by Indaka, through the achievement of one worthy of offerings, like seed sown in a good field, produced exceedingly lofty fruit." Making known that meaning, the compilers of the recitation -

317.

"When in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, the Buddha, on the Paṇḍukambala stone;

At the root of the Pāricchattaka tree, the highest of men dwelt.

318.

"In the ten world systems, having gathered together, the deities;

Attend upon the Self-enlightened One, dwelling on the mountain summit.

319.

"No god outshines the Self-enlightened One in beauty;

Surpassing all the gods, the Self-enlightened One alone shines.

320.

"Twelve yojanas away, this Aṅkura was then;

Not far from the Buddha, Indaka outshines.

321.

"Having looked upon the Perfectly Self-awakened One, and also Aṅkura and Indaka;

Honouring the one worthy of offerings, he spoke these words.

322.

"Great giving was given by you, Aṅkura, for a long interval;

You are seated too far away, come near me.

323.

"Thus urged by the one of developed self, Aṅkura said this:

What use is that giving to me, void of one worthy of offerings.

324.

"This demon Indaka, having given a small gift,

Outshines us, as the moon the host of stars.

325.

"Just as in a barren field, even much seed planted;

Does not yield abundant fruit, nor does it please the farmer.

326.

"Just so a gift, even if abundant, established among the immoral;

Does not yield abundant fruit, nor does it please the donor.

327.

"Just as in a good field, even a little seed planted;

When the rain sends down proper showers, the fruit pleases the farmer.

328.

"Likewise among the virtuous, among such ones endowed with qualities;

Even a little service done, the merit becomes of great fruit." They spoke the verses.

317. Therein, "Tāvatiṃse" means in the Tāvatiṃsa realm. "On the stone, the Paṇḍukambala" means the explanation is: when the highest of men, the Buddha, dwelt on the stone seat named Paṇḍukambala.

318. "In the ten world systems, having gathered together, the deities" means in the ten thousand world-systems designated as the birth-field, the sensual-sphere deities and the Brahmā deities, having gathered together for attending upon the Buddha, the Blessed One, and for the purpose of hearing the Teaching. Therefore it is said "They attend upon the Self-enlightened One, dwelling on the mountain summit"; the meaning is on the summit of Sineru.

320. "Twelve yojanas away, this Aṅkura was then" means this Aṅkura, whose conduct has been described above, at that time, in the presence of the Teacher, was at a distance of twelve yojanas. The meaning is that he was seated at a place twelve yojanas away from the Teacher's seated place.

323. "Urged by the one of developed self" means urged by the Perfectly Self-awakened One, whose self was developed through the development of the noble path, which was cultivated through the perfections. The verse beginning with "What use is that to me" etc. was spoken by Aṅkura by way of reply to the Teacher. "Void of one worthy of offerings" means that which was void, empty, devoid of one worthy of offerings - that was my giving at that time; therefore, saying "What use is that to me," he speaks disparaging his own merit of giving.

324. "Demon" means a young god. "Dajjā" means having given. "Outshines us" means he shines exceedingly over those like myself. "Hi" is merely a particle; the meaning is he shines having surpassed and overcome us. "Like what?" - he said "as the moon among the host of stars."

325-326. "Barren" means in an exceedingly hard piece of ground. Some say "saline." "Planted" is said; having sown or having uprooted and planted again. "Nor does it please" means it does not delight; or due to the meagreness of fruit, it does not generate satisfaction. "Likewise" means just as in a barren field, even much seed planted does not yield extensive fruit, lofty fruit, and therefore does not please the farmer, so too even much giving established among the immoral, those devoid of morality, does not yield extensive fruit, great fruit, and therefore does not please the donor. This is the meaning.

327-328. The interpretation of meaning of the pair of verses beginning with "Just as in a good" should be understood by way of the reverse of the statement. Therein, "sending down proper showers" means when the rain showers are properly occurring, when the sky rains every half-month, every ten days, every five days. This is the meaning. "Among the virtuous" means among those endowed with qualities such as meditative absorption and so on. "Among such ones" means among those who have attained the characteristic of suchness regarding desirable things and so on. "Kāra" is said with a change of gender; the meaning is "help." "What kind of help?" - he said "merit."

329.

"Giving with discrimination should be given, where what is given is of great fruit;

Having given with discrimination, donors go to heaven.

330.

"Giving with discrimination is praised by the Fortunate One, those who are worthy of offerings here in the world of the living;

Gifts given to them are of great fruit, like seeds sown in a good field."

This verse was placed by the compilers of the recitation.

329. Therein, "with discrimination" means having discriminated, having examined the field of merit with wisdom. The remainder is clear everywhere.

This story of the ghost of Aṅkura was initiated by the Teacher himself in the Tāvatiṃsa realm before the deities of the ten-thousand world-systems for the purpose of elucidating the achievement of worthiness of offerings, beginning with "Great giving was given by you." There, having taught the higher teaching for three months, at the great invitation ceremony, surrounded by the host of gods, the god of gods, having descended from the heavenly world to the city of Saṅkassa, gradually having reached Sāvatthī, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, in the midst of the fourfold assembly, for the very purpose of elucidating the achievement of worthiness of offerings, having taught in detail beginning with "For the purpose for which we go," he reached the pinnacle of the teaching with the discourse on the four truths. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was the full realization of the teaching by many thousands of tens of millions of living beings.

The commentary on the story of the ghost Aṅkura is concluded.

10.

Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Who Was the Mother of Uttara

331-340. "A monk who had gone for day residence": this is the story of the ghost of Uttara's mother. Herein, this is the explanation of the meaning - When the Teacher had attained final Nibbāna, after the First Great Communal Recitation had taken place, the Venerable Mahākaccāyana dwelt together with twelve monks in a certain forest haunt not far from Kosambī. And at that time a certain councillor of King Udena died, and previously business activities in the city had been determined by him. Then the king, having summoned his son, a young man named Uttara, established him in the position where he had stood, saying "You should oversee the business activities determined by your father."

And he, having accepted saying "Very well," one day, taking carpenters for the purpose of timber for the restoration of the city, went to the forest. There, having approached the dwelling place of the Venerable Elder Mahākaccāyana, having seen the elder sitting there in seclusion wearing a rag-robe, having gained confidence in his very deportment, having exchanged friendly welcome, having paid homage, he sat down to one side. The elder taught the Teaching to him. He, having heard the Teaching, with confidence arisen in the Triple Gem, having become established in the refuges, invited the elder - "May you consent, venerable sir, to a meal for the morrow together with the monks, out of compassion." The elder consented by silence. He, having departed from there, having gone to the city, informed the other lay followers - "The elder has been invited by me for the morrow; you too should come to my place of giving."

He, on the second day, at an early hour before sunrise, having had superior solid and soft food prepared, having had the time announced, having gone out to meet the elder who was coming together with the monks, having paid homage, having put him in front, ushered him into the house. Then, when the elders and monks were seated on seats spread with very precious allowable coverings, having made an offering with perfumes, flowers, and incense, having satisfied them with superior food and drink, with confidence arisen, with joined palms, having heard the thanksgiving, when the thanksgiving after the meal was done and the elders were departing, having taken the bowl, following along, having departed from the city, while turning back, having requested "Venerable sir, you should always enter my house," having known the elder's acceptance, he turned back. Thus he, attending upon the elder, having become established in his exhortation, attained the fruition of stream-entry, and had a monastery built, and made all his own relatives devoted to the Dispensation.

But his mother, with a mind obsessed by the stain of stinginess, abused him thus - "Whatever food and drink you give to the ascetics against my wish, may that become blood for you in the world beyond!" However, she allowed a single bunch of peacock tail-feathers being given on the great festival day of the monastery. She, having died, was reborn in the realm of ghosts; but through the thanksgiving for the gift of the bunch of peacock tail-feathers, her hair was dark blue, glossy, with curly tips, fine, and long. Whenever she descended into the river Ganges thinking "I will drink water," then the river became full of blood. She, having wandered about for fifty-five years overcome by hunger and thirst, one day, having seen the Elder Kaṅkhārevata seated for day residence on the bank of the Ganges, having covered herself with her own hair, having approached, requested drinking water. With reference to that it was said -

331.

"A monk who had gone for day residence, sitting on the bank of the Ganges;

A female ghost approached him, ugly and frightful to behold.

332.

"Her hair was exceedingly long, hanging down to the ground;

Covered by her hair, she said this to the ascetic."

These two verses were placed here from the beginning by the Elders who held the convocations.

Therein, "frightful to behold" means of frightening appearance. "Ruddadassanā" is also a reading, meaning of terrifyingly grave appearance. "As far as the ground they hang down" means as far as the ground, so far they hang down. The earlier term "monk" and the later term "ascetic" were both said with reference to the Elder Kaṅkhārevata himself.

But that female ghost, having approached the elder, requesting drinking water -

333.

"Fifty-five years since I deceased;

I do not know of food eaten, or even drinking water drunk;

Give me drinking water, venerable sir, I am thirsty, wandering for drinking water." He spoke this verse.

333. Therein, "I do not know of food eaten" means thus, during such a long intervening period, I do not know of food eaten or drinking water drunk; neither eaten nor drunk is the meaning. "Thirsty" means parched with thirst. "For drinking water" means the explanation is: give drinking water to me who is wandering about for the purpose of drinking water, venerable sir.

From here onwards -

334.

"This Ganges with cool water flows from the Himalayas;

Drink, having taken from here, why do you ask me for drinking water?

335.

"If I, venerable sir, from the Ganges, myself take drinking water;

It turns to blood for me, therefore I request drinking water.

336.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action does the Ganges become blood for you?

337.

"My son named Uttara was a faithful lay follower;

And he, against my wish, offers to the ascetics.

338.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

Him I abused, troubled by stinginess.

339.

"That which you, against my wish, offer to the ascetics;

Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings.

340.

"May this be blood for you in the world beyond, Uttara;

By the result of that action, the Ganges becomes blood for me."

These are the verses of speech and reply between the elder and the female ghost.

334. Therein, "from the Himalayas" means from the king of mountains which received the name "Himavā" because of the existence of great snow. "Flows" means proceeds. "From here" means from this great Ganges. "Why" shows: why do you ask me for drinking water? Having descended into the river Ganges, drink as you please.

335. "It turns to blood for me" means the flowing water, by the fruit of my evil action, having become blood, turns and transforms; the water, as soon as taken by her, becomes blood.

337-340. "Against my wish" means of me who was unwilling. "Offers" means gives. "Requisite" means requisite for the sick. "This" means whatever this collection of requisites beginning with robes you offer and give to the ascetics, "may this be blood for you in the world beyond, Uttara" - this is the evil action done by way of cursing; the explanation is: by the result of that.

Then the Venerable Revata, dedicated to that female ghost, gave drinking water to the Community of monks, and having walked for almsfood, having taken the meal, gave it to the monks, and having taken rag-cloth from a rubbish heap and so on, having washed it, having made a mattress and a carpet, gave them to the monks; because of that, there were heavenly successes for that female ghost. She, having gone to the elder's presence, showed the elder the heavenly success she had obtained. The elder, having made known that incident to the four assemblies who had come to his presence, gave a talk on the Teaching. Because of that, the great multitude, with a sense of urgency arisen, having become free from the stain of stinginess, became devoted to wholesome qualities such as giving, morality, and so on. But this ghost story should be understood as having been included in the collection at the Second Council.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost who was the mother of Uttara is concluded.

11.

Commentary on the Story of the Thread Ghost

341-347. "I formerly to a monk gone forth" - this is the Thread Ghost Story. What is its origin? It is said that in a certain small village not far from Sāvatthī, even when our Teacher had not yet arisen, more than seven hundred years before, a certain boy attended upon a certain Individually Enlightened One. His mother, when he had come of age, brought a certain daughter of good family from a family of equal standing for his sake. On the very day of the marriage, that prince, having gone to bathe together with his companions, was bitten by a snake and died; some say "by seizure of a demon." He, although he had done much wholesome action through attendance upon the Individually Enlightened One, because of the state of having a mind bound to that girl, was reborn as a mansion ghost, but he was of great supernormal power, of great might.

Then he, wishing to lead that girl to his own mansion, investigating the cause for her experiencing the success of divine wealth, thinking "By what means indeed might she, having done kamma whose result is experienced in present life, delight here together with me?" having seen the Individually Enlightened One doing robe-making work, having gone in human form and having paid homage, said "Is there a need for thread, venerable sir?" "I am doing robe-making work, lay follower." "Then, venerable sir, go for alms of thread at such and such a place" - thus he pointed out the house of that girl. The Individually Enlightened One, having gone there, stood at the house door. Then she, having seen the Individually Enlightened One standing there, with a devoted mind, having known "My noble master is in need of thread," gave one ball of thread. Then that non-human being, in human form, having gone to the house of that girl, having asked her mother, having dwelt together with her for a few days, for the purpose of assisting her mother, having filled all the vessels in that house with gold and money, wrote a name on top everywhere: "This is wealth bestowed by the gods, not to be taken by anyone," and having taken that girl, went to his own mansion. Her mother, having obtained abundant wealth, having given to her own relatives and to the poor, wayfarers, and so on, and having consumed it herself, while dying, having told her relatives "If my daughter comes, give her this wealth," died.

Then, after the elapse of seven hundred years, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was in due course dwelling at Sāvatthī, discontent arose in that woman dwelling together with that non-human being. She, saying to him "Please, dear son, take me back to my own home" -

341.

"I formerly to a monk gone forth,

Gave thread, having approached when asked;

The result of that is obtained with abundant fruit,

And many tens of millions of garments arise for me.

342.

"This mansion strewn with flowers, delightful, variegated, frequented by men and women;

I enjoy and I wear robes, with abundant wealth and it is not yet exhausted.

343.

"By the result of that very action, happiness and comfort are found here;

I, having gone again to the human realm, will make merit - lead me, dear son."

He spoke these verses.

341. Therein, "to a monk gone forth" - this was said with reference to the Individually Enlightened One. For he indeed, because of having driven out, because of having abandoned the stains beginning with sensual pleasure from his own continuity without remainder, in the ultimate sense deserves to be called "one gone forth," and because of having broken the mental defilements, "a monk." "Thread" means cotton thread. "Having approached" means having approached my house. "When asked" means asked by the practice of going for alms reckoned as the application of bodily intimation, as stated thus "Noble ones stand with a purpose, this is the request of noble ones." "Of that" means of that gift of thread. "The result is obtained with abundant fruit" means the result with abundant fruit, of lofty rise, of great rise, is now obtained, is experienced. "Many" means numerous. "Tens of millions of garments" means tens of millions of cloths; the meaning is cloths of many hundreds of thousands of varieties.

342. "Variegated" means with various kinds of painting, or of variegated appearance with many jewels such as pearls, gems and so on. "Frequented by men and women" means attended upon by men and women who are servants. "I enjoy" means she, I, enjoy that mansion. "I wear" means among many tens of millions of garments, I wear and put on whatever I wish. "Of abundant wealth" means having abundant wealth and provisions, of great riches, of great possessions. "And it is not yet exhausted" means that wealth is not exhausted, it does not go to utter elimination and exhaustion.

343. "By the result of that very action" means by the inference, the condition, by way of being the cause, of that very meritorious action consisting of the gift of thread, the resultant happiness, and comfort reckoned as desirable and sweet, is found here in this mansion. "Having gone again to the human realm" means having gone again to the human world. "I will make merit" means I will make meritorious deeds that produce a distinction of happiness for me; or the intention is: by which this success was obtained by me. "Lead me, dear son" means: dear son, lead me to the human world, take me - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, that non-human spirit, because of his enamoured mind towards her, out of compassion, not wishing her departure -

344.

"Seven hundred years you have come here,

Old and aged you will be there;

All your relatives have died,

What will you do having gone there from here?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "satta" is a description by elision of the case ending, or this is a nominative case used in the sense of separation. "Vassasatā" means from a hundred years; for more than seven hundred years you have come here, have come to this mansion; for you who have come here, there are seven hundred years - this is the meaning. "Old and aged you will be there" means here, with one's individual existence sustained by divine climate and food, by the power of action, she remained for so long a time with the appearance of a young person. But having gone from here, because of the exhaustion of the action, and by the influence of the climate and food of human beings, you will be decrepit with age and advanced in years there in the human world. How? "All your relatives have died" means because of the passing of a long period of time, all your relatives too have died; therefore, having gone from here, from the heavenly world, to the human world there, what will you do? Spend even the remaining life span right here, dwell here - this is the intention.

Thus spoken to by him, she, not believing his word, again -

345.

"For only seven years have I been here, with divine happiness bestowed upon me;

I, having gone again to the human realm, will make merit - lead me, dear son."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "for only seven years have I been here" means: dear son, for me who have come here, only seven years, methinks, have passed. Being one endowed with divine happiness for seven hundred years, not perceiving that even much time had passed, she spoke thus.

However, when thus spoken to by her, that mansion-ghost, having instructed her in various ways, having said "You will not live there beyond a week from now; there is wealth given by me and laid aside by your mother; having given that to ascetics and brahmins, aspire to rebirth right here," having seized her by the arm, having placed her in the middle of the village, having said "You should exhort other people who have come here too, 'Make merit according to your strength,'" he departed. Therefore it was said -

346.

"He, having seized her forcibly by the arm, having brought back the very weak elder nun;

You should tell others who have come here, 'Make merit, happiness is obtained.'"

Therein, "he" means that mansion-ghost. "Her" means that woman. "Having seized forcibly by the arm" means having taken her by the arm forcibly, as one who leads. "Having brought back" means having brought her back again to the village where she was born and grew up. "Elder nun" means a firm one; the meaning is old and aged. "Very weak" means thoroughly weak precisely through the decrepitude of ageing. It is said that she, immediately upon departing from that mansion, became old, aged, advanced in years, having traversed the span of life, having reached the final stage of life. "You should tell" means you should say. And to show the manner of what should be said, "others too" and so on was stated. Its meaning is - Good lady, you too should make merit, and to other people who have come here for the purpose of seeing you, you should say, you should exhort thus: "Dear ones, even having disregarded a burning head or garment, make meritorious deeds such as giving, morality, and so on; and when merit has been done, the happiness that is its fruit is definitely obtained; no doubt should be entertained herein."

And having said thus, when he had gone, that woman, having gone to the dwelling place of her own relatives, having made herself known to them, having taken the wealth handed over by them, while giving gifts to ascetics and brahmins, to those who came again and again to her presence -

347.

"Seen by me: without good deeds done, ghosts are vexed, likewise human beings;

And having done action to be experienced as pleasant, gods and human beings are people established in happiness."

She gave exhortation in verse.

Therein, "without good deeds done" means by oneself not having produced, not having accumulated. "Good deeds" means by wholesome action; it is an instrumental expression in the sense of indicating a state. "Are vexed" means they fall into vexation. "To be experienced as pleasant" means meritorious action resulting in happiness. "Established in happiness" means established in happiness. "Sukhedhitā" is also a reading; the meaning is flourished through happiness, prosperous. For this is the intention here: Just as ghosts, likewise human beings, without wholesome deeds done, and with unwholesome deeds done, being vexed, falling into vexation through hunger, thirst, and so on, experiencing great suffering, were seen by me. But having done action to be experienced as pleasant, by that wholesome action done, and by unwholesome action not done, people included among gods and human beings, established in happiness, were seen by me; this is witnessed by myself; therefore, avoiding evil from afar, be engaged and employed in meritorious deeds.

Thus giving exhortation, having carried on a great giving to ascetics, brahmins, and others for seven days, having died on the seventh day, she was reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods. The monks reported that event to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived, and in particular made known the great fruitfulness and great benefit of giving bestowed upon Individually Enlightened Ones. Having heard that, the great multitude, free from the stain of stinginess, became devoted to meritorious deeds beginning with giving.

The commentary on the story of the thread ghost is concluded.

12.

Commentary on the Story of the Female Ghost Kaṇṇamuṇḍā

348-367. "With golden staircase steps": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to the female ghost Kaṇṇamuṇḍā. In the past, it is said, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, in the city of Kimila, a certain lay follower, a stream-enterer, having become of the same desire together with five hundred lay followers, being engaged in meritorious deeds such as planting parks, building bridges, constructing walking paths, and so on, dwelling thus, having had a monastery built for the Community, went to the monastery from time to time together with them. Their wives too, having become female lay followers, in harmony with one another, with garlands, fragrances, ointments and so on in hand, going to the monastery from time to time, resting at park halls and so on on the way, would go on.

Then one day, several cheats, seated in a certain hall, when those women had rested there and gone, having seen their beauty, having become enamoured, having known their accomplishment in morality, good conduct, and virtuous qualities, raised up a discussion: "Who is able to cause a breach of morality in even one of them?" Therein, a certain one said "I am able." They made a bet with him: "Let us make a bet for a thousand." He, striving by many means, when those women came to the hall, playing a well-tuned, seven-stringed, sweet-voiced lute, singing songs connected with sensual pleasure in a sweet voice itself, by the sound of song causing a breach of morality in a certain woman among them, having made her an adulteress, won a thousand from those cheats. They, defeated for a thousand, reported it to her husband. The husband asked her - "Are you such as those men said?" She, having rejected it saying "I do not know of such a thing," when he did not believe her, having pointed to a dog standing nearby, took an oath: "If such evil action was done by me, let this crop-eared black dog devour me, born in whatever existence, in whatever existence." The other five hundred women too, knowing that woman to be an adulteress, when questioned "Did this one do such evil, or did she not?" having spoken falsely saying "We do not know of such a thing," took an oath: "If we know, may we become the very slaves of this one in existence after existence."

Then that adulteress woman, with her heart burning with that very remorse, having withered away, before long having died, was reborn as a mansion-dwelling female ghost on the shore of the Kaṇṇamuṇḍa lake, one of the seven great lakes, in the Himalayas, the king of mountains. And near her mansion, a single pond arose, suitable for experiencing the result of her action. And the remaining five hundred women, having died, by the power of the action of their oath, were reborn as her very slaves. She there, by the fruit of meritorious action done before, having experienced divine success during the daytime, at midnight, urged by the power of evil action, having risen from her bed, goes to the shore of the pond. When she had gone there, a single black dog the size of a young elephant, of frightful appearance, crop-eared, with sharp, long, hard fangs, with eyes resembling a heap of well-blazing acacia-wood embers, with a tongue resembling a mass of continuously flashing lightning, with hard, sharp claws, with rough, long, ugly hair, having come from there, having thrown her down on the ground, as if overcome by extreme hunger, forcibly devouring her, having reduced her to a mere chain of bones, having seized her with his teeth, having thrown her into the pond, disappears. And she, immediately upon being thrown in there, having assumed her natural form, having ascended the mansion, lies down on her bed. But the others experience only the suffering of servitude to her. Thus, while they were dwelling there, five hundred and fifty years had passed.

Then discontent arose in them, experiencing divine success without men. And there, there is a single river that, having issued from the Kaṇṇamuṇḍa lake, having come through a mountain cleft, entered the river Ganges. And near their dwelling place, there is a forest region resembling a park, adorned with mango trees bearing divine fruits, jackfruit trees, breadfruit trees, and so on. They considered thus - "Come, let us throw these mango fruits into this river; perhaps some man, having seen this fruit, might come here out of greed for the fruit, and we shall delight together with him." They did so. But of the mango fruits thrown in by them, some the hermits took, some the foresters took, some the crows pecked at, some got stuck on the bank. But one, having reached the stream of the Ganges, gradually arrived at Bārāṇasī.

And at that time, the king of Bārāṇasī was bathing in the Ganges water enclosed by a metal net. Then that fruit, being carried along by the river stream, gradually having come, got caught in the metal net. Having seen that large, divine mango fruit, endowed with colour, fragrance, and flavour, the king's men presented it to the king. The king, having taken a portion of it, gave it to eat to a condemned thief kept in the prison, for the purpose of testing it. He, having eaten it, said: "Sire, such a thing has never been eaten by me before; this is, methinks, a divine mango fruit." The king again gave him one piece. He, having eaten it, became free from wrinkles and grey hair, of exceedingly charming appearance, as if standing in youth. Having seen that, the king, filled with wonder and amazement, having consumed that mango fruit, having obtained a distinction in his body, asked the people - "Where are such divine mango fruits to be found?" People said thus - "In the Himalayas, it is said, Sire, the king of mountains." "But is it possible to bring them?" "The foresters, Sire, know."

The king, having had the foresters summoned, having told them that matter, having consulted together with them, having given a thousand to one forester who was appointed, sent him off - "Go, quickly bring me that mango fruit." He, having given that thousand coins to his wife and children, having taken provisions, having gone upstream facing towards the Kaṇṇamuṇḍa lake, having passed beyond the path of humans, having seen one hermit in a place measuring sixty yojanas on this side of the Kaṇṇamuṇḍa lake, going by the path indicated by him, again having seen one hermit in a place measuring thirty yojanas, going by the path indicated by him, again having seen another hermit at a place measuring fifteen yojanas, he told him the reason for his own coming. The hermit instructed him - "Henceforth, leaving this great Ganges, in dependence on this small river, going upstream, when you see a mountain cleft, then at night, having taken a torch, you should enter. And this river does not flow at night; therefore it is suitable for your going. After passing beyond several yojanas, you will see the mangoes." He, having done so, when the sun was rising, arrived at a mango grove that was exceedingly charming - with a stretch of ground illuminated by a net of rays from various jewels, adorned by groups of trees with a canopy of branches bent down by the weight of fruit, resounding with the songs of various kinds of flocks of birds.

Then those non-human women, having seen him coming from afar, ran up saying "He is my possession, he is my possession." But he, because of not having done meritorious deeds suitable for experiencing divine success there together with them, having seen them, frightened, crying out, having fled, gradually having reached Bārāṇasī, reported that incident to the king. The king, having heard that, with a desire arisen to see those women and to enjoy the mango fruits, having placed the burden of the kingdom upon his ministers, under the pretext of hunting, having fastened a bow and quiver and girded on a sword, with a retinue of a few men, having gone by the very path shown by that forester, having left the men too at a place some yojanas away, having taken only the forester, having gone gradually, having sent even him back from there, when the sun was rising, he entered the mango grove. Then those women, having seen him as if a newly arisen young god, having gone out to meet him, having known him as a king, with affection and esteem arisen, having carefully bathed him, having made him well adorned and arrayed with divine garments, ornaments, garlands, perfumes, and ointments, having taken him up to the mansion, having fed him divine food of various excellent flavours, they attended upon him according to his wishes.

Then, when one hundred and fifty years had passed, the king, having risen at the time of midnight and being seated, having seen that adulteress ghost going to the bank of the pond, wishing to investigate "Why indeed does she go at this hour?", he followed her. Then, having seen her gone there being devoured by a dog, not knowing "What indeed is this?", and having investigated for three days, thinking "This must be her adversary," having shot it with a sharp arrow, having deprived it of life, and having struck that woman and lowered her into the pond, having seen her regain her former appearance -

348.

"With golden staircase steps, spread with golden sand;

There are fragrant lotuses, lovely, sweet-smelling, delightful.

349.

Covered with various trees, stirred by various odours;

Covered with various lotuses, spread all over with white lotuses.

350.

They emit fragrance, delightful, stirred by the wind;

Resounding with swans and herons, echoing with the calls of cakravāka birds.

351.

"Filled with various flocks of birds, endowed with various groups of waterfowl;

Trees bearing various fruits, forests bearing various flowers.

352.

"There is no such city among human beings, as this one is;

Many are your mansions, made of gold and silver;

Shining brightly they illuminate, all around the four directions.

353.

"Five hundred female slaves are yours, who are these attendants of yours;

They wear conch-shell bracelets and armlets, adorned with golden headdresses.

354.

"Many are your divans, made of gold and silver;

Covered with kadalimiga hides, prepared and spread with woollen rugs.

355.

"Where you have gone to dwell, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

When midnight has arrived, from there having risen you go.

356.

"Having gone to the pleasure ground, all around the lotus pond;

On its bank you stood, on the green grass, O beautiful one.

357.

"Then the crop-eared dog eats your limbs one by one;

And when you have been eaten, reduced to a chain of bones;

You plunge into the pond, your body becomes as before.

358.

"Then you, with all your limbs complete, extremely charming, lovely to behold;

Having wrapped yourself in cloth, you came to my presence.

359.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action does the crop-eared dog of yours

Eat your limbs one by one?"

He asked her about that incident with twelve verses.

348. Herein, "with golden staircase steps" means with staircase steps made of gold. "Spread with golden sand" means spread all around with sand made of gold. "There" means in the pond. "Sogandhiyā" means white water-lilies. "Vaggū" means beautiful, pleasant. "Sucigandhā" means of delightful fragrance.

349. "Nānāgandhasameritā" means stirred all around by a fragrant breeze by means of various kinds of fragrant odours. "Nānāpadumasañchannā" means the surface of the water covered with red lotuses of various kinds. "Puṇḍarīkasamotatā" means strewn with white lotuses as well.

350. "Surabhiṃ sampavāyantī" means the intention is that the pond properly wafts a sweet fragrance. "Haṃsakoñcābhirudā" means resounded with by swans and herons.

351. "Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā" means crowded with various flocks of birds. "Nānāsaragaṇāyutā" means endowed with multitudes resounding with various kinds of birds. "Nānāphaladharā" means bearing various kinds of fruits, because their branches are bent down at all times by the burden of diverse fruits. "Nānāpupphadharā vanā" means forests yielding various kinds of fragrant blossoms. This is the meaning. For "vanā" is said with a change of gender.

352. "Na manussesu īdisaṃ nagaraṃ" means such as this city of yours is, such a one does not exist among human beings; the meaning is it is not found in the human world. "Rūpiyamaya" means made of silver. "Daddallamānā" means exceedingly resplendent. "Ābhenti" means they make radiant. "Samantā caturo disā" means all around all four directions.

353. "Yā temā" means those which are these of yours. "Paricārikā" means female attendants who perform service. "Tā" means those attendants. "Kambukāyūradharā" means adorned with conch-shell bangles and armlets. "Kañcanāveḷabhūsitā" means with hair and hands adorned with golden head-wreaths.

354. "Kadalimigasañchannā" means spread with coverlets of kadalimiga deer hide. "Sajjā" means prepared, suitable for lying down. "Gonakasanthatā" means spread with a long-fleeced fleecy coverlet.

355. "Yattha" means on whichever divan. "Vāsūpagatā" means having taken up residence; the meaning is having lain down. "Sampattāyaḍḍharattāyā" means when midnight had arrived. "Tato" means from the divan.

356. "Of the pond" means of the pond. "Green" means blue. "Grass-covered" means covered with young grass. "Beautiful" means pure. Or "beautiful" is a vocative addressing her. The explanation is: Dear lady, having gone to the bank of that pond, on the green grass-covered ground all around, you stood - you stand.

357. "Kaṇṇamuṇḍa" means with mutilated ears, with ears cut off. "Had been eaten" means was eaten. "Reduced to a chain of bones" means made into a mere chain of bones. "As before" means as before the eating by the dog.

358. "Then" means after plunging into the pond. "With all limbs complete" means possessing all major and minor limbs in full. "Extremely charming" means exceedingly delightful. "Lovely to behold" means beautiful. "You come" means you come.

Thus questioned by that king, that female ghost, telling him her own story from the beginning -

360.

"In Kimilā there was a householder, a faithful lay follower;

I was his wife, immoral, an adulteress.

361.

"When I was committing adultery, my husband said this to me:

'This is not proper, not suitable, that you commit adultery against me.'

362.

"I spoke a terrible oath, and a lie;

'I do not transgress against you, by body or by mind.

363.

"'If I transgress against you, by body or by mind;

Let this crop-eared dog eat my limbs one by one.'

364.

"The result of that action, and of lying, both;

For seven hundred years indeed, have been experienced by me since then;

And the crop-eared dog eats my limbs one by one." She spoke five verses.

360-361. Therein, "at Kimilā" means in the city so named. "An adulteress" means a wife is called "an adulteress" because of her conduct transgressing against her husband. The explanation is: when I was committing adultery, that husband said this to me. "This is not proper" and so on is a showing of the manner stated. Therein, "this is not proper" means this is not fitting. "Not suitable" is a synonym for that very thing. "Yaṃ" is a reference to the action. "Aticarāsī" means "you commit adultery"; or this itself is the reading. That you commit adultery against me - therein, that committing of adultery, this is not proper, this is not suitable: this is the meaning.

362-364. "Terrible" means cruel. "Oath" means a swearing. "Bhāsisaṃ" means I spoke. "Sacāhaṃ" means if I. "Taṃ" means you. "Of that action" means of that evil action, of the action of immorality. "And of lying" means and of the lying stated as "I do not commit adultery against you." "Both" means the result of both. "Experienced" means being experienced by me: this is the meaning. "Since" means since that evil action.

And having said thus, praising the help done for her by him -

365.

"And you, Sire, of great service, have come here for my benefit;

I am well released from Kaṇṇamuṇḍa, free from sorrow, free from fear from any quarter.

366.

"I pay homage to you, Sire, I request with joined palms;

Enjoy non-human sensual pleasures, delight, Sire, together with me."

She spoke two verses. Therein, "Sire" means she addresses the king. "Kaṇṇamuṇḍassa" means from Kaṇṇamuṇḍa. For this is the genitive case used in the sense of separation. Then the king, with a mind wearied by dwelling there, made known his intention to depart. Having heard that, the female ghost, with her mind bound to the king, requesting him to dwell right there, spoke the verse "I pay homage to you, Sire."

Again the king, having become as if definitely wishing to go to the city, declaring his own intention -

367.

"Non-human pleasures have been enjoyed, I have delighted together with you;

I request you, fortunate one, quickly lead me back."

She spoke the concluding verse. Therein, "tāhaṃ" means that, I. "Fortunate one" means one endowed with good fortune. "Lead me back" means lead me back to my own city. The remainder is obvious everywhere.

Then that mansion-ghost, having heard the king's words, unable to endure the separation, with a heart confused by distress of sorrow, with a trembling body, although having implored by various means, being unable to make him dwell there, having led the king to the city together with many very precious jewels, having taken him up to the mansion, having cried and lamented, went to her own dwelling place. But the king, having seen that, with a sense of urgency arisen, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, was destined for heaven. Then, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was in due course dwelling at Sāvatthī, one day the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, wandering on a mountain journey, having seen that woman together with her retinue, asked about the deed done by her. She related everything to the elder from the beginning. The elder taught them the Teaching. The elder reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. The great multitude, having gained a sense of urgency, desisting from evil, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, was destined for heaven.

The commentary on the story of the female ghost Kaṇṇamuṇḍā is concluded.

13.

Commentary on the Story of the Ghost Ḍhubbarī

368-386. "There was a king Brahmadatta": the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this story of the ghost Ubbarī referring to a certain female lay follower. It is said that in Sāvatthī, the husband of a certain female lay follower died. She, afflicted by the suffering of separation from her husband, grieving, having gone to the cremation ground, weeps. The Blessed One, having seen the achievement of her decisive support for the fruition of stream-entry, with a mind urged by compassion, having gone to her house, sat down on the prepared seat. The female lay follower, having approached the Teacher, having paid homage, sat down to one side. Then the Teacher, having said to her "Why, lay follower, do you grieve?" when it was said "Yes, Blessed One, I grieve on account of separation from the dear," wishing to remove her sorrow, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Pañcāla country, in the city of Kapila, there was a king named Cūḷanībrahmadatta. He, having abandoned going to bias, devoted to acting for the welfare of the people in his own realm, without disturbing the ten duties of a king, while governing the kingdom, once, wishing to hear "What do they say in one's own kingdom?" having taken the guise of a tailor, alone, without a companion, having departed from the city, having wandered from village to village, from province to province, having seen the entire kingdom free from thorns, free from oppression, the people being joyful, dwelling with open doors, as it were, filled with pleasure, having turned back, coming towards the city, he entered the house of a certain widow, a woman of unfortunate destiny, in a certain village. She, having seen him, said - "Who indeed are you, sir, and from where have you come?" "I am a tailor, good lady; I go about doing tailoring work for wages. If you have tailoring work, give me food and wages, and I shall do the work for you too." "There is no work for us, nor food and wages; do it for others, sir." He, dwelling there for a few days, having seen her daughter endowed with the marks of good fortune and merit, said to her mother - "Has this girl been taken in possession by anyone, or has she not been taken in possession? If, however, she has not been taken in possession by anyone, give her to me; I am able to provide you with a comfortable means of livelihood." "Good, sir" - she gave her to him.

He, having lived together with her for a few days, having given her a thousand coins, said "I shall return in just a few days. Good lady, do not be anxious" - having said this, having gone to his own city, having had the road between the city and that village made level and decorated, having gone there with great royal majesty, having placed that girl upon a heap of coins, having bathed her with golden and silver vessels, having had her named "Ubbarī," having established her in the position of queen-consort, having given that village to her relatives, having brought her to that city with great royal majesty, delighting together with her, having experienced the happiness of kingship for as long as life lasted, at the end of his life span he died. When he had died, and when the funeral rites had been performed, Ubbarī, with a heart pierced by the dart of sorrow through separation from her husband, having gone to the cremation ground, for many days, having venerated with scents, flowers, and so on, having praised the virtues of the king, as if gone mad, crying and lamenting, circumambulates the cremation ground.

And at that time, our Blessed One, being a Bodhisatta, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having attained meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, dwelling in a certain forest haunt in the vicinity of the Himalayas, having seen Ubbarī pierced by the dart of sorrow with the divine eye, having come through space, in visible form, standing in the sky, asked the people standing there - "Whose is this cremation ground, and for whose sake does this woman wail and lament, crying 'Brahmadatta, Brahmadatta!'?" Having heard that, the people said "There was a king of the Pañcālas named Brahmadatta; he died at the end of his life span; this is his cremation ground; this is his queen-consort named Ubbarī, who, having taken his name, wails and laments, crying 'Brahmadatta, Brahmadatta!'" Making known that matter, the compilers of the recitation -

368.

"There was a king Brahmadatta, the bull among charioteers of the Pañcālas;

With the passing of days and nights, the king died.

369.

"Having gone to his cremation ground, his wife Ubbarī wails;

Not seeing Brahmadatta, she wails "Brahmadatta!"

370.

"And a sage came there, a sage accomplished in conduct;

And he asked those who were assembled there.

371.

'Whose is this cremation ground, stirred with various fragrances?

For whom does this wife wail, for her husband gone far from here?

Not seeing Brahmadatta, she wails "Brahmadatta!"'

372.

"And they explained there, those who were assembled there;

Of Brahmadatta, venerable sir, of Brahmadatta, dear sir.

373.

"His is this cremation ground, stirred with various fragrances;

For him this wife wails, for her husband gone far from here;

Not seeing Brahmadatta, she wails 'Brahmadatta!'" They placed six verses.

368-369. Therein, "ahū" means was. "Of the Pañcālas" means of the inhabitants of the Pañcāla country, or of the Pañcāla country itself. For even a single country is referred to in the plural as "of the Pañcālas" by convention on account of the princes of the country. "Bull among charioteers" means like a bull among charioteers; the meaning is a great charioteer. "His cremation ground" means the place where that king's body was burnt.

370. "Sage" means a sage in the meaning of search for qualities such as meditative absorption and so on. "There" means at the place where Ubbarī was standing; the meaning is at the cemetery. "Came" means went. "Accomplished in conduct" means accomplished, endowed with the qualities reckoned as conduct in these fifteen: accomplishment in morality, guarding the doors of the sense faculties, moderation in eating, pursuit of wakefulness, the seven good qualities beginning with faith, and the four fine-material-sphere meditative absorptions. The meaning is accomplished in conduct. "Sage" means one who understands both one's own welfare and the welfare of others; thus he is a sage. "And he asked there" means he questioned the people standing at that place. "Those who were assembled there" means those people who were assembled there at the cemetery. "Su" is merely a particle. "Ye tatthāsuṃ samāgatā" is also a reading. "Āsuṃ" means they were. This is the meaning.

371. "Stirred with various fragrances" means set in motion all around, perfumed, with various kinds of odours. "From here" means from the human world. "Gone far" - he says this because of having gone to the world beyond. "She wails 'Brahmadatta!'" means having made a proclamation of the name thus "Brahmadatta," she calls out by way of lamentation.

372-373. "Of Brahmadatta, venerable sir, of Brahmadatta, dear sir" means: dear sir, O great sage of healthy body and mind, this is the cremation ground of King Brahmadatta, this is the wife of that very King Brahmadatta, may there be good fortune for you and may there be good fortune for that Brahmadatta too - the intention is that through the contemplation of welfare by such great queens, there is welfare and happiness even for those established in the world beyond.

Then that hermit, having heard their words, out of compassion, having gone to the presence of Ubbarī, for the purpose of dispelling her sorrow -

374.

"Eighty-six thousand, by the name of Brahmadatta;

Were cremated at this cremation ground, for which of them do you grieve?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "eighty-six thousand" means numbering eighty thousand plus six thousand. "Named Brahmadatta" means those named thus "Brahmadatta." "For which of them do you grieve" means: of those eighty-six thousand Brahmadattas, which Brahmadatta do you bewail, dependent on which one has your sorrow arisen - thus he asked.

Thus questioned by that sage, Ubbarī, declaring the Brahmadatta intended by herself -

375.

"The king who was the son of Cūḷanī, the bull among charioteers of the Pañcālas;

Him, venerable sir, I bewail, my husband who gave all desires."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "son of Cūḷanī" means the son of a king of that name. "Giver of all desires" means the giver of everything wished and desired by me, or the giver of what is desired by all beings.

When Ubbarī had spoken thus, the hermit again -

376.

"All were kings, named Brahmadatta;

All were sons of Cūḷanī, bulls among charioteers of the Pañcālas.

377.

"You gradually became the chief queen of all of them;

Why, having abandoned the former ones, do you bewail the last?" Spoke a pair of verses.

376. Therein, "all of them were" means all those eighty-six thousand kings by reckoning, named Brahmadatta, sons of Cūḷanī, were bulls among charioteers of the Pañcālas. These distinctions such as kingship and so on were not lacking in even one among them.

377. "She became the chief queen" means and you gradually attained the position of chief queen-consort of all of them; the meaning is "reached." "Why" means he asked: among so many people who were undistinguished in virtue and in the status of husband, why, for what reason, having abandoned the former kings, do you bewail only the last one?

Having heard that, Ubbarī, stirred with a sense of urgency, again addressed the hermit -

378.

"About myself having become a woman, for a long time, sir;

Of me who has become a woman, you speak much about the round of rebirths."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "ātume" means in oneself. "Having become a woman" means for one who has attained the state of being a woman. "For a long time" means a long time. For this is the intention here: Does one who has become a woman always remain only a woman in oneself, or does one also attain the state of being a man? "Of me who has become a woman" means the meaning is: of me who has become a woman, thus far you, great sage, speak and relate about the state of chief queen in the many rounds of rebirths. "Āhu me itthibhūtāyā" is also a reading. Therein, "ā" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of recollection. "Āhu me" means this has been recollected and known by myself; for me who has become a woman, who has attained the state of being a woman, thus for so long a time there was rebirth again and again. Why? The explanation is: because for me who has become a woman, you made me the chief queen of all of them gradually; why, great sage, do you speak much about the round of rebirths?

Having heard that, the hermit, showing that this fixed rule does not exist in the round of rebirths - "a woman is always only a woman, a man is always only a man" -

379.

"She was a woman, she was a man, she even came to an animal womb;

Thus for these past lives, no end is seen."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "she was a woman, she was a man" means you were sometimes a woman, sometimes you were a man. Not only the state of being a woman or a man, but indeed you also came to an animal womb; sometimes you also came to the state of being a beast; you had also reached the animal realm. "Thus for these past lives, no end is seen" means thus, as stated before, the end of past individual existences that have attained this state of being a woman, the state of being a man, and the state of being an animal and so on, is not seen even by those looking with the eye of knowledge and with great endeavour. Not only of yours alone, but indeed the end of individual existence of all beings wandering about in the round of rebirths is not seen at all, is not discerned at all. Therefore the Blessed One said -

"This wandering in the round of rebirths, monks, is without discernible beginning, a first point is not discerned of beings hindered by ignorance, fettered by craving, transmigrating and wandering in the round of rebirths."

Thus, having heard the teaching taught by that hermit who was making clear the limitlessness of the round of rebirths and the ownership of one's actions, with a heart stirred with religious emotion regarding the round of rebirths and with a mind devoted to the teaching, having become one whose dart of sorrow had disappeared, making known her own confidence and the departure of sorrow -

380.

"Indeed, as I was blazing, like a fire sprinkled with ghee;

Pouring down as if with water, he extinguished all my anguish.

381.

"He has indeed drawn out my dart, the sorrow lodged in my heart;

He who, for me overcome with sorrow, dispelled my grief in return.

382.

"I have had the dart pulled out, I have become cool, quenched;

I do not grieve, I do not weep, having heard you, great sage."

He spoke three verses. Their meaning has been stated above.

Now, showing the practice of Ubbarī whose heart was stirred with religious emotion, the Teacher -

383.

"Having heard that word of his, the well-spoken word of the ascetic;

Taking bowl and robe, she went forth into homelessness.

384.

"And she, having gone forth, peaceful, from home into homelessness;

Developed a mind of friendliness, for rebirth in the Brahma world.

385.

"Wandering from village to village, to market towns and royal cities;

Uruveḷā was the name of that village, where she died.

386.

"Having developed a mind of friendliness, for rebirth in the Brahma world;

Having removed the mind for womanhood, she was reborn in the Brahma world." She spoke four verses.

383-384. Therein, "of him" means of that hermit. "Well spoken" means well said, the meaning is "the teaching." "Having gone forth, peaceful" means having reached the going forth, or having gone forth and having become one of peaceful body and speech. "A mind of friendliness" means consciousness accompanied by friendliness. Under the heading of "mind," he speaks of the meditative absorption through friendliness. "For rebirth in the Brahma world" means she, developing a mind of friendliness, developed it for rebirth in the Brahma world, not for the purpose of a foundation for insight and so on. For when a Buddha has not arisen, hermits and wandering ascetics developing the divine abidings and so on developed them solely for the purpose of success in existence.

385-386. "From village to village" means from one village to another village. "Having developed" means having increased, having cultivated. Some read "abhāvetvā"; for them, the prefix "a" is merely a particle. "Having removed the mind for womanhood" means having removed the mind, the disposition, the longing for the state of womanhood, having become one with a mind dispassionate towards the state of womanhood. "Went to the Brahma world" means she went to the Brahma world by way of taking up conception in rebirth. The remainder is clear in itself since the method has been stated above.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having dispelled the sorrow of that female lay follower, gave above a teaching on the four truths. At the conclusion of the truths, that female lay follower became established in the fruition of stream-entry. And the teaching was beneficial to the assembly that had arrived.

The commentary on the story of the ghost Ubbarī is concluded.

Thus in the Khuddaka Commentary, in the Petavatthu,

Of that which is adorned with thirteen stories

The exposition of the meaning of the second Ubbarī Chapter is concluded.

3.

The Minor Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Abhijjamāna Ghost Story

387-407. "On the water not breaking": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to a certain hunter-ghost. In Bārāṇasī, it is said, in the western direction, on the far side of the Ganges, having passed beyond Vāsabhagāma, in a village named Cundaṭṭhila, there was a certain hunter. He, having killed deer in the forest, having cooked the choice meat on embers, having eaten it, having wrapped the remainder in a leaf-container, having taken it with a carrying pole, comes to the village. Young children, having seen him at the village entrance, stretching out their hands, run up to him saying "Give me meat, give me meat." He gives them meat little by little. Then one day, not having obtained meat, having adorned himself with uddālaka flowers and having taken many in his hand, as he was going to the village, the children, having seen him at the village entrance, stretching out their hands, ran up saying "Give me meat, give me meat." He gave them each one flower cluster.

Then at a later time, having died, reborn among the ghosts, naked, of deformed appearance, frightful to behold, not knowing food and drink even in a dream, with a bunch of uddālaka flower garlands tied on his head, thinking "I shall obtain something near my relatives in Cundaṭṭhila," he goes on foot upstream on the water of the Ganges, not breaking it. And at that time, a chief minister of King Bimbisāra named Koḷiya, having appeased the rebellious borderland, returning, having sent the retinue force of elephants, horses, and so on by the land route, himself coming downstream on the river Ganges by boat, having seen that ghost going thus, asking -

387.

"On the water not breaking, here on the Ganges you go;

Naked, like a ghost in the upper half, wearing garlands, adorned;

Where will you go, ghost, where will your dwelling be?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "not breaking" means not breaking by the placing of steps, that is, on the compact water. "On the water of the Ganges" means in the water of the river Ganges. "Here" means in this place. "Like a ghost in the upper half" means by the upper half of the body, as if departed, like one born in the ghost realm, like a young god. How? "Wearing garlands, adorned" means having bedecked himself with garlands, with the top of the head adorned. This is the meaning. "Where will your dwelling be" means in which village or region will your abode be? Tell that. This is the meaning.

Now, to show what was then said by that ghost and by Koḷiya, the compilers of the recitation -

388.

"I shall go to Cundaṭṭhila," that ghost thus speaks;

In between Vāsabhagāma and near Bārāṇasī.

389.

And having seen him, the chief minister, renowned as Koḷiya;

Gave flour and food to the ghost, and a pair of yellow garments.

390.

While the boat was standing still, he had it given to the barber;

When it was given to the barber, it appeared on the ghost at that very place.

391.

"Then well-clothed, wearing garlands, adorned;

For the ghost established in that state, the offering was beneficial;

Therefore one should give to the departed, out of compassion again and again." They spoke the verses.

388. Therein, "Cundaṭṭhila" means a village so named. "In between Vāsabhagāma and near Bārāṇasī" means in the middle of Vāsabhagāma and Bārāṇasī. For this is an accusative expression used in the sense of proximity by connection with the word "antarā." For that village is near Bārāṇasī. For the meaning here is this: The village named Cundaṭṭhila, which is in between Vāsabhagāma and Bārāṇasī, not far from Bārāṇasī - "I shall go to that village."

389. "Renowned as Koḷiya" means one whose name was thus made known as "Koḷiya." "Flour and food" means flour and also food. "And a pair of yellow garments he gave" means he gave a golden-coloured pair of garments.

390. If one asks "When did he give?" - he said "while the boat was standing still." "He had it given to the barber" means having stopped the moving boat, he had it given there to a certain barber who was a lay follower; the explanation is: when the pair of garments was given. "At that place" means at that very place, at that very moment. "It appeared on the ghost" means it became visible on the ghost's body; his inner and outer robes came into being. Therefore he said "Then well-clothed, wearing garlands, adorned" - well-clothed means well adorned and decorated with garlands and ornaments. "For the ghost established in that state, the offering was beneficial" means because this offering, established in a state worthy of offerings, was beneficial for that ghost, it reached its application. "Therefore one should give to the departed, out of compassion again and again" means out of compassion for the departed, one should give offerings dedicated to the departed again and again - this is the meaning.

Then that chief minister Koḷiya, having compassion for that ghost, having accomplished the procedure of giving, having come downstream, arrived at Bārāṇasī as the sun was rising. And the Blessed One, for the purpose of assisting them, having come through space, stood on the bank of the Ganges. The chief minister Koḷiya too, having disembarked from the boat, joyful and delighted, invited the Blessed One - "May the Blessed One consent to accept a meal from me today, venerable sir, out of compassion." The Blessed One consented by silence. He, having known the Blessed One's acceptance, at that very moment, having had a great branch-pavilion built in a delightful piece of ground, adorned above and on the four sides with various garments variegated with diverse bright colours, having prepared a seat there for the Blessed One, gave it. The Blessed One sat down on the prepared seat.

Then that chief minister, having approached the Blessed One, having venerated with scents, flowers and so on, having paid homage, seated to one side, reported to the Blessed One the words spoken by himself below and the reply of the ghost. The Blessed One thought "Let the Community of monks come." Immediately after thinking, the Community of monks, urged by the power of the Buddha, like a flock of golden swans surrounding the king of the Dhataraṭṭha swans, surrounded the King of the Teaching. At that very moment the great multitude gathered together, thinking "There will be a lofty teaching of the Teaching." Having seen that, the chief minister, with a gladdened mind, satisfied the Community of monks headed by the Buddha with superior solid and soft food. The Blessed One, having finished the meal, out of compassion for the great multitude, determined "Let the villagers dwelling near Bārāṇasī gather together." And all those great multitudes gathered together by supernormal power, and he made the lofty ghosts visible. Among them, some wearing pieces of torn and tattered rags, some with their private parts covered only by their own hair, some naked in their natural form, overcome by hunger and thirst, with skin clinging to their bones, with bodies of mere bones, wandering here and there, became visible before the eyes of the great multitude.

Then the Blessed One performed such a feat of supernormal power that they, having gathered together, declared to the great multitude the evil deeds done by themselves. Making known that matter, the compilers of the recitation -

392.

"Some clothed in torn rags, others with hair as their covering;

Ghosts go for food, they depart in every direction.

393.

"Some, having run far, returned without obtaining anything;

Hungry, fainted, wandering, they fell to the ground.

394.

"Some, having fallen down there, collapsed on the ground;

Having not done good before, like those burnt by fire in the sun's heat.

395.

"We were formerly of bad character, housewives, mothers of families;

Though there were gifts to be given, we made no refuge for ourselves.

396.

"Abundant food and drink, so much so that it was thrown away;

To those gone forth who have gone the right way, we gave nothing."

397.

"Unwilling to work, lazy, lovers of sweet things, gluttonous;

Givers of mere morsels of almsfood, we abused those who received them.

398.

"Those houses and those female slaves, and those very ornaments of ours;

Others enjoy them, we are sharers in suffering.

399.

"They become basket-weavers or despised, and chariot-makers treacherous;

They become caṇḍālī women, wretched, and barbers again and again.

400.

"Whatever families are low and wretched,

In those very ones they are born - this is the destination of the stingy.

401.

"Those who have done good deeds before, donors free from avarice;

They fill heaven, and illuminate Nandana.

402.

"And in the Vejayanta mansion, having delighted, those who desire sensual pleasures;

They are born in high families, with wealth, having passed away from there.

403.

"In pinnacle buildings and mansions, on divans spread with woollen carpets;

Their limbs fanned with peacock-feather fans, born in families, famous ones.

404.

"They go from lap to lap, wearing garlands, adorned;

Nurses attend upon them, morning and evening, seeking their comfort.

405.

"This is not for those who have not made merit, this is only for those who have made merit;

Sorrowless, delightful, charming, the great forest of the Thirty-three.

406.

"Happiness for those who have not made merit, there is not here nor in the hereafter;

But happiness for those who have made merit, both here and in the hereafter.

407.

"For those who desire companionship with them, much wholesome should be done;

For those who have made merit rejoice, in heaven endowed with wealth." They spoke the verses.

392. Therein, "wearing torn garments" means wearing inner robes of cut, broken, ragged fragments. "Some" means certain ones. "Hair-clothed" means with their private parts covered only by their hair. "They go for food" means thinking "Perhaps having gone from here, here or there we might obtain some leftover food or vomited food or afterbirth filth and such," having stood somewhere, they go for the purpose of sustenance. "They depart in every direction" means they depart from direction to direction, to places many yojanas apart.

393. "Far" means in a distant place. "Some" means certain ghosts. "Having run forth" means having run up for the purpose of food. "Returned without obtaining" means without obtaining any food or drinking water, they turn back. "Swooned" means unconsciousness arisen through the suffering of hunger and thirst and so on. "Wandering" means roaming about. "Collapsed on the ground" means having remained standing through the onset of that very unconsciousness, like lumps of clay thrown down, having dried up, they fell on the earth.

394. "There" means in the place where they had gone. "Collapsed on the ground" means like those fallen off a precipice, through inability to stand due to the suffering of hunger and so on, they fell on the ground; or in the place where they had gone, having become without hope through not obtaining food and so on, as if struck face to face by someone, as if beaten, they fall on the ground - this is the meaning. "Not having done good formerly" means not having done what is wholesome in a former existence. "Like those burnt by fire in the sun's heat" means like those burnt by fire in a place of sunshine during the drought season; being consumed by the fire of hunger and thirst, they experience great suffering - this is the meaning.

395. "Formerly" means in a past existence. "Of bad character" means of inferior nature through the state of being envious, stingy, and so on. "Housewives" means mistresses of the house. "Mothers of families" means mothers of the children of the family, or mothers of the men of the family. "An island" means a support; the meaning is merit. For that is called "support" because of being the basis of support for beings in fortunate worlds. "We did not make" means we did not do.

396. "Abundant" means much. "Food and drink too" means food and drink. "So much so that it was thrown away" - "sū" is merely a particle; "api avakirīyati" means it was discarded. "To those who have gone the right way" means to those rightly gone, rightly practising, to one rightly practising. "To one gone forth" means to one who has gone forth. For this is a locative expression used in the dative sense. The meaning is: when one who has gone the right way or one gone forth is available. "And we did not give anything" - overcome by remorse, they say "We did not give even the slightest gift."

397. "Unwilling to work" (akammakāmā) means those who desire (kāmenti) action (kammaṃ) that ought not to be done (akattabbaṃ), that is unwholesome - thus "unwilling to work"; or alternatively, those who desire wholesome action that ought to be done by good people are "willing to work" (kammakāmā); not willing to work means unwilling to work; the meaning is: without desire for wholesome mental states. "Lazy" (alasā) means idle, without energy in performing wholesome actions. "Desiring what is pleasant" (sādukāmā) means fond of things that are comfortable, sweet, and agreeable. "Gluttonous" (mahagghasā) means great eaters; it shows that by both means, having obtained food that is both fine and sweet, without giving anything to those in need, they ate it themselves alone. "Givers of a morsel of almsfood" (ālopapiṇḍadātāro) means donors of even a mere morsel of food. "In receiving" (paṭiggahe) means in those who receive it. "We abused" (paribhāsimhase) means we spoke with contempt, we despised and we mocked. This is the meaning.

398. "Those houses" (te gharā) - the intention is: where we formerly made selfish attachment thinking "These are our houses," those houses remain just as they were, but now nothing is of any benefit to us. "And those female slaves, and those very ornaments of ours" (tā ca dāsiyo tānevābharaṇāni no) - here too the same method applies. Therein, "no" means "our." "Te" means those houses and so on. "Others enjoy them" means they make use of them by way of enjoyment and so on. This is the meaning. "We are sharers in suffering" (mayaṃ dukkhassa bhāgino) - they speak censuring themselves, saying: but we, formerly having been solely engaged in amusement, having abandoned our property, not knowing how to make it something that goes along with one, something that follows, now we are sharers in the suffering of hunger, thirst, and so on.

399. Now, since beings who, having passed away from the realm of ghosts and being reborn among human beings, are for the most part of low birth and of wretched livelihood due to the remainder of the result of that very action, therefore to show that meaning, two verses were spoken beginning with "veṇivā." Therein, "veṇivā" means of the basket-maker caste; the meaning is: they become bamboo-strip workers and reed workers. The word "vā" has the meaning of non-restriction. "Avaññā" means despicable, to be looked down upon - this is what is said. "Vambhanā" is also a reading; the meaning is: to be oppressed by others. "Rathakārī" means leather workers. "Dubbhikā" means treacherous to friends, harmful to friends. "Caṇḍālī" means of outcast birth. "Kapaṇā" means paupers, those who have reached an exceedingly pitiable state. "Kappakā" means of barber caste; everywhere the explanation is "they are born again and again"; it is said that they are born again and again in these low families.

400. "In those very ones they are born" (tesu tesveva jāyanti) means whatever other families too, such as those of hunters, refuse-removers, and so on, that are wretched, exceedingly contemptible, and in the utmost misery - in those very low families, having been reborn among ghosts through the stain of stinginess, having passed away from there, they are reborn. Therefore it is said "this is the destination of the stingy."

401. Having thus shown the destination of beings who have not made merit, now to show the destination of those who have made merit, seven verses were spoken beginning with "those who have done good deeds before." Therein, "they fill heaven" (saggaṃ te paripūrenti) means those who formerly in a previous birth have done good deeds, who are donors, who delight in the merit of giving, who are free from the stain of stinginess - they fill heaven, the world of the gods, and make it complete, through the achievement of their own beauty and the achievement of their retinue. "And they illuminate Nandana" (obhāsenti ca nandanaṃ) means not only do they fill it, but indeed the Nandana grove, which is already radiant by its own nature through the radiance of the wish-fulfilling trees and so on, they outshine and illuminate and make resplendent with the lustre of their own garments and ornaments and with the radiance of their bodies.

402. "Those who desire sensual pleasures" means those who enjoy as they wish among the types of sensual pleasure as desired. "In high families" means in high families such as families of the warrior caste and so on. "With wealth" means in great prosperity. "Passed away from there" means passed away from there, from the world of gods.

403. "In pinnacle buildings and mansions" means in pinnacle buildings and in mansions. "With limbs being fanned" means with bodies being fanned. "With peacock-hands" means with fan-handles adorned with peacock feathers. "Famous" means those with retinues delight. This is the intention.

404. "They go from lap to lap" means even in childhood they go from the lap of relatives and nurses to another lap, not to the ground surface. This is the intention. "They attend" means they render attendance. "Seekers of happiness" means those desiring happiness; the intention is that they attend while warding off even a little suffering, thinking "Let there be neither cold nor heat."

405. "This is not for those who have not made merit" means this Nandana, the Nandana grove, which is sorrowless due to the absence of any basis for sorrow, delightful, charming, the great forest of the Thirty-three, of the Tāvatiṃsa gods, which has become a great pleasure garden, is not for those who have not made merit; the meaning is that it cannot be obtained by them.

406. "Here" means in this human world merit is especially made; with reference to that, he said. Or "here" means in the present life. "In the hereafter" means in the future state.

407. "Of them" means by those aforesaid gods. "Of those desiring companionship" means by those wishing for the state of being together. "Endowed with wealth" means endowed with wealth, furnished with the five divine types of sensual pleasure, they rejoice. This is the meaning. The remainder is of clear meaning.

Thus, when the destination of the deeds done by themselves and the destination of meritorious deeds had been declared in common by those ghosts, the Blessed One taught the Teaching in detail, suited to the disposition of the great multitude that had assembled there, headed by the minister Koḷiya, whose minds were stirred with a sense of urgency. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was the full realization of the teaching by eighty-four thousand living beings.

The commentary on the Abhijjamāna Ghost Story is concluded.

2.

Commentary on the Elder Sāṇavāsī Ghost Story

408-438. "The elder from Kuṇḍi city": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the deceased relatives of the Venerable Elder Sāṇavāsi. In the past, it is said, in Bārāṇasī, the son of a king named Kitava, having amused himself with park amusements and returning, having seen an Individually Enlightened One named Sunetta who had walked for almsfood and was departing from the city, being intoxicated with the pride of supremacy, with a corrupted mind thinking "How indeed can this shaveling go without making a salutation with joined palms to me," having descended from the elephant's back, addressing him "Have you obtained your almsfood?" having taken the bowl from his hand, having thrown it on the ground, he broke it. Then, with a mind corrupted by resentment at an improper place towards him who, through the attainment of the state of suchness everywhere, was looking at him unchangingly, with a mind clear through the descent of pleasure from the diffusion of compassion, having said "Do you not know me, the son of King Kitava? What will you do to me by looking at me?" he departed laughing. As soon as he had departed, a violent bodily burning resembling the burning of hellfire arose in him. He, with body overcome by that great torment, exceedingly overwhelmed by painful feeling, having died, was reborn in the great hell of Avīci.

There, having turned over in many ways - on the right side, on the left side, face up, face down - having been tormented for eighty-four thousand years, having passed away from there, having experienced for an immeasurable time among the ghosts the suffering of hunger, thirst, and so on, having passed away from there, in this arising of a Buddha, he was reborn in a fishermen's village near the city of Kuṇḍi. The knowledge of remembering past births arose in him; therefore he, recollecting the suffering previously experienced by himself, even though he had come of age, through fear of evil, did not go with his relatives for the purpose of catching fish. When they went, not wishing to kill fish, he hid himself; and having gone, he tore the nets; or having taken living fish, he released them in the water. His relatives, reporting that action of his, expelled him from the house. But one brother of his had a heart bound by affection.

Now at that time the Venerable Ānanda was dwelling on Sāṇa mountain in dependence on the city of Kuṇḍi. Then that fisherman's son, having been abandoned by his relatives, wandering here and there, having reached that region, at mealtime approached the elder's presence. The elder, having questioned him, having known his state of being in need of food, having given him a meal, having finished the meal, having known all that incident, having known his gladdened mind through a talk on the Teaching, said "Will you go forth, friend?" "Yes, venerable sir, I shall go forth." The elder, having given him the going forth, went together with him to the Blessed One's presence. Then the Teacher said to him - "Ānanda, you should have compassion for this novice." And he, because of not having done wholesome deeds, was one of little gain. Then the Teacher, helping him, assigned him to the filling of water pots for the use of the monks. Having seen that, the lay followers established many regular meals for him.

He, at a later time, having obtained full ordination, having attained arahantship, having become an elder, dwelt on Sāṇa mountain together with twelve monks. But his relatives, about five hundred, who had not accumulated wholesome actions and had accumulated evil qualities such as stinginess and so on, having died, were reborn among the ghosts. But his mother and father, being ashamed thinking "This one was previously expelled from the house by us," not approaching him, sent the brother who had affection bound towards him. He, at the time when the elder had entered the village for almsfood, having placed his right kneecap on the ground, with joined palms, having shown himself, spoke the verses beginning with "Your mother and father, venerable sir." But the five verses beginning with "The elder from Kuṇḍi city" were placed by the compilers of the scriptures from the beginning for the purpose of showing the connection between them.

408.

"The elder from Kuṇḍi city, a dweller on Sāṇa mountain;

Poṭṭhapāda by name, an ascetic with developed faculties.

409.

"His mother, father, and brother, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

410.

They, ill-fated, afflicted by needle-like hunger, exhausted, naked, emaciated;

Trembling with great fear, the cruel ones do not show themselves.

411.

His brother, having overcome fear, naked, alone on the path;

Having become one who moves on four limbs, showed himself to the elder.

412.

The elder, not paying attention, passed by in silence;

And he informed the elder, "I am your brother, gone to the ghost realm."

413.

"Your mother and father, venerable sir, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

414.

Therefore they, ill-fated, afflicted by needle-like hunger, exhausted, naked, emaciated;

Trembling with great fear, the cruel ones do not show themselves.

415.

"Have compassion, O compassionate one, having given, dedicate it to us;

Through the gift given by you, the cruel ones will sustain themselves."

408-409. Therein, "the elder from Kuṇḍi city" means the elder born and brought up in the city so named; "the elder of Kuṇḍika city" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "A dweller on Sāṇa" means a dweller on Sāṇa mountain. "Poṭṭhapāda by name" means by name he was called Poṭṭhapāda. "Ascetic" means one who has calmed evil. "With developed faculties" means one whose faculties of faith and so on have been developed through the development of the noble path; the meaning is a Worthy One. "His" means of that Elder Sāṇavāsi. "Ill-fated" means gone to an unfortunate realm.

410. "Afflicted by needle-like hunger" means emaciated ones with putrid, rough bodies; afflicted, oppressed by hunger and thirst which obtained the name "needle." Some read "sūcikaṇṭhā" (needle-throated); the meaning is those whose mouth openings are similar to the eye of a needle. "Exhausted" means exhausted in body and mind. "Naked" means of naked appearance, without clothes. "Emaciated" means of lean bodies due to having bodies of mere bones and skin. "Trembling" means falling into terror through moral fear, thinking "this ascetic is our son." "With great fear" means with great fear arisen dependent on the deeds done by themselves in the past. "Do not show" means they do not show themselves, they do not come into his presence. "The cruel ones" means those of cruel deeds.

411. "His brother" means the brother of the Elder Sāṇavāsi. "Having crossed over" means having gone through; the meaning is the fear of moral shame and terror. Or "vituritvā" is the reading; having been quick, having been in a hurry - this is what is meant. "On a single path" means on a foot-path. "Alone" means solitary, without a companion. "Having become one who moves on four limbs" means one who moves on four limbs, who propels his individual existence with four limbs - thus "four-limbed"; going and standing on two knees and two hands; having become thus - this is the meaning. For indeed, in this way there is concealment of the private parts from the front - thus he did so. "Showed himself to the elder" means he pointed out and showed himself to the elder.

412. "Without paying attention" means without attending to the thought "This is so-and-so," without adverting. "And he" means that ghost. "I am a brother gone to the ghost realm" - the explanation is that he informed the elder by saying "In a past existence I was your brother; now, having become a ghost, I have come here."

413-415. But to show how he informed, three verses were spoken beginning with "Mother and father." Therein, "your mother and father" means your mother and your father. "Have compassion" means help, show sympathy. "Dedicate" means dedicate. "No" means our. "By your giving" means by that given by you.

Having heard that, to show how the elder proceeded -

416.

"The elder, having walked for almsfood, and twelve other monks;

Gathered together in one place, for the purpose of participation in a meal.

417.

"The elder said to all of them: 'Give me whatever you have obtained;

I will make a meal for the Community, out of compassion for my relatives.'

418.

"They handed over to the elder, the elder invited the Community;

Having given, the elder dedicated, for mother, father and brother;

"May this be for my relatives, may the relatives be happy."

419.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, food arose;

Pure, superior, accomplished, with various flavours and vegetables.

420.

Then the brother showed himself, of good complexion, powerful, happy;

"Abundant is the food, venerable sir, but see, we are naked;

So, venerable sir, make effort, that we may obtain cloth.

421.

The elder, having picked out rags from the rubbish heap,

Having made a cloth from the scraps, he gave it to the monastic community of the four directions.

422.

Having given, the elder dedicated, for mother, father and brother;

"May this be for my relatives, may the relatives be happy."

423.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, garments arose;

Then well-clothed, he showed himself to the elder.

424.

"As far as there were coverings in King Nanda's realm;

More numerous than that, venerable sir, are our cloths and coverings.

425.

Silks and woollen blankets, linens and cottons too;

Extensive and very costly, they hang in the sky.

426.

"We put on whatever is dear to the mind;

So, venerable sir, make effort, that we may obtain a dwelling.

427.

The elder, having made a leaf hut, gave it to the monastic community of the four directions;

Having given, the elder dedicated, for mother, father and brother;

"May this be for my relatives, may the relatives be happy."

428.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, houses arose;

Pinnacle-chambered dwellings, divided into sections, measured.

429.

"There are no such houses among human beings, as our houses here;

Even among the divine, such as those are, such are our houses here.

430.

Shining brightly they illuminate, all around the four directions;

So, venerable sir, make effort, that we may obtain drinking water.

431.

The elder, having filled a water vessel, gave it to the monastic community of the four directions;

Having given, the elder dedicated, for mother, father and brother;

"May this be for my relatives, may the relatives be happy."

432.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, drinking water arose;

Deep and quadrangular, well-fashioned lotus ponds.

433.

With cool water, with good fords, cool, without foul odour;

Covered with lotuses and water lilies, filled with water and pollen.

434.

Having bathed and drunk there, they showed themselves to the elder;

Abundant is the drinking water, venerable sir, our feet are painful, they are splitting.

435.

"Wandering about we hobble, on gravel and kusa-grass thorns;

So, venerable sir, make effort, that we may obtain a vehicle.

436.

The elder, having obtained a sandal, gave it to the monastic community of the four directions;

Having given, the elder dedicated, for mother, father and brother;

"May this be for my relatives, may the relatives be happy."

437.

"Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the ghosts came by chariot;

We have been shown compassion, venerable sir, with food and with clothing.

438.

"By the house, by the gift of drinking water, by the gift of a vehicle, and by both;

We have come to pay homage to the compassionate sage in the world, venerable sir." They spoke the verses;

416-417. Therein, "the elder, having walked for almsfood" means the elder, having walked on his almsfood round. "And twelve other monks" means the other twelve monks dwelling together with the elder gathered together in one place. If one asks why? "For the purpose of participation in a meal" means for the purpose of the meal duty, on account of eating. "Te" means those monks. "Whatever was obtained" means whatever was received. "Give" means hand over.

418. "They handed over" means they gave. "He invited the Community" means he invited those very twelve monks to give that food by way of designation to the Community. "He dedicated" means he announced. Therein, to show those for whom he dedicated, it was said "for mother, father and brother, may this be for my relatives, may the relatives be happy."

419. "Immediately after the offering was dedicated" means immediately after the dedication. "Food arose" means food arose for those ghosts. "Of what kind?" - he said "pure" and so on. Therein, "with various flavours and vegetables" means furnished with vegetables of various flavours; or alternatively, of many flavours and of many vegetables. "Then" means after the obtaining of food.

420. "The brother showed himself" means the ghost who was the brother showed himself to the elder. "Of good complexion, powerful, happy" means at that very moment, through that obtaining of food, having become accomplished in beauty, accomplished in strength, and happy indeed. "Abundant is the food, venerable sir" means venerable sir, by the power of your giving, abundant, not trifling food has been obtained by us. "See, we are naked" means look; but we are naked, therefore so, venerable sir, make effort, make an endeavour. "That we may obtain cloth" means in whatever manner, by whatever kind of endeavour all of us might obtain garments, so strive - this is the meaning.

421. "From the rubbish heap" means from the refuse places here and there. "Having picked out" means having taken by way of searching. "Rags" means discarded cloth fragments with cut edges. But since those, being fragments, are called rags, and the elder, having made a robe from them, gave it to the monastic community, therefore he said "having made a cloth from the scraps, he gave it to the monastic community of the four directions." Therein, "gave to the monastic community of the four directions" means he gave to the community of monks who had come from all four directions. For this is a locative expression used in the dative sense.

423-424. "Beautifully clothed" means wearing beautiful garments. "Showed himself to the elder" means he showed himself, displayed himself to the elder; he became manifest. "Coverings" means that which conceals here.

428-429. "Pinnacled mansions and dwellings" means houses that are pinnacled buildings and those reckoned as other dwellings. For this is said by way of change of gender. "Divided" means divided by way of regular square, oblong, circular shapes and so on. "Measured in sections" means delimited by portions. "No" means our. "Here" means in this ghost realm. "Even among the divine" - "api" is merely an indeclinable particle; the meaning is "in the heavenly worlds."

431. "Vessel" means a water strainer. "Having filled" means having filled with water. "Filled with water and pollen" means filled by way of being covered here and there on the water surface with masses of pollen of lotuses, water-lilies and so on. "They burst open" means they bloom; the meaning is splitting open at the heels and other extremities.

435-436. "Wandering about" means going about. "We hobble" means we go by way of hobbling. "On gravel and kusa-grass thorns" means on a piece of ground having gravel and having kusa-grass thorns; the meaning is treading upon gravel and kusa-grass thorns. "Vehicle" means any vehicle whatsoever such as a chariot, a litter and so on. "Sandal" means a single-soled sandal.

437-438. "Rathena māgamun" - the letter "m" serves as a word-connector; they came by chariot. "Both" means by both gifts, by the gift of a vehicle and by the gift of the four requisites beginning with food. By the gift of drinking water, the gift of medicine is also included herein. The remainder is clear in itself since the method has been stated above.

The Elder reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, having said "Just as these are now, so you too, having become a ghost in the immediately preceding past individual existence from here, experienced great suffering," being requested by the Elder, having spoken the Sutta Ghost Story, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. Having heard that, the public, with a sense of urgency arisen, became devoted to meritorious actions such as giving, morality, and so on.

The commentary on the Elder Sāṇavāsī Ghost Story is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Chariot-Maker Female Ghost Story

439-446. "With lapis lazuli pillars, beautiful and luminous": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to a certain female ghost. In the past, it is said, in the time of the Blessed One Kassapa, a certain woman accomplished in morality and good conduct, through dependence on a good friend, devoted to the Dispensation, having built a single residence with well-arranged, variegated walls, pillars, steps, and floor surfaces, exceedingly beautiful, having caused monks to sit down there, having served them with superior food, dedicated it to the Community of monks. She, at a later time, having died, by the power of another evil deed, was reborn as a mansion-dwelling female ghost in dependence on the Rathakāra lake in the Himalayas, the king of mountains. For her, by the power of the merit of giving a residence to the Community, a mansion arose - made of all jewels, lofty, exceedingly pleasing on all sides, captivating, delightful, with ponds, adorned like the Nandana grove - and she herself was gold-coloured, lovely, beautiful, and pleasing.

She dwelt there experiencing divine success without any men. For her, dwelling there without men for a long time, discontent arose. She, having become dissatisfied, having thought "There is this stratagem," threw divine ripe mangoes into the river. All this should be understood according to the method that has come in the Kaṇṇamuṇḍa female ghost story. Here, however, a certain young man dwelling in Bārāṇasī, having seen one mango fruit among them in the Ganges, searching for its origin, gradually having gone to that place, having seen the river, following along it, went to her dwelling place. She, having seen him, having led him to her own dwelling place, making friendly welcome, sat down. He, having seen the splendour of her dwelling place, asking -

439.

"Having ascended the mansion with lapis lazuli pillars, beautiful and luminous, variegated;

There you dwell, goddess of great majesty, like the moon on the fifteenth day in the mid-sky.

440.

"Your beauty is like gold, with a molten form, exceedingly fair to behold;

Seated on the finest divan, incomparable, you are alone and there is no husband for you.

441.

"And these ponds of yours all around, abundant with garlands, with many white lotuses;

Spread over all around with gold powder, therein no mud nor water plants are found.

442.

"And these swans, beautiful and delightful, move about in the water always;

Having come together, they all sing sweetly, with melodious voices like the sound of drums.

443.

"Shining brightly with fame, one of fame, and you stand leaning on a boat;

With curling eyelashes, smiling, speaking sweetly, beautiful in every limb, you shine exceedingly.

444.

"This mansion, stainless, standing on level ground, with a pleasure grove, increasing delight and joy;

I wish, woman of superior appearance, to rejoice here in the Nandana grove together with you."

He spoke these verses.

439. "There" means in that mansion. "You dwell" means you sit at whatever time you wish. "Goddess" - he addresses her. "Of great majesty" means endowed with great divine power. "In the mid-sky" means on the path that is one's own highway; the meaning is the pathway of the expanse of the sky. "Like the moon on the fifteenth day" means the meaning is shining like the moon with its full orb on the full moon day.

440. "Your beauty is like gold" means your beauty is similar to refined gold and is exceedingly charming. Therefore he said "with a molten form, exceedingly fair to behold." "Incomparable" means very precious. Or "incomparable" is a term of address to the deity; the meaning is of incomparable form. "There is no husband for you" means and there is no husband for you.

441. "Abundant with garlands" means abounding in many kinds of flowers such as lotuses and water lilies. "With gold powder" means with golden sand. "Spread over all around" means strewn all around. "Therein" means in those ponds. "Mud and water plants" means neither mire nor water slime is found.

442. "These swans, beautiful and delightful" means these swans are pleasing to behold and delightful. "Move about" means they wander around. "Always" means in all seasons. "Having come together" means having assembled. "Sweetly" means melodiously. "Sing" means they warble. "With melodious voices" means with unscattered voices, with compact voices. "Like the sound of drums" means the meaning is the sound of the swans in your pond is like that of drums, by virtue of their sweet melodious voices.

443. "Shining brightly" means exceedingly blazing. "With fame" means with divine power. "In a boat" means in a canoe. For having seen the female ghost sitting on a very precious divan in a golden boat in the lotus pond of the pool, playing water-sports, he said thus. "Leaning" means having leaned against a back-rest. "You stand" - this is a word of rejection of movement, because the word for standing has the meaning of cessation of going. "Nisajjasī" is also a reading; its meaning should be understood as simply "you sit." "With long eyelashes" means with curled, long, dark eyelashes. "Smiling" means with a face of smiles and laughter. "Speaking pleasantly" means one who speaks agreeably. "Beautiful in all limbs" means beautiful in all limbs; the meaning is one with beautiful major and minor limbs. "You shine" means you are resplendent.

444. "Stainless" means free from defilement, faultless. "Standing on level ground" means standing on a level piece of ground, or standing on an even area by virtue of being adorned with a quadrangular shape; the meaning is completely auspicious. "With a pleasure grove" means together with a Nandana grove. "Increasing delight and joy" means it increases delight and joy, thus "increasing delight and joy"; the meaning is the growth of happiness and rapture. "Woman" is a term of address to her. "Of superior appearance" means of blameless appearance by virtue of the completeness of major and minor limbs. "In Nandana" means in that which produces delight. "Here" means in the Nandana grove, or in the mansion. "To rejoice" - the explanation is: I wish to delight in.

When thus spoken by that young man, that mansion-ghost deity, giving him a reply -

445.

"Do action that is to be experienced here, and let your mind be fixed here;

Having done action that is to be experienced here, thus you will obtain me, O desirer of sensual pleasures."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "do action that is to be experienced here" means here in this divine place, do wholesome action that ripens and gives result - you should generate it. "Fixed here" means directed here; or the reading is "slanting towards here" - let your mind be slanting towards, sloping towards, inclining towards this place. "Mamaṃ" means me. "You will obtain" means you will get.

That young man, having heard the words of that mansion-ghost, went from there to the path of humans, having directed his mind there, having done meritorious action arising from that, before long having died, was reborn there in the company of that female ghost. Making known that matter, the compilers of the recitation -

446.

"Good!" he, having promised her,

Did action that is to be experienced there;

Having done action that is to be experienced there,

That young man was reborn in her company.

They spoke the concluding verse. Therein, "good" is an indeclinable particle of accepting. "Of her" means of that mansion-ghost. "Having promised" means having accepted her words. "That is to be experienced there" means wholesome action whose pleasant result is to be experienced together with her in that mansion. "In company with" means the state of being together. The explanation is: that young man was reborn in her company. The remainder is clear in itself.

Thus, while they were experiencing divine success there for a long time, the man died through the utter elimination of his action, but the woman, due to the state of her meritorious action having become a field, having completed one interval between Buddhas there, dwelt. Then, when our Blessed One had arisen in the world and had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, while he was in due course dwelling at Jeta's Grove, one day the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, wandering on a mountain journey, having seen that mansion and the mansion ghost, asked with verses beginning with "With lapis lazuli pillars, beautiful and luminous." And she reported to him all her own experience from the beginning. Having heard that, the elder, having come to Sāvatthī, reported to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. Having heard that, the great multitude became devoted to meritorious qualities such as giving and so on.

The commentary on the Chariot-Maker Female Ghost Story is concluded.

4.

Commentary on the Bhusa Ghost Story

447-452. "One with chaff, another with rice": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to four ghosts. It is said that in a certain small village not far from Sāvatthī, a dishonest trader earned his livelihood by false measures and so on. He, having taken rice chaff, having treated it with red clay, having made it heavier, mixed it together with red rice and sold it. His son, angry that "he does not show respect to my friends and companions who have come to the house," having taken a yoke-strap, gave a blow on his mother's head. His daughter-in-law, having eaten by theft the meat set aside for the benefit of all, when again being questioned by them, took an oath: "If that meat was eaten by me, may I in existence after existence cut and eat the flesh of my own back." But his wife, having said "There is not" to those requesting some requisite or other, being pressured by them, took an oath with lying: "If I say 'there is not' when there is, may I be a dung-eater in whatever place I am reborn."

All four of those persons, at a later time, having died, were reborn as ghosts in the Vindhya forest. There the dishonest trader, by the fruit of action, having taken blazing chaff with both hands and having scattered it on his own head, experiences great suffering; his son, having split his own head with iron clubs by himself, experiences no small suffering. His daughter-in-law, by the fruit of action, having cut the flesh of her own back with exceedingly sharp and very long nails, eating it, experiences boundless suffering; for his wife, fragrant, well-purified, stainless rice-meal, the very moment it is brought near, turns into faeces swarming with various kinds of worms, supremely foul-smelling and loathsome; she, having taken it up with both hands, eating it, experiences great suffering.

Thus, while those four persons, having been reborn as ghosts, were experiencing great suffering, the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, wandering on a mountain journey, one day went to that place. Having seen those ghosts -

447.

"One with chaff, another with rice, and this woman with her own flesh and blood;

And you consume faeces, impure and unpleasant - of what is this the result?"

With this verse he asked about the deed done by them. Therein, "chaff" means husks. "One" means a single one. "Rice" means of rice. For this is an accusative expression used in the sense of the genitive; the intention is that he scatters blazing husks of rice on his own head. "And again another" means again another. For he who struck his mother's head, he, having struck his own head with iron clubs, reaches the splitting of the head; he speaks with reference to that. "One's own flesh and blood" - the explanation is that she consumes the flesh of her own back and blood. "Unpleasant" means disagreeable, loathsome. "Of what is this the result" - the meaning is: of which evil deed is this the fruit, which is now being experienced by you?

Thus, when the elder had asked about the deed done by them, the wife of the dishonest trader, declaring the deed done by all of them -

448.

"This one formerly harmed his mother, this one is a dishonest trader;

This one, having eaten the meat, deceives with lying.

449.

"When I was a human being among human beings, the housewife, lord of the whole family;

I concealed what was there, and I gave nothing from here.

450.

"I conceal with lying, 'There is not this in my house;

If I hide what exists, may excrement be my food.'

451.

"By the result of that action, and of lying, both;

Fragrant rice food turns to excrement for me.

452.

"Actions are not barren, for action does not perish;

Foul-smelling excrement with worms, I eat and I drink." He spoke these verses.

448. Therein, "this one" - she speaks showing the son. "Harms" means afflicts with force; the meaning is strikes with a club. "Dishonest trader" means a fraudulent trader, one who conducts trade by deception. This is the meaning. "Having eaten the meat" means having eaten the meat that was common with others, she deceives them with lying, saying "I did not eat it."

449-450. "Housewife" means mistress of the house. "When existing" means with regard to the very requisites that were present and requested by others. "I conceal" means I concealed. For this is said by way of change of tense. "And I gave nothing from here" means from here, from my own property, I did not give even the slightest amount to another who was in need. "I conceal" means I concealed with lying, saying "There is not this in my house."

451-452. "Turns to excrement for me" means fragrant rice food, by the power of my action, turns and transforms into the state of excrement. "Not barren" means not futile, not fruitless. "For action does not perish" means action accumulated as such does not perish without giving its fruit. "With worms" means possessing worms, with a mass of worms that has arisen. "Excrement" means faeces. The remainder is clear in itself since the method has been stated above.

Thus the Elder, having heard the words of that female ghost, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Bhusa Ghost Story is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Boy Ghost Story

453-463. "Wonderful is the knowledge of the Fortunate One" - this is the story of the boy ghost. What is its origin? It is said that in Sāvatthī, many lay followers, having formed a group for the Teaching, having had a great pavilion built in the city, having adorned it with cloths of various colours, having invited the Teacher and the community of monks early in the morning, having caused the community of monks headed by the Buddha to sit down on seats spread with very precious and excellent coverings, having venerated with scents, flowers, and so on, they carried on a great giving. Having seen that, a certain man whose mind was pervaded by the stain of stinginess, not enduring that honour, said thus - "It would be better if all this were thrown on a rubbish heap, rather than given to these shavelings." Having heard that, the lay followers, with stirred minds, thinking "A weighty evil indeed has been produced by this man, by which he has thus offended against the community of monks headed by the Buddha," having reported that matter to his mother, said "Go, ask forgiveness from the Blessed One together with the community of disciples." She, having assented "Very well," having frightened and convinced her son, having approached the Blessed One and the community of monks, having confessed the transgression committed by her son, having asked forgiveness, made an offering to the Blessed One and the community of monks for seven days with the giving of rice gruel. Her son, before long, having died, was reborn in the womb of a courtesan who earned her living by a defiled occupation. And she, having known him to be a boy as soon as he was born, had him thrown away in a cemetery. He, there, protected by the power of his own merit alone, unharmed by anyone, slept happily as if in his mother's lap. And they say that deities took up his protection.

Then the Blessed One, towards the break of dawn, having emerged from the attainment of great compassion, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye, having seen that boy abandoned in the charnel ground, went to the charnel ground at the time of sunrise. "The Teacher has come here, there must be a reason here" - the great multitude gathered together. The Blessed One, having said to the assembled assembly "This boy should not be looked down upon; even though now he stands abandoned in a cemetery, without a protector, yet in the future, in this very life and in the future life, he will obtain lofty success," being asked by those people "What action, venerable sir, was done by him in a previous birth?" -

"The populace made a noble offering to the community of monks headed by the Buddha;

There his mind underwent alteration, he spoke harsh, vulgar speech."

Having made known by this and other methods the deed done by the boy and the success to be attained in the future, having taught the Teaching suited to the disposition of the assembled assembly, he gave the progressive teaching of the Teaching further above. At the conclusion of the truths there was the full realization of the teaching by eighty-four thousand living beings, and one householder possessing wealth of eighty million, in the very presence of the Blessed One, took that boy saying "He is my son." The Blessed One, thinking "By this much this boy has been protected, and assistance has been given to the great multitude of people," went to the monastery.

He, at a later time, when that householder had died, having come into the wealth handed over by him, establishing the family, having become a householder of great wealth in that very city, was devoted to giving and so on. Then one day the monks raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall - "Ah, surely the Teacher is compassionate towards beings! That very boy who then stood without a protector now experiences great success and performs lofty meritorious deeds." Having heard that, the Teacher declared "No, monks, his success is not only this much; rather, at the end of his life span, he will be reborn as a son of Sakka, the king of gods, in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, and will obtain great divine success." Having heard that, the monks and the great multitude of people, having praised the Teacher's distinction of knowledge, saying "Having seen this reason indeed, the far-seeing Blessed One, having gone there to him who had just been born and was abandoned in the charnel grove for fresh corpses, gave assistance," related his story in that individual existence. Making known that matter, the compilers of the recitation -

453.

"Wonderful is the knowledge of the Fortunate One, as the Teacher explained concerning the person;

Some become abundant in merit, some become limited in merit.

454.

This boy, abandoned in the charnel ground, sustains himself through the night by the moisture from his thumb;

Neither demons nor spirits nor reptiles would harm the boy who has made merit.

455.

Dogs licked his feet, crows and jackals turn him over;

Flocks of birds carry away the womb-filth, and crows carry away the eye-filth.

456.

No one arranged protection for him, nor medicine, nor fumigation with mustard;

They did not take the conjunction of planets, nor did they scatter all kinds of grain.

457.

Such a one, having reached the utmost distress, brought by night and abandoned in the charnel ground;

Trembling like a lump of fresh butter, with life remaining in doubt.

458.

Him saw the one worshipped by gods and humans, and having seen him, the one of extensive wisdom declared;

"This boy will become of the foremost family in this city, and in wealth."

459.

"What was his religious duty, what then was his holy life, of what well-practised deed is this the result;

Having reached such disaster, he will experience such supernormal power."

They spoke six verses.

453. Therein, "wonderful in nature" means of a marvellous intrinsic nature. "The knowledge of the Fortunate One" means the knowledge not shared with others, of the Perfectly Self-awakened One; it is said with reference to the omniscient knowledge, namely the knowledge of inclinations and underlying tendencies and so on. As to how this, being beyond the domain of others, is knowledge, he said "as the Teacher explained concerning the person." By this he shows that the marvellous nature of the knowledge is understood through the Teacher's teaching itself.

Now, showing the explanation, he said "some become abundant in merit, some become limited in merit." Its meaning is - Even those abundant in wholesome mental states, here certain persons become low through birth and so on, by the power of demerit that has obtained its condition; and even those of limited merit, even those of lesser meritorious mental states, some beings become lofty through the excellence of the field and so on, due to the great radiance of that merit.

454. "In the charnel ground" means in the cemetery. "By the moisture from the thumb" means by the moisture flowing from the thumb; the meaning is by the milk dripping from the thumb of a deity. "Neither demons nor spirits nor reptiles" means whether goblins or demons or reptiles, whatever ones crawling or going, would not harm, would not afflict.

455. "Licked his feet" means they licked his feet with their own tongues. "Dhaṅkā" means crows. "Turn him over" means protecting him thinking "Let no one vex this boy," they turn him over again and again for the purpose of ascertaining his state of health. "Womb-residue" means the afterbirth. "Flocks of birds" means groups of birds such as vultures, hawks, and so on. "Carry away" means they remove. "Eye-dirt" means eye-excrement.

456. "Anyone" means any human beings; but non-human beings arranged the protection. "Medicine" means a drug that brings health both then and in the future. "Or fumigation with mustard" means the fumigation with mustard that they perform for the protection of a new-born child - they indicate that there were none performing even that for him. "They did not take the conjunction of planets" means they did not take even the astrological conjunction. "This one was born under such and such a constellation, on such and such a lunar day, at such and such a moment" - the meaning is that no one performed even the birth ceremony for him in this way. "Nor did they scatter all kinds of grain" means when performing a blessing, as a medicinal measure, the grain such as rice and so on mixed with mustard oil that they scatter - they did not do even that for him. This is the meaning.

457. "Such" means of such a form. "Reached the utmost distress" means having fallen into extreme difficulty, exceedingly stricken with suffering. "Brought at night" means brought during the night. "Like a lump of fresh butter" means resembling a lump of fresh butter; it is said thus because of being merely a lump of flesh. "Trembling" means shaking due to feebleness. "With doubt" means full of doubt because of the state of being doubted "Is he alive or is he not alive?" "With only life remaining" means with only bare life left over, due to the absence of the means that are the causes for the maintenance of life.

458. "Will become of the foremost family in wealth" means by reason of wealth, by virtue of wealth, he will become of the foremost family, of the highest family. This is the meaning.

459. "Of what ascetic practice" - this verse was spoken by the lay followers standing near the Teacher, by way of questioning about the action done by him. And that should be understood as spoken by those assembled at the charnel ground. Therein, "of what" means what is his. "Ascetic practice" means the undertaking of ascetic practices. "Again, of what" - the explanation is by changing the grammatical case: of what kind of well-practised ascetic practice and holy life. "Such" means of such a form as being born in the womb of a courtesan and being abandoned in a cemetery. "Disaster" means harm. "Such" means of that kind, of the manner stated by "sustains himself through the night by the moisture from his thumb" and so on, and by "This boy will become of the foremost family in this city" and so on. This is the meaning. "Power" means divine power; it is said to mean heavenly success.

Now, showing how the Blessed One, when asked by those lay followers, explained at that time, the compilers of the recitation -

460.

"The populace made a noble offering to the community of monks headed by the Buddha;

There his mind underwent alteration, he spoke harsh, vulgar speech.

461.

"He, having dispelled that thought, having afterwards obtained joy and confidence;

Attended upon the Tathāgata dwelling in Jeta's Grove with rice gruel for a week.

462.

"That was his religious duty, that then was his holy life, of that well-practised deed this is the result;

Having reached such disaster, he will experience such supernormal power.

463.

"Having remained here for a hundred years, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

Upon the collapse of the body, in the future life, he goes to the company of Vāsava."

They spoke four verses.

460. Therein, "the populace" means a multitude of people; the intention is a group of lay followers. "There" means at that offering. "His" means of that boy. "His mind underwent alteration" means in the former existence there was alteration of mind, disrespect, disregard, and displeasure. "Vulgar" means he spoke harsh speech inappropriate to be announced in an assembly of the good.

461. "He" means this very one. "That thought" means that evil thought. "Having dispelled" means having appeased it through the persuasion made by his mother. "Having obtained joy and confidence" means having obtained and aroused joy and confidence. "Attended upon with rice gruel" means attended upon with the giving of rice gruel. "For a week" means for seven days.

462. "That was his religious duty, that then was his holy life" means that which was of the manner stated by me below - the clarification of one's own mind and giving - was this person's religious duty and holy life, and there is nothing else. This is the meaning.

463. "Having remained" means having stayed right here in the human world until the end of his life span. "In the future life" means in renewed existence. "He goes to the company of Vāsava" means he will go to the state of being together with Sakka, the lord of the gods, as his son. For this is a present tense expression used in the sense of the future. The remainder is clear everywhere.

The commentary on the Boy Ghost Story is concluded.

6.

Commentary on the Seriṇī Female Ghost Story

464-477. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the female ghost Seriṇī. In the Kuru country, it is said, in Hatthinipura, there was a certain harlot named Seriṇī. And there, for the purpose of performing the Observance ceremony, monks gathered together from here and there. Again there was a great assembly of monks. Having seen that, people, having prepared abundant requisites for giving such as sesame seeds, rice grains and so on, and ghee, butter, honey and so on, carried on a great giving. And at that time, that courtesan, faithless, without confidence, with a mind obsessed by the stain of stinginess, even though encouraged by those people saying "Come now, give thanks for this gift," expressed only distrust to them, saying "What is the use of what is given to those shaveling ascetics?" - let alone the relinquishment of even a trifle.

She, at a later time, having died, was reborn as a female ghost on the back of the moat of a certain borderland city. Then a certain lay follower, a resident of Hatthinipura, having gone to that city for trade, went to the back of the moat towards the break of dawn for such a purpose. She there, having seen him and having recognised him, naked, with a body having nothing remaining but bones and skin, exceedingly horrifying in appearance, standing not far away, showed herself. He, having seen her -

464.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins showing all over your body;

With protruding ribs, so thin, who are you standing here?"

Asked in verse. She too answered him -

465.

"I, venerable sir, am a female ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

Made herself known in verse. Again by him -

466.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action have you gone from here to the realm of ghosts?"

Asked in verse about the deed done -

467.

"At the open fords, I searched for half a māsaka;

Though there were gifts to be given, I made no refuge for myself.

468.

"I approach the river thirsty, it turns void;

I approach the shade in the heat, it turns to sunshine.

469.

"And a wind of fire-colour blows towards me, burning;

This, venerable sir, I deserve, and other evil beyond that.

470.

"Having gone to Hatthini city, you should tell my mother;

'Your daughter has been seen by me, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, she has gone from here to the realm of ghosts.'

471.

"There is something deposited by me here, and that was not declared by me;

Four hundred thousand, beneath the divan.

472.

"From that let her give a gift to me, and let there be livelihood for her;

And having given a gift, let my mother dedicate the offering;

Then I shall be happy, endowed with all sensual pleasures."

With these six verses she declared both the deed done by herself and also the purpose to be done for her by him.

467. Therein, "at the open fords" means at the ford areas of rivers, lakes, and so on, not obstructed by anyone, where people bathe and perform water-functions, in such places. "I searched for half a māsaka" means overcome by greed, thinking "Perhaps I might obtain something here that was left behind forgotten by people," I searched for and sought even as little as half a māsaka. Or alternatively, "at the open fords" means when there existed ascetics and brahmins who were fords, not obstructed by anyone from approaching, being a cause for the purification of beings' actions and intentions. "I searched for half a māsaka" means with a mind obsessed by the stain of stinginess, not giving anything to anyone, I particularly accumulated even half a māsaka; I did not accumulate merit. Therefore she said "Though there were gifts to be given, I made no refuge for myself."

468. "Thirsty" means parched with thirst. "Void" means the river, even though flowing full enough for a crow to drink from, by my evil deed, having become devoid of water, empty, nothing but sand, turns about. "In the heat" means in the hot seasons. "It turns to sunshine" means when I have approached the shady place, sunshine arises.

469-470. "Of fire-colour" means like fire in its contact. Therefore it was said "blows towards me, burning." "This, venerable sir, I deserve" - "venerable sir" - she addresses that lay follower with respect. The intention is: venerable sir, I deserve this suffering of thirst and so on as stated, and also other evil, cruel suffering beyond that, because of having done the corresponding evil. "You should tell" means you should say.

471-472. "Deposited here, not declared" means "so much deposited here" was not told. Now, showing the measure of that and the place where it was deposited, she said "four hundred thousand, beneath the divan." Therein, "of the divan" means of her own sleeping divan formerly. "From that" means having taken a portion from the deposited wealth, let her give a gift dedicated to me. "For her" means for my mother.

When the female ghost had spoken thus, that lay follower, having accepted her words, having finished his own business there, having gone to Hatthini city, reported that matter to her mother. To show that meaning -

473.

"Good!" he, having replied, having gone to Hatthini city;

He said to her mother -

"Your daughter has been seen by me, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

474.

"She instigated me there, 'You should tell my mother;

'Your daughter has been seen by me, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

475.

"'There is something deposited by me here, and that was not declared by me;

Four hundred thousand, beneath the divan.

476.

"'From that let her give a gift to me, and let there be livelihood for her;

And having given a gift, let my mother dedicate the offering;

Then I shall be happy, endowed with all sensual pleasures.'

477.

"Then she gave a gift, and dedicated the offering to her;

The female ghost was happy, and she had a good livelihood."

The compilers of the recitation said. Those are easily understood.

Having heard that, her mother, having given a gift to the community of monks, dedicated it to her. Thereby she, established in the attainment of requisites obtained, having shown herself to her mother, told that reason; the mother informed the monks, the monks reported that event to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Seriṇī Female Ghost Story is concluded.

7.

Commentary on the Deer-Hunter Ghost Story

478-487. "Honoured by men and women, a youth": this was spoken while the Blessed One was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the deer-hunter ghost. At Rājagaha, it is said, a certain hunter earned his livelihood by killing deer day and night. He had one lay follower as a friend, who, being unable to turn him back from evil at all times, encouraged him in merit at night, saying "Come, my dear, let us refrain from killing living beings at night." He, having refrained at night, committed killing of living beings only during the day.

He, at a later time, having died, was reborn as a mansion ghost near Rājagaha; having experienced great suffering during the daytime, at night, endowed and furnished with the five types of sensual pleasure, he indulged himself. Having seen that, the Venerable Nārada -

478.

"Honoured by men and women, a youth, you shine with enticing types of sensual pleasure;

During the day you experience torture, what did you do in a former birth?"

With this verse he asked in return. Therein, "honoured by men and women" means honoured and attended upon by young gods and young goddesses who are attendants. "A youth" means a young man. "With enticing" means with desirable things that are causes for the arising of lust. "With types of sensual pleasure" means with the portions of sensuality. "You shine" means you are resplendent through being endowed; the intention is "at night." Therefore he said "during the day you experience torture"; but during the daytime you undergo various kinds of torture, slaughter. "Rajanī" means or at nights. "Yehi" is merely a particle. "What did you do in a former birth" means what action indeed, leading to happiness and suffering thus, did you perform in a former birth from here? Tell that - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, the ghost, telling the elder of the deed done by himself -

479.

"I was in charming Rājagaha, in delightful Giribbaja;

Formerly I was a deer hunter, with bloody hands, cruel.

480.

"Towards beings who caused no opposition, towards many creatures, with a corrupted mind;

I wandered, very cruel, always, delighting in harming others, unrestrained.

481.

"I had a friend, a good-hearted one, a faithful lay follower;

He too, having compassion for me, restrained me again and again.

482.

"'Do not do evil action, dear son, do not go to an unfortunate realm;

If you wish for happiness after death, refrain from killing living beings, from lack of self-control.

483.

"Having heard the word of him, who desired happiness, who was compassionate for my welfare;

I did not do the complete instruction, long delighting in evil, lacking wisdom.

484.

"He, the one of abundant wisdom, again out of compassion established me in self-control;

'If you kill living beings by day, then let there be self-control for you at night.'

485.

"So I, having killed living beings by day, was abstaining, at night I was restrained;

At night I indulge myself, by day I am consumed, ill-fated.

486.

"Of that wholesome action, I experience at night a non-human state;

By day, like maddened dogs, they run up from all around to devour me.

487.

"And those who are constantly practising, regularly engaged in the Fortunate One's Dispensation;

I consider they attain only the Deathless, the unconditioned state."

He spoke these verses.

479-480. Therein, "hunter" means cruel. "Bloody-handed" means one whose hands are smeared with blood through frequent killing of living beings. "Cruel" means harsh; the meaning is one who injures beings. "Among those who do not cause opposition" means among deer, birds, and so on, who do not cause opposition to anyone.

482-483. "From lack of self-control" means from non-restraint, from immorality. "The complete instruction" means the entire instruction; the meaning is completely abstaining from killing living beings at all times. "Long delighting in evil" means delighting in evil for a long time.

484. "In self-control" means in good conduct. "Nivesayī" means he established. "If you kill living beings by day, then let there be self-control for you at night" is a showing of the manner in which he established him. It is said that he was also engaged in the killing of living beings at night by means of setting darts, snares, and so on.

485. "By day I am consumed, ill-fated" means having now gone to an unfortunate realm, having reached great suffering, during the daytime I am consumed. It is said that because he had deer devoured by dogs during the day, the result is similar in consequence to the deed; during the daytime great dogs, having run up, reduce his body to nothing but a skeleton remaining. But when night has arrived, that becomes merely ordinary, and he experiences heavenly success. Therefore it was said -

486.

"Of that wholesome action, I experience at night a non-human state;

By day, like maddened dogs, they run up from all around to devour me."

Therein, "maddened" means having become as if with hostile minds, like those bound for slaughter. "From all around to devour" means they run up to devour my body from all around. And this was stated having taken the time of their approaching, which is exceedingly frightful to oneself. But they, having run up, reduce the body to nothing but bones remaining, and go away.

487. "And those who are constantly practising" - this is the meaning in brief of the concluding verse - Even I, merely abstaining from the destruction of life at night, experience such success. But those men who are regularly engaged, firmly engaged, constantly at all times devoted to the pursuit of higher morality and so on in the Dispensation of the Fortunate One, the Buddha, the Blessed One - those possessors of merit, methinks, attain only the Deathless, unmixed with mundane happiness, which has obtained the name "the unconditioned state"; there is no fetter whatsoever for them in its achievement.

When this was said by that ghost, the Elder reported that incident to the Teacher. The Teacher, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. All is by the same method as already stated.

The commentary on the Deer-Hunter Ghost Story is concluded.

8.

Commentary on the Second Deer-Hunter Ghost Story

488-498. "In pinnacle buildings and mansions": this was spoken while the Blessed One was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to another deer-hunter ghost. At Rājagaha, it is said, a certain young huntsman, although endowed with wealth, having abandoned the happiness of possessions, wandered about killing deer day and night. A certain lay follower who was his friend, out of sympathy - "Good, my dear, abstain from killing living beings, lest it be for your harm and suffering for a long time" - gave this exhortation. He did not heed that. Then that lay follower requested a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions, who was pleasing to his mind - "It would be good, venerable sir, if you would teach the Teaching to such and such a person in such a way that he might abstain from killing living beings."

Then one day that elder, walking for almsfood in Rājagaha, stood at his house door. Having seen him, that huntsman, with esteem arisen, having gone forward to meet him, having ushered him into the house, having prepared a seat, offered it. The elder sat down on the prepared seat, and he too, having approached the elder, sat down. The elder made known to him the danger in killing living beings, and the benefit of abstinence from that. He, even having heard that, did not wish to abstain from that. Then the elder said to him - "If, friend, you are not able to abstain entirely, at least abstain at night." He, saying "Good, venerable sir, I shall abstain at night," abstained from that. The remainder is similar to the preceding story. In the verses, however -

488.

"In pinnacle buildings and mansions, on divans spread with woollen carpets;

You delight in the five-part music, well played.

489.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

Cast aside in the cemetery, you undergo much suffering.

490.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action do you undergo this suffering?"

With three verses the Elder Nārada asked him in return. Then the ghost to him -

491.

"I was in charming Rājagaha, in delightful Giribbaja;

Formerly I was a deer hunter, cruel and unrestrained.

492.

"I had a friend, a good-hearted one, a faithful lay follower;

A monk dependent on his family, was a disciple of Gotama;

He too, having compassion for me, restrained me again and again.

493.

"'Do not do evil action, dear son, do not go to an unfortunate realm;

If you wish for happiness after death, refrain from killing living beings, from lack of self-control.'

494.

"Having heard the word of him, who desired happiness, who was compassionate for my welfare;

I did not do the complete instruction, long delighting in evil, lacking wisdom.

495.

"He, the one of abundant wisdom, again out of compassion established me in self-control;

'If you kill living beings by day, then let there be self-control for you at night.'

496.

"So I, having killed living beings by day, was abstaining, at night I was restrained;

At night I indulge myself, by day I am consumed, ill-fated.

497.

"Of that wholesome action, I experience at night a non-human state;

By day, like maddened dogs, they run up from all around to devour me.

498.

"And those who are constantly practising, regularly engaged in the Fortunate One's Dispensation;

I consider they attain only the Deathless, the unconditioned state."

He told that matter. Their meaning is by the same method as stated below.

The commentary on the Second Deer-Hunter Ghost Story is concluded.

9.

Commentary on the Fraudulent Judge Ghost Story

499-506. "Garlanded, crowned, with armlets": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the fraudulent-judge ghost. At that time King Bimbisāra observed the Observance on six days of the month, and many people, conforming to him, observed the Observance. The king asked the people who came and went to his presence - "Has the Observance been observed by you, or has it not been observed?" There a certain man appointed in legal cases, of divisive speech, deceitful, a bribe-taker, unable to say "I have not observed it," said "I have observed it, Sire." Then a friend said to him as he departed from the king's presence - "What, my dear, has the Observance been observed by you today?" "Out of fear, my dear, I spoke thus in the king's presence; I am not an Observance keeper."

Then his friend said to him - "If so, let there be at least a half-Observance for you today; undertake the Observance factors." He, having accepted his word saying "Very well," having gone home, without having eaten, having rinsed his mouth, having determined the Observance, having taken up residence for the night, with his life-activities cut off by a sharp pain caused by strong wind arisen from an empty stomach, immediately after death was reborn as a mansion ghost in the belly of a mountain. For by merely observing the Observance for one night, he obtained a mansion with a retinue of ten thousand maidens and great divine success. But because of his fraudulent judging and slandering, he himself descends upon and eats the flesh of his own back. The Venerable Nārada, descending from Vulture Peak, having seen him -

499.

"Garlanded, crowned, with armlets, your limbs are full of sandalwood;

Your facial complexion is serene, you shine like the sun in beauty.

500.

"Non-human councillors, who are these attendants of yours;

Ten thousand maidens, who are these female attendants of yours;

They wear conch-shell bracelets and armlets, adorned with golden headdresses.

501.

"You are of great majesty, with a form that causes hair to stand on end;

You eat the flesh of your own back, having cut it off yourself.

502.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action, the flesh of your own back,

Do you eat, having cut it off yourself?

503.

"For my own harm, I conducted myself in the world of the living;

With divisive speech and false speech, and with fraud and deception.

504.

"There, having gone to the assembly, when the time for truth arrived;

Having disregarded the good and the Teaching, I followed what was not the Teaching.

505.

"Thus he eats himself, whoever is a backbiter;

Just as I today eat the flesh of my own back.

506.

"This has been seen by you yourself, Nārada, what the compassionate, the skilful would say;

Do not speak slander nor falsehood, may you not be a backbiter."

The elder asked with four verses, and he too answered that matter for him with four verses.

499. Therein, "garlanded" means wearing garlands; the intention is adorned with divine flowers. "Crowned" means wearing headgear. "With armlets" means possessing armlets; the meaning is adorned with arm ornaments. "Limbs" means bodily parts. "Full of sandalwood" means anointed with the essence of sandalwood. "You shine like the sun in beauty" means having become one of similar colour to the young sun, you are resplendent. "Araṇavaṇṇī pabhāsasī" is also a reading; "araṇa" means of similar colour to the araṇi gods, in the noble open space. This is the meaning.

500. "Councillors" means those included in the retinue; the meaning is attendants. "Tuva" means you. "Having a hair-raising appearance" means endowed with an appearance that causes horripilation in those who see. For this is said by way of being endowed with great majesty. "Ukkacca" means having cut out, having cut off. This is the meaning.

503. "Acārisa" means I conducted myself, I proceeded. "With divisive speech and false speech" means by divisive speech and by false speech. "And with fraud and deception" means by fraud and by deception, and by deception of others through showing a suitable appearance and through alteration.

504. "At the time for truth" means at the fitting time to speak the truth. "Benefit" means welfare of the kind pertaining to the present life and so on. "Teaching" means reason, the true method. "Having repudiated" means having thrown away, having abandoned. "He" means the being who practises divisive speech and so on. All the remainder is by the same method as stated above.

The commentary on the Fraudulent Judge Ghost Story is concluded.

10.

Commentary on the Relic-Disparager Ghost Story

507-516. "Standing in the sky" - this is the story of the ghost who disparaged the relics. When the Blessed One had attained final Nibbāna between the twin Sāla trees in the Sāla grove of the Mallas at Upavattana in Kusinārā, and the distribution of relics had been made, King Ajātasattu, having taken the portion of relics obtained by himself, for seven years, seven months, and seven days, recollecting the virtues of the Buddha, carried on a lofty devotional offering. There, incalculable, immeasurable human beings, having gladdened their minds, went to heaven; but about eighty-six thousand men, with deranged minds due to faithlessness and wrong view cultivated over a long time, having corrupted their own minds even in an inspiring place, arose among the ghosts. In that very Rājagaha, the wife, daughter, and daughter-in-law of a certain householder endowed with wealth, with confident minds, thinking "We shall make an offering to the relics," having taken scents, flowers, and so on, began to go to the place of the relics. That householder, having abused them saying "What is the use of venerating bones?" disparaged the offering to the relics. They too, not heeding his words, having gone there, having made an offering to the relics, having returned home, overpowered by such an illness, before long, having died, were reborn in the heavenly world. He, however, overpowered by wrath, before long, having died, by that evil deed was reborn among the ghosts.

Then one day the Venerable Mahākassapa, out of compassion for beings, performed such a feat of supernormal power that human beings could see those ghosts and those deities. And having done so, standing in the shrine courtyard, he asked that ghost who had disparaged the relics with three verses. That ghost answered him -

507.

"Standing in the sky, foul-smelling, you emit a putrid odour;

But worms eat your foul-smelling mouth, what action did you do before?"

508.

"Then having taken a knife, they cut again and again;

Having sprinkled with lye, they cut again and again.

509.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action do you undergo this suffering?"

510.

"I was in charming Rājagaha, in delightful Giribbaja;

Lord of wealth and grain, of great abundance, sir.

511.

"This was my wife, and my daughter and my daughter-in-law;

They, with garlands and water lilies, and costly cosmetics;

I prevented them from bringing to the monument, that evil was done by me.

512.

"Eighty-six thousand of us, each experiencing individual suffering;

Having disparaged the stupa worship, we are tormented in hell exceedingly.

513.

"And those who, when the great festival of veneration of the stupa of the Worthy One is taking place,

Make known the danger - separate them from that."

514.

"And see these coming, wearing garlands, adorned;

Experiencing the result of garlands, prosperous and glorious are they.

515.

"Having seen that marvel, wonderful, hair-raising;

The wise pay homage, they venerate that great sage.

516.

"Surely I, having gone from here, having obtained a human womb;

I will make stupa worship, diligent again and again."

507-508. Therein, "foul-smelling" means an undesirable odour, meaning having the smell of a rotting corpse. Therefore he said "you emit a putrid odour." "Then" means above the emitting of foul smell and the being eaten by worms. "Having taken a knife, they cut again and again" means beings instigated by action, having taken a knife with a sharp edge, again and again cut into that wound surface. "Having sprinkled with lye, they cut again and again" means having poured alkaline water on the cut place, they cut again and again.

510. "Lord of wealth and grain, of great abundance" means lord and master of exceedingly abundant wealth and grain; the meaning is wealthy, of great riches.

511. "This was my wife, and my daughter and my daughter-in-law" means this was my wife in my former existence, this was my daughter, this was my daughter-in-law. He speaks showing that they, having become gods, were standing in the sky. "Costly" means new. "I prevented them from bringing to the monument" means while they were bringing offerings to venerate the monument, I rejected them, disparaging the relics. "That evil was done by me" - he speaks having reached remorse, meaning that evil of disparaging the relics was done, was practised by me.

512. "Eighty-six thousand" means eighty thousand plus six thousand. "We" - he speaks including those ghosts together with himself. "Experiencing individual suffering" means painful feeling being experienced separately, individually. "In hell" - he said this making the sphere of ghosts similar to hell because of the intensity of suffering.

513. "And those who, when the great festival of veneration of the stupa of the Worthy One is taking place" means when the great festival of veneration dedicated to the stupa of the Worthy One, the perfectly Self-awakened One, is taking place, those who, like me, make known the danger, the fault, of the veneration of the stupa. "Separate those persons from that, from that merit, cause them to be separated, make them outsiders" - by way of an indirect reference he makes clear his own nature as a thoroughbred.

514. "Coming" means coming through the sky. "The result of garlands" means the result, the fruit, of the veneration of garlands made at the stupa. "Prosperous" means prosperous with heavenly success. "Those glorious ones" means those having a retinue.

515. "And having seen that" means having seen the marvellous, wonderful, hair-raising, exceedingly noble, special result of that very slight merit of veneration. "The wise pay homage, they venerate that great sage" means: venerable Kassapa, these women venerate, pay respect to, pay homage to, and make salutation to that one who has become the highest field of merit. This is the meaning.

516. Then that ghost, with an agitated mind, showing what should be done by himself in the future in accordance with his sense of urgency, spoke the verse "Surely I." That is of manifest meaning.

Thus spoken to by the ghost, Mahākassapa, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived.

The commentary on the Relic-Disparager Ghost Story is concluded.

Thus in the Khuddaka Commentary, in the Petavatthu,

Of the chapter adorned with ten stories,

The exposition of the meaning of the third Minor Chapter is concluded.

4.

The Great Chapter

1.

Commentary on the Mango-Sugar Ghost Story

517-603. "There is a city named Vesālī of the Vajjis": this is the story of the ghost Ambasakkara. What is its origin? While the Blessed One was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, a Licchavi king named Ambasakkara, a holder of wrong views, a proponent of nihilism, exercised kingship in Vesālī. And at that time, in the city of Vesālī, near the shop of a certain merchant, there was mud; there many people, having jumped across while passing by, became wearied, and some were smeared with mire. Having seen that, the merchant, thinking "May these people not tread upon the mire," having had gosīsa sandalwood, free from foul smell, resembling the colour of a conch shell, brought, had it laid down. By nature he was virtuous, without wrath, of smooth speech, and he praised the virtues of others as they really are.

He, on one day, having hidden the lower garment of his own friend who was bathing and not looking due to carelessness, with the intention of play, having caused him distress, gave it back. But his nephew, having brought goods from another's house by theft, deposited them in his very shop. The owners of the goods, investigating, showed his nephew together with the goods, and him too, to the king. The king commanded "Cut off this one's head, but impale his nephew on a stake." The king's men did so. He, having died, arose among the terrestrial gods. Because of having made a bridge with gosīsa sandalwood, he obtained a white, divine, swift-as-thought thoroughbred horse; through speaking praise of the virtuous, a divine fragrance wafted from his body; but because of having hidden the cloth, he was naked. He, surveying the deeds done by himself in the past, following along accordingly, having seen his own nephew impaled on a stake, being urged by compassion, having mounted the swift-as-thought horse, at the time of midnight, having gone to the place where he was impaled on the stake, standing not far away, says day after day "Live, friend, life itself is better."

And at that time, King Ambasakkara, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant, while circumambulating the city, having seen in a certain house a woman who had opened a window and was watching the royal splendour, with his mind bound in love, having given a signal to a man seated on the rear seat "Look out for this house and this woman," having gradually entered his own royal palace, sent that man - "Go, my good man, find out whether that woman has a husband or is without a husband." He, having gone, having found out that she had a husband, reported to the king. The king, thinking of a means to take possession of that woman, having had her husband summoned, said "Come, my good man, attend upon me." He, although unwilling, out of fear thinking "The king might impose the royal punishment on me who does not heed his word," having accepted the attendance upon the king, goes day after day to attend upon the king. The king too, having had food and wages given to him, after the passing of a few days, said thus to him who had come right early to the attendance - "Go, my good man, in such and such a place there is a pond; from there bring dawn-coloured clay and red waterlilies; if you do not come back this very day, your life is forfeit." And when he had gone, he said to the gatekeeper - "Today, while the sun has not yet set, all gates are to be closed."

And that pond was at a distance of three yojanas from Vesālī; nevertheless, that man, threatened by the fear of death, with the speed of the wind, reached that pond while it was still the forenoon. Because he had heard beforehand that "That pond is occupied by non-human spirits," out of fear he goes around on all sides thinking "Is there indeed any danger here?" Having seen him, the non-human guardian of the pond, assuming a compassionate appearance, having approached in human form, said "For what purpose, good man, have you come here?" He told him that incident. He, having said "If so, take as much as you like," having shown his own divine form, disappeared.

He, having taken from there dawn-coloured clay and red waterlilies, reached the city gate while the sun had not yet set. Having seen him, the gatekeeper closed the gate while he was still crying out. He, not obtaining entrance when the gate was closed, having seen a man impaled on a stake near the gate, said "These ones closed the gate thus while I had arrived with the sun not yet set, while I was crying out. 'I have come in good time, I have no fault' - let this be known by you too" - and he made him a witness. Having heard that, he said "I am impaled on a stake, condemned, facing death; how can I be your witness? But one ghost of great supernormal power will come near me here; make him your witness." "But how is he to be seen by me?" "You just stand right here; you will see him yourself." He, standing there, having seen that ghost come in the middle watch, made him a witness. And when the night became light, when the king said "My command has been transgressed by you; therefore I shall impose the royal punishment on you," he said "Sire, your command has not been transgressed by me; while the sun had not yet set, I had come here." "Who is your witness there?" He, having pointed out the naked ghost coming to the presence of the man impaled on the stake as "the witness," when the king said "How is this to be believed by us?" said "Tonight, send with me a man who is to be trusted by you." Having heard that, the king himself, having gone there together with him and standing, when the ghost, having come there, said "Live, friend, life itself is better," questioned him in return with five verses beginning with "There is no sleeping place nor sitting for him." Now, from the beginning, the verse "There is a city named Vesālī of the Vajjis" was placed by the compilers of the recitation for the purpose of showing the connection between them -

517.

There is a city named Vesālī of the Vajjis, there was a Licchavi named Ambasakkara;

Having seen a ghost outside the city, right there he questioned him, desiring to know the reason.

518.

"There is no sleeping place nor sitting for him, there is no going forward nor going back;

The enjoyment of food eaten, drunk, and chewed, and clothing - even the attending to for him there is not.

519.

"Those relatives, friends seen and heard of, compassionate ones who were his before;

Even to see him they now do not obtain, for his nature is abandoned by those people.

520.

"There are no friends for one whose self has departed, friends abandon him having known him to be defective;

And seeing benefit they surround him, many friends there are for one whose self has risen.

521.

"Deprived of all possessions, in distress, smeared with blood, body pierced through;

Clinging like a dewdrop, today or tomorrow comes the cessation of life.

522.

"One such as this, having reached the utmost distress,

Impaled on a stake of the margosa tree;

Then by what reason do you say, demon,

'Live, friend, life itself is better'?"

517. Therein, "there" means in that Vesālī. "Outside the city" means existing outside the city, the connection that arose and occurred just outside the city of Vesālī. "Right there" means in the very place where he saw him. "Him" means that ghost. "Desiring to know the reason" means being desirous of the reason for the meaning of what was said as "Live, friend, life itself is better."

518. "There is no sleeping place nor sitting for him" means the sleeping place characterised by stretching out the back, and the sitting characterised by crossing the legs, do not exist for this person impaled on a stake. "There is no going forward nor going back" means even the slightest movement characterised by going forward and so on does not exist for him. "Even the attending to" means that attending to the faculties characterised by the enjoyment of food eaten, drunk, chewed, clothing and so on, even that does not exist for him. "Even the caring for" is an alternative reading; the caring for the faculties by way of enjoyment of food eaten and so on, even that does not exist for him, because life has departed. This is the meaning. Some read "even the attending to."

519. "Friends seen and heard of, compassionate ones who were his before" means those who were seen companions and also unseen companions, whose friends were compassionate ones, who were formerly of this one. "Even to see" means they are not able even to see him, let alone to live together - this is the meaning. "One whose self has departed" means one whose intrinsic nature has been abandoned. "By that people" means by those people beginning with relatives.

520. "There are no friends for one whose self has departed" means for one whose consciousness has departed, who is dead, there are indeed no friends, because the task to be done by friends for him has been surpassed. "Friends abandon him having known him to be defective" means let the dead one stand aside; having known even a living man to be defective in possessions, thinking "nothing obtainable can be taken from him," friends abandon him. "And seeing benefit they surround him" means but having seen his existing benefit, his wealth, having become speakers of pleasant words and face-gazers, they surround him. "Many friends there are for one whose self has risen" means for one whose intrinsic nature has risen through the achievement of wealth, who is prosperous, there are many, numerous friends - this is the worldly nature, this is the meaning.

521. "Deprived of all possessions" means one whose self has declined from all articles of use and enjoyment. "In distress" means afflicted. "Smeared" means one whose body is smeared with blood. "Body pierced through" means one whose body is split open inside by the stake. "Clinging like a dewdrop" means like a dewdrop clinging to the tip of a blade of grass. "Today or tomorrow" means today or tomorrow there is the obstruction, the cessation of this man's life; beyond that it does not proceed - this is the meaning.

522. "Impaled" means bound upon, mounted upon. "On a stake of the margosa tree" means on a stake made from the wood of the margosa tree. "By what beauty" means by what reason. "Live, friend, life itself is better" means friend, man, live. Why? Because even for you who have been mounted on a stake, life here is better, more beautiful by a hundredfold, by a thousandfold, than the life of one who has passed away from here.

Thus questioned by that king, that ghost, making known his own intention -

523.

"He was a blood relation of mine, I remember from a former birth;

And having seen him, compassion arose in me, O king, may this one of bad character not fall into hell.

524.

"Passed away from here, this Licchavi man, to hell teeming with beings, of terrible form;

He is reborn, the doer of wrongful deeds, to great torment, painful and frightening.

525.

"By many a portion of virtue this stake is better than that hell;

Exclusively painful, bitter, frightening, exclusively sharp is the hell he may fall into.

526.

"And if this one, having heard my word, afflicted by suffering, should give up life;

Therefore I do not speak near him, lest the cessation of life be caused by me."

He spoke four verses.

523. Therein, "of the same blood" means of the same blood, connected by the connection of birth, a relative - this is the meaning. "In a former birth" means in a former existence. "May this one of bad character not fall into hell" means may this person of bad character not fall into hell, may he not be reborn in hell - having seen this, compassion arose in me. This is the explanation.

524. "Teeming with beings" means overflowing with beings who are evil-doers; or else, the fivefold binding, the pouring of molten copper into the mouth, the ascending of the mountain of embers, the casting into the iron cauldron, the entering into the forest of sword-leaf trees, the descending into the river Vetaraṇī, and the casting into the great hell. Overflowing with these seven cruel tortures beginning with the fivefold binding, heaped up one upon another - this is the meaning. "Of great torment" means of great suffering, or of great torment by fire. "Painful" means undesirable. "Frightening" means fear-producing.

525. "By many a portion of virtue" means by many a share of benefit. "This very stake compared to that hell" means this very stake is better than that hell which is the place of his rebirth. For this is an instrumental expression used in the sense of separation. "Exclusively sharp" means exclusively piercing suffering, certain great suffering - this is the meaning.

526. "And having heard my word, this one" means having heard my word spoken beginning with "Passing away from here," this person, afflicted by suffering, having become as if brought to the suffering of hell by my word. "Should give up life" means he might abandon his own life. "Therefore" means for that reason. "Lest by me" means the intention is: "May the cessation of this person's life not be caused by me" - I do not speak this word near him; rather, I speak only this: "Live, friend, life itself is better."

Thus, when the ghost had made known his intention, again the king, making the opportunity to ask about the ghost's story, spoke this verse -

527.

"This matter of the man has been understood, but we wish to ask you something else;

If you give us permission, we ask you, and you should not be angry."

528.

"Certainly there was an acknowledgment from me then, there is no telling for one who is not devoted;

Having made me one of trustworthy speech unwillingly, ask me as you wish, as I am able to bear."

These are the verses of speech and reply between the king and the ghost.

527. Therein, "understood" means comprehended. "We wish" means we desire. "No" means our. "And should not be angry" means wrath should not be made thinking "These humans ask whatever they please."

528. "Certainly" means definitely. "Acknowledgment from me" means by means of knowledge my acknowledgment "Ask," the meaning is the giving of permission. "Then was" means it was at that time, at the first seeing. "There is no telling for one who is not devoted" means there is no speaking for one who is not devoted. For indeed one who is devoted speaks something to one who is devoted. But you at that time were not devoted towards me, and I towards you; therefore, having acknowledged, he was not desirous of speaking. But now I, for you, one of trustworthy speech unwillingly, one whose word is to be believed unwillingly, thus having made it so, for this reason. "Ask me as you wish, as I am able to bear" means ask me about that matter as you wish. But I, as I am able to bear, as it is possible for me to endure, so I shall speak in accordance with the power of my own knowledge - this is the intention.

When thus permission for questioning was given by the ghost, the king -

529.

"Whatever I shall see with my eye,

All that I would believe in;

But if having seen that I should not believe,

You should perform the legal act of guidance on me, demon."

He spoke a verse. Its meaning is - Whatever I shall see with my eye, all that just so I would believe in; but having seen that, if I should not believe that statement. Demon, you should perform the act of guidance, the act of censure, on me. Or alternatively, "whatever I shall see with my eye" means I shall see whatever with my eye, because of not seeing what is not within the range of the eye. "All that I would believe in" means all of yours, whether seen, heard, or otherwise, I would believe in. For such is my confidence in you - this is the intention. But the meaning of the last phrase is as already stated.

Having heard that, the ghost -

530.

"May this acknowledgment of yours be true to me, having heard the Teaching, obtain excellent confidence;

Seeking to understand, and not with a corrupted mind, whatever Teaching you have heard and also not heard;

I would tell all, as they understand." He spoke a verse. From here onwards -

531.

"With a white horse, adorned, he approached near the one impaled on the stake;

This vehicle is wonderful, beautiful to behold - of what action is this the result?"

532.

"In the middle of the city of Vesālī, on a muddy road there was a pit;

One day, with a gladdened mind, having taken yellow sandalwood, I placed it in the pit.

533.

"Having placed our feet on this, both we and others crossed over;

This vehicle is wonderful, beautiful to behold - this is the result of that very action."

534.

"Your beauty illuminates all directions, and your fragrance pervades all directions;

You have attained the supernormal power of a spirit, of great majesty, yet you are naked - of what is this the result?"

535.

"Without wrath, with a mind constantly serene, I approach people with smooth words;

This is the result of that very action - my divine beauty constantly shines.

536.

"Having seen the fame and renown of those established in the Teaching, I speak with a gladdened mind;

This is the result of that very action - my divine fragrance constantly pervades.

537.

"While friends were bathing at the ford, having taken the cloth to dry land, I hid it;

Seeking amusement, and not with a corrupted mind, by that I am naked and difficult is my livelihood."

538.

"Whoever playing does evil, they have said such is the result of action for him;

But whoever does it not playing, what result of that action have they said?

539.

"Those human beings with minds of corrupt thought, defiled by body and by speech;

Upon the collapse of the body, in the future life, without doubt they go to hell.

540.

"But others, hoping for a fortunate world, delighting in giving, with a nature inclined to kindness;

Upon the collapse of the body, in the future life, without doubt they go to a fortunate world."

These are the verses of speech and reply of those two.

530. Therein, "may this acknowledgment of yours be true to me" means may this acknowledgment of yours, "all that I would believe in," be true for me. "Having heard the Teaching, obtain excellent confidence" means having heard the Teaching being spoken by me, may you obtain excellent confidence. "Desiring to know" means desiring to understand. "As one who understands" means as another too understanding; or "as is known" means as known by me - this is the meaning.

531. "Of what action is this the result" means "of what is this" - of what indeed is this, of what action is this the result. Or "this" is merely a particle; the explanation is: of what action. And some read "of what, for you."

532-533. "On the muddy road" means on the first one having mud. "Pit" means a hole. "One day" means one day, I. "I placed in the pit" means so that the mud would not be trodden upon, thus I placed it in that muddy hole. "Of that" means of that making of a bridge with yellow sandalwood.

536-537. "Of those established in the Teaching" means of those who practise the Teaching, of those who practise righteously. "I speak of" means I say, I praise. "With the intention of play" means with the intention of making laugh. "Not with a corrupted mind" means not with a mind corrupted towards the owner of the cloth, not with the intention of stealing, nor with the intention of destroying - this is the meaning.

538. "Not playing" means without the intention of play, with a mind corrupted by greed and so on. "What result of that action have they said" means how bitter a painful result of that evil action thus done have the wise ones said.

539-540. "With minds of corrupt thought" means thoughts corrupted by way of sensual thought and so on; by this he spoke of mental misconduct. "Defiled by body and by speech" means impure by body and speech by way of killing living beings and so on. "Hoping" means wishing, desiring.

When the ghost had thus shown by classifying the fruits of action only in brief, the king, not believing that -

541.

"How could I know that certainly, this is the result of good and evil?

Or what having seen would I believe in, or who would make me believe in that?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "how could I know that certainly" means that which by you, by way of "those human beings with minds of corrupt thought, defiled by body and by speech" and so on, and by way of "but others, hoping for a fortunate world" and so on, the result of good and evil action has been stated by classifying; "how" means for what reason could I believe certainly, without dependence on another. "Or what having seen would I believe in" means or what kind of evident example having seen would I believe in return. "Or who would make me believe in that" means or what wise man, what learned person, would make me believe in this matter; the meaning is tell that.

Having heard that, the ghost, making known that matter to him by means of reasoning -

542.

"Having seen and heard, believe this: this is the result of good and evil;

If both good and evil were non-existing, would beings be fortunate or ill-fated?

543.

"If mortals did not perform actions here, good and evil, in the human world;

Beings would not be fortunate or ill-fated, inferior or superior in the human world.

544.

"Because mortals perform actions, good and evil, in the human world;

Therefore beings are fortunate or ill-fated, inferior or superior in the human world.

545.

"Today they speak of the twofold result of actions, that which is to be experienced as pleasure and as pain;

Those deities enjoy themselves, while fools who do not see the dyad are cooked."

He spoke verses.

542. Therein, "having seen" means having seen even directly. "Having heard" means having heard the Teaching and by following that, drawing an inference, reasoning by analogy. "Of good and evil" means believe this: this is the pleasant and this is the painful result of wholesome and unwholesome action. "Both being non-existing" means when the twofold action, good and evil, is not present. "Would beings be fortunate or ill-fated" means "these beings have gone to a fortunate destination or gone to an unfortunate destination, or are wealthy in a fortunate state or poor in an unfortunate state" - this meaning, how could it be, how could it come about? This is the meaning.

543-544. Now he makes clear the aforesaid meaning by the pair of verses "If mortals did not perform actions here" and "Since mortals perform actions," by way of both exclusion and inference. Therein, "inferior and superior" means inferior and lofty in respect of family, appearance, health, retinue, and so on.

545. "Today they speak of the twofold result of actions" means they say, they speak of the twofold, the two kinds, now, at present, the result of actions, of good conduct and misconduct. "What is that?" - he said "that which is to be experienced as pleasure and as pain," meaning suitable for experiencing what is desirable and undesirable. "Those deities enjoy themselves" means those who by way of excellence obtain the result to be experienced as pleasant, they, having become those deities in the heavenly world, endowed with divine happiness, indulge their faculties. "Fools who do not see the dyad are cooked" means those fools who, not seeing, not believing the dyad - namely action and the fruit of action - those, devoted to evil, experiencing the result to be experienced as painful, are cooked by action in hell and so on, they reach suffering.

With reference to the question "But you who believe in the fruit of action, why do you experience such suffering?" -

546.

"I have no actions done by myself, and even having given, there is no one who would dedicate to me;

Clothing, sleeping place, food and drink, by that I am naked and difficult is my livelihood."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "I have no actions done by myself" means since meritorious actions done by oneself in the past do not exist for me, are not found, by which I might now obtain clothing and so on. "And even having given, there is no one who would dedicate to me" means whoever, having given a gift to ascetics and brahmins, might dedicate, might assign to me saying "Let this be for such-and-such a ghost," such a person does not exist. "By that I am naked and difficult is my livelihood" means by that twofold reason I am now naked, without cloth, and difficult, painful is my livelihood, my means of living.

Having heard that, the king, wishing for him to obtain clothing and so on -

547.

"Could there be any reason, demon, by which you might obtain clothing?

Tell me, if there is a cause, we would hear words with reason that can be believed."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "by which" means by whatever reason you might obtain, might get clothing, could there be, might there be indeed, any such reason. This is the meaning. "If there is" means if there is.

Then the ghost, explaining that reason to him -

548.

"There is here a monk named Kappitaka, a meditator, virtuous, a Worthy One, liberated;

With guarded faculties, restrained in the principal monastic code, become cool, attained to the highest view.

549.

"Kindly in speech, bountiful, easy to admonish, fair-faced, well-learned, with well-released speech;

A field of merit, dwelling without conflict, worthy of offerings from gods and humans.

550.

"Peaceful, smokeless, free from trouble, desireless, released, free from the dart, unselfish, not crooked;

Without clinging, with all obsession eliminated, having attained the three true knowledges, brilliant.

551.

"Unknown, even having seen him, he is not easily known, 'A sage' - thus the Vajjians call him;

The demons know him, without longing, of good character, wandering in the world.

552.

"If you, having dedicated to me, were to give one pair or two to him;

And if those were to be accepted, you would see me clothed in garments."

He spoke verses.

548. Therein, "named Kappitaka" - he speaks with reference to the preceptor of the Venerable Elder Upāli, who was among the thousand matted-hair ascetics. "Here" means near this Vesālī. "A meditator" means a meditator through the meditative absorption of the highest fruition. "Become cool" means one who has attained the state of coolness through the appeasement of the disturbance and fever of all mental defilements. "One attained to the highest view" means one who has attained the highest fruition, right view.

549. "Kindly" means soft. "Easy to admonish" means compliant. "Well-learned in the collections" means one who has well learnt the collections. "Of well-released speech" means one of well-released speech; the meaning is one who speaks freely. "One who abides without conflict" means one who abides in friendliness.

550. "Peaceful" means one whose mental defilements are calmed. "Smokeless" means one from whom the smoke of wrong applied thought has disappeared. "Free from trouble" means free from suffering. "Desireless" means free from craving. "Released" means liberated from all existences. "Free from the dart" means one from whom the dart of lust and so on has been removed. "Unselfish" means devoid of mine-making. "Not crooked" means devoid of crookedness of body and other crookedness. "Without clinging" means one who has abandoned the clinging of mental defilements, volitional activities, and so on. "With all obsession eliminated" means one whose obsession of craving and so on is exhausted. "Brilliant" means brilliant with the unsurpassed effulgence of knowledge. "Unknown" means not well-known due to supreme fewness of wishes and concealed virtue.

551. "Even having seen him, he is not easily known" means due to his profound nature, even having seen him, he is not easily cognizable as "of such morality, of such qualities, of such wisdom." "The demons know him, without longing" means the demons know him as "a Worthy One," one without longing, free from craving. "Of good character" means possessing beautiful virtues beginning with morality.

552. "Of him" means of that great elder Kappitaka. "One pair" means one pair of garments. "Or two" means or two pairs of garments. "Having dedicated to me" means having dedicated to me. "And if those were to be accepted" means and if those pairs of garments were to be accepted by him. "Clothed in garments" means arrayed in cloth, having obtained garments, clothed in garments worn and draped - this is the meaning.

Then the king -

553.

"In which region, having gone, may we now see the ascetic dwelling,

Who today might dispel uncertainty and doubt, and the wrigglings of views?"

He asked about the elder's dwelling place. Therein, "in which region" means in which region. "Yo majja" means "who today"; the syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector.

Thereupon the ghost -

554.

"He is seated in the place of the monkeys' dancing, surrounded by many deities;

He speaks a talk on the Teaching, true in name, diligent in his own hermitage."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "in the place of the monkeys' dancing" means in the place that obtained the conventional expression "Kapinaccanā" from the dancing of monkeys, of apes. "True in name" means one whose name is exact, whose name is not contrary, by virtue-names beginning with "a meditator, virtuous, a Worthy One, liberated" and so on.

When the ghost had thus spoken, the king, wishing to go at that very moment to the elder's presence -

555.

"Thus I shall do, having gone now, I shall clothe the ascetic with a pair;

And if those were to be accepted, may we see you clothed in garments."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "kassāmi" means "I shall do."

Then the ghost, showing "The elder is teaching the Teaching to the deities, therefore this is not the time for approaching" -

556.

"Do not approach the one gone forth at an inopportune moment, this is good for you, Licchavi, this is not the principle;

But having approached at the proper time, right there you will see him seated in a secret place."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "sādhu" is an indeclinable particle of requesting. "For you, Licchavi, this is not the principle" means, Licchavi king, for you kings this is not the principle, namely approaching at an improper time. "Right there" means in that very place.

When thus spoken by the ghost, the king, having accepted saying "Good," having gone to his own dwelling, again at the appropriate time, having had eight pairs of garments taken, having approached the elder, seated to one side, having exchanged friendly welcome, said "These, venerable sir, eight pairs of garments, please accept." Having heard that, the elder, for the purpose of bringing up the discussion, said "Great king, formerly you were one habitually not giving, of the nature of harassing ascetics and brahmins; how have you become one wishing to give superior garments?" Having heard that, the king, telling the reason, having reported to the elder the meeting with the ghost and everything spoken by him and by himself, having given the garments, dedicated them to the ghost. Thereby the ghost, wearing celestial garments, decorated and prepared, mounted on a horse, appeared before the elder and the king. Having seen that, the king, delighted, greatly pleased, filled with joy and happiness, having said "Indeed the fruit of action has been seen by me directly; henceforth I shall not do evil, I shall do only meritorious deeds," made a witness of that ghost. And that ghost, having said "If you, Licchavi king, from now on, having abandoned what is not the Teaching, practise the Teaching, thus I shall be your witness and I shall come to your presence; and release quickly the man impaled on the stake from the stake; thus he, having obtained life, practising the Teaching, will be freed from suffering; and having approached the elder from time to time, listening to the Teaching, make meritorious deeds," departed.

Then the king, having paid homage to the elder, having entered the city, very quickly having assembled the Licchavi assembly, having obtained their permission, having released that man from the stake, commanded the physicians "Make this one healthy." And having approached the elder, he asked - "Could there be, venerable sir, freedom from hell for one who stands having done action leading to hell?" "There could be, great king, if one performs lofty merit, one is freed," having said thus, the elder established the king in the refuges and in the precepts. He, established therein, standing firm in the elder's exhortation, became a stream-enterer; and the man impaled on the stake, having become healthy, being struck with religious emotion, having gone forth among the monks, before long attained arahantship. Showing that matter, the compilers of the recitation -

557.

"Having said 'So be it', he went there, the Licchavi surrounded by a group of slaves;

He, having approached that city, took up residence in his own dwelling.

558.

"Then at the proper time, having done household duties,

Having bathed and drunk and having obtained a moment;

Having selected eight pairs of garments from the chest,

The Licchavi had them taken by a group of slaves.

559.

"He, having approached that place, saw that ascetic with peaceful mind;

Withdrawn from his alms-round, returned, become cool, seated at the foot of a tree.

560.

Having approached, he spoke to him, and asked about his health and comfortable abiding;

"I am a Licchavi in Vesālī, venerable sir, the Licchavis know me as Ambasakkara.

561.

"These eight pairs of garments of mine are beautiful, accept them, venerable sir, I give them to you;

For that very purpose I have come here, so that I might be delighted."

562.

"From afar ascetics and brahmins avoid your dwelling;

Bowls are broken in your dwelling, and double robes too they tear apart.

563.

"And then others with foot-axes, headlong they throw down the ascetics;

Such harming of the gone forth, done by you, the ascetics receive.

564.

"You did not give even oil with grass, you did not point out the path to one who was lost;

You yourself took the stick from the blind, such a miser, unrestrained are you;

Then by what reason, having seen what, do you share with us?"

565.

"I acknowledge, venerable sir, what you say, I harassed ascetics and brahmins;

Seeking amusement, and not with a corrupted mind, yet this too was a wrong-doing of mine, venerable sir.

566.

Having produced evil through play, the demon experiences suffering, one of incomplete enjoyment;

A young youth, a partaker of nakedness, what indeed could be more painful than that?

567.

"Having seen that, I obtained religious emotion, venerable sir, and because of that I give this gift;

Accept, venerable sir, eight pairs of garments, may these offerings go to the spirit."

568.

"Certainly giving is praised in many ways, and may the state of non-decay be yours as you give;

I accept your eight pairs of garments, may these offerings go to the spirit."

569.

Then the Licchavi, having rinsed his mouth, having given eight pairs of garments to the elder;

And if those were to be accepted, you would see the demon clothed in garments.

570.

He saw him anointed with the essence of sandalwood, mounted on a thoroughbred of excellent beauty;

Adorned, well-dressed in cloth, surrounded - the demon who had attained great supernormal power.

571.

He, having seen that, delighted and elated, with joyful mind and of beautiful appearance;

And having seen the great result of action, visible here and now, having realised it with his own eye.

572.

Having approached, he spoke to him: "I will give a gift to ascetics and brahmins;

And there is nothing of mine that should not be given, and you, demon, are very helpful to me."

573.

"And you, Licchavi, gave me a portion, gifts that are not futile;

So I will make friendship with you, a non-human with a human."

574.

"You are my destination and kinsman and ultimate goal, you are my friend and also my deity;

I request you, having become one with joined palms, I wish to see you again, O demon."

575.

"If you will be faithless, miserly in nature, with a wrongly directed mind;

You will indeed not obtain me for seeing, and having seen you I will not even converse with you.

576.

"But if you will be one who respects the Teaching, delighting in giving, one whose individuality is well-collected;

A well-spring for ascetics and brahmins, thus you will obtain me for seeing.

577.

"And having seen you I will converse with you, venerable sir, and release this one quickly from the stake;

From which source we made friendship, I imagine for the sake of the one impaled on the stake.

578.

"We made friendship with each other, and this one was quickly released from the stake;

Attentively practising the teachings, he would be freed from that hell;

The action would be to be experienced elsewhere.

579.

"And having approached Kappitaka, having shared with him at the proper time;

Sit down yourself face to face and ask, he will declare this matter to you.

580.

"Having approached that very monk, ask him, seeking to understand and not with a corrupted mind;

Whatever Teaching you have heard and also not heard, all that he will declare, as he understands."

581.

Having conversed there in secret, having made a witness with the non-human;

He departed to the presence of the Licchavis, then he spoke to the assembly seated together.

582.

"Let the venerable sirs hear my one word, wishing for a boon, I shall obtain my purpose;

A man impaled on a stake, of cruel deeds, with punishment imposed, of an attached nature.

583.

"For so long, about twenty nights, since he was impaled, he neither lives nor is dead;

I will release him now, let the Community allow as it sees fit."

584.

"Release this one and others quickly, who would speak against one acting thus;

As you understand, so do, the Community allows as it sees fit."

585.

He, having approached that place, released the one impaled on the stake very quickly;

"Do not fear, my dear" - and he said this to him, and he provided physicians.

586.

"And having approached Kappitaka, having shared with him at the proper time;

The Licchavi, sitting down himself face to face, questioned him in the same way, desiring to know the reason.

587.

"A man impaled on a stake, of cruel deeds, with punishment imposed, of an attached nature;

For so long, about twenty nights, since he was impaled, he neither lives nor is dead.

588.

"He has been released, having gone, by me now, because of this demon's word, venerable sir;

Could there be any reason whatsoever, by which he might not go to hell?

589.

"Tell me, venerable sir, if there is a cause, we would hear trustworthy words with reason;

There is no destruction of those actions, without experiencing them here there is no end."

590.

"If he were to practise the teachings, attentively, day and night, heedful;

He would be freed from that hell, the action would be to be experienced elsewhere."

591.

"This matter of the man has been understood, now have compassion on me too, venerable sir;

Instruct me, exhort me, O one of extensive wisdom, so that I might not go to hell."

592.

"Go for refuge to the Buddha this very day, and to the Teaching and the Community, with a gladdened mind;

Likewise undertake the five training rules, unbroken and complete.

593.

"Quickly abstain from killing living beings, avoid what is not given in the world;

Abstain from intoxicants and do not speak falsehood, and be satisfied with your own wife;

And take upon yourself this noble, wholesome, yielding happiness, endowed with the eight excellent factors.

594.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

Food, drink, solid food, cloth and lodgings;

Give to the upright, with a clear mind.

595.

"But monks accomplished in morality, without lust, very learned;

Satisfy them with food and drink, merit always increases.

596.

"And thus practising the teachings, attentively, day and night, heedful;

You would be freed from that hell, the action would be to be experienced elsewhere."

597.

"This very day I go for refuge to the Buddha, and to the Teaching and the Community, with a gladdened mind;

Likewise I undertake the five training rules, unbroken and complete.

598.

"I quickly abstain from killing living beings, I avoid what is not given in the world;

I abstain from intoxicants and do not speak falsehood, and I am satisfied with my own wife;

And I undertake this noble, wholesome, yielding happiness, endowed with the eight excellent factors.

599.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

Food, drink, solid food, cloth and lodgings.

600.

"But monks accomplished in morality, without lust, very learned;

I give, I do not waver, delighted in the Buddhas' Dispensation."

601.

"Such was the Licchavi Ambasakkara, a certain lay follower in Vesālī;

Faithful, gentle, and a doer of service to monks, he then attentively attended upon the Community.

602.

"And the one impaled on the stake, having become healthy, independent and happy, approached the going forth;

And having come to the monk Kappitaka, the excellent one, both attained the fruits of asceticism.

603.

"Such is the association with good persons, of great fruit for the wise who understand;

The one impaled on a stake touched the highest fruit, but Ambasakkara the lesser fruit."

They spoke the verses.

557-560. Therein, "took up residence" means he took abode. "Household duties" means the family duties to be done by one dwelling in a house. "Having selected" means having searched for the purpose of obtaining fine cloths. "Withdrawn" means withdrawn from the almsfood. Therefore he said "returned from his alms-round." "He said" means he said the passage beginning with "I am a Licchavi in Vesālī, venerable sir" and so on.

562-563. "They tear apart" means they destroy. "With foot-axes" means with axes reckoned as feet. "They fell" means they bring to ruin.

564. "With grass" means even with the tip of a blade of grass. "You did not point out the path to one who was lost" means you do not tell the path even to one who has lost the way, thinking "let this man wander about here and there." For this king was of a playful disposition. "You yourself take" means having snatched the stick from the hand of a blind person by force, you yourself take it. "You share" means having given some from the things to be enjoyed by yourself, you share.

565. "I acknowledge, venerable sir, what you say" shows that what you say by means of "venerable sir, your bowls are broken" and so on, that I acknowledge; all this indeed was done by me and caused to be done. "This too" means even this done with the intention of play.

566-567. "By play" means through play. "Having produced" means having accumulated. "Experiences" means undergoes. "One with incomplete enjoyments" means one whose enjoyments are not complete. To show that very incompleteness of enjoyments, "a young youth" and so on was stated. "Of nakedness" means of the state of being naked. "What indeed could be more painful than that" means what indeed by name could be more painful than that state of nakedness for that ghost. "May these go as offerings to the spirit" means may these cloth-offerings being given by me be of benefit to the ghost.

568-572. "Praised in many ways" means praised in many ways by the Buddha and others. "May it be of imperishable nature" means may it be of a nature not subject to utter elimination. "Having rinsed" means having washed the face preceded by the washing of hands and feet. "Anointed with essence of sandalwood" means anointed with sandalwood of the finest quality. "Of noble appearance" means of excellent form. "Surrounded" means surrounded by attendants of agreeable conduct. "Having attained great spirit-power" means having attained great spirit-power, divine power, and standing thus. "He said to him" means he said to him.

573. "Gave a portion" - he speaks with reference to the gift of cloth, which constitutes a portion of the four requisites. "As witness" means the state of being a witness.

574. "Was mine" means was to me. "My deity" means the explanation is: was my deity.

575-577. "Of wrongly disposed mind" means of a mind that has adopted wrong view, having abandoned the righteous practice and having adopted the unrighteous practice - this is the meaning. "From which source" means for what reason, the cause of coming to whose presence.

579. "Having shared" means having made a sharing of gifts. "Sit down yourself face to face and ask" means having sent away other men, having sat down close, ask face to face itself.

581-583. "Seated together" means seated by way of having assembled. "I shall obtain the purpose" means I shall obtain even the purpose desired by me. "With punishment imposed" means with the bodily punishment fixed. "Of an attached nature" means of a nature attached to the king. "About twenty nights" means about twenty nights have passed - this is the meaning. "That I" means that, I. "According to my wish" means according to my preference.

584. "This one and another" means this man impaled on the stake, and another upon whom the king's command has been imposed, and him too. "Release quickly" means set free swiftly. "Who would speak against one acting thus" means who indeed in this Vajji country would say "do not release" one who is performing such a righteous act; no one at all is able to say thus - this is the meaning.

585. "And the physicians" means and the physicians.

588. "The word of the spirit" means the word of the ghost; it shows that "venerable sir, by the word of that ghost I acted thus."

590. "Righteous qualities" means meritorious qualities capable of overcoming the evil action done before. "The action would be to be experienced elsewhere" means whatever in that evil action is to be experienced upon rebirth, that is called defunct kamma. But whatever is to be experienced from one life to another, that has its fruit to be experienced elsewhere in another subsequent existence, when there is continuation of the round of rebirths - this is the meaning.

593. "And this" is said by taking what is being spoken by oneself as near to that, or as evident. "Noble, endowed with the excellent eight factors" means noble in the sense of pure, the highest Observance morality endowed with, furnished with, the eight factors beginning with abstention from killing living beings. "Wholesome" means blameless. "Yielding happiness" means resulting in happiness.

595. "Merit always increases" means having done merit just once, not being satisfied thinking "this much is enough," for one who fulfils good conduct again and again, merit increases at all times; or for one who fulfils good conduct again and again, the fruit of merit reckoned as merit grows and is fulfilled ever higher and higher - this is the meaning.

597. When the Elder had spoken thus, the king, with a mind terrified by the suffering of the realms of misery, with confidence growing in the Triple Gem and in meritorious qualities, from that time onwards undertaking the refuges and the precepts, said beginning with "This very day I go for refuge to the Buddha."

601. Therein, "such" means of such a kind, of the nature as described above. "A certain lay follower in Vesālī" means having become a certain lay follower among many thousands of lay followers in Vesālī. "Faithful" and so on was said to show his different state from his former condition through dependence on a good friend. For formerly he was faithless, hard, one who reviled monks, and one who did not attend upon the Community. But now, having become faithful and gentle, he attentively attended upon the community of monks at that time. Therein, "a doer of service" means one who performs helpful deeds.

602. "Both" means the two - the one impaled on a stake and the king. "Attained the fruits of asceticism" means they attained the fruits of asceticism as is fitting. This was said to show this as is fitting: "The one impaled on a stake touched the highest fruit, but Ambasakkara the lesser fruit." Therein, "the lesser fruit" is said with reference to the fruition of stream-entry. But whatever here has not been analysed as to meaning, that is easily understood indeed.

Thus the Venerable Kappitaka, having gone to Sāvatthī to pay homage to the Teacher, reported to the Blessed One the matter spoken by the king, by the ghost, and by himself. The Teacher, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Mango-Sugar Ghost Story is concluded.

2.

Commentary on the Serīsaka Ghost Story

604-657. "Listen to the demon and the merchants" - this is the Serīsaka ghost story. Since that is similar to the Serīsaka mansion story, therefore whatever should be said therein regarding the arising of the occasion and the verses, that has already been stated in the Paramatthadīpanī, in the commentary on the Vimānavatthu; therefore it should be understood by the method stated there.

The commentary on the Serīsaka Ghost Story is concluded.

3.

Commentary on the Nandaka Ghost Story

658-713. "A king named Piṅgalaka" - this is the story of the ghost Nandaka. What is its origin? After the elapse of two hundred years from the Teacher's final Nibbāna, in the Suraṭṭha domain there was a king named Piṅgala. His general, named Nandaka, having wrong views, with perverted vision, went about having taken up a wrong grasp by the method beginning with "there is not what is given." His daughter, a female lay follower named Uttarā, had been given in marriage to a suitable family. But Nandaka, having died, was reborn as a mansion ghost in a great banyan tree in the Vindhya forest. When he had died, Uttarā, having given to a certain elder who had eliminated the mental corruptions a water-pot filled with pure, cool, scented water, and a saucer full of cakes prepared with flour, endowed with beauty, fragrance, and flavour, dedicated it saying "May this offering be of benefit to my father." By that gift, divine drinking water and unlimited cakes appeared for him. Having seen that, he thought thus - "An evil deed indeed was done by me, in that the public was made to grasp a wrong grasp by the method beginning with 'there is not what is given.' But now King Piṅgala has gone to give exhortation to King Dhammāsoka; he, having given that to him, will come back. Come, let me dispel the view of nihilism." And before long, King Piṅgala, having given exhortation to King Dhammāsoka, while turning back, proceeded along the road.

Then that ghost created that road facing towards his own dwelling place. The king travels along that road when the midday stands still. As he goes, the road is seen in front of him, but behind him it disappears. The man going at the very rear, having seen the road disappeared, frightened, crying out with a cry of distress, having run, informed the king. Having heard that, the king, frightened, with an agitated mind, standing on the elephant's back, looking around at the four directions, having seen the banyan tree where the ghost dwelt, went towards it together with his fourfold army. Then, when the king had gradually reached that place, the ghost, adorned with all ornaments, having approached the king, having exchanged friendly welcome, had cakes and drinking water given. The king, together with his retinue, having bathed, having eaten the cakes, having drunk the drinking water, with the fatigue of the journey allayed, asked the ghost by the method beginning with "Are you a deity or a gandhabba?" The ghost, having told his own story from the beginning, having freed the king from wrong vision, established him in the refuges and in the precepts. To show that meaning, the compilers of the recitation -

658.

"A king named Piṅgalaka was the lord of the Suraṭṭha people;

Having gone to attend upon the Moriyas, he returned again to Suraṭṭha.

659.

"In the hot midday time, the king approached the mire;

He saw a delightful path, that sandy waste of the ghosts.

660. The king addressed the charioteer -

"'This path is delightful, secure, safe, and sheltering;

By this path, charioteer, let us go, near to the Suraṭṭha people from here.'

661.

By that the Soraṭṭha king set out, with his fourfold army;

A frightened man said this to the Soraṭṭha king.

662.

"We have entered upon a wrong path, terrifying, hair-raising;

The path is seen in front, but behind it is not seen.

663.

"We have entered upon a wrong path, near the men of Yama;

A non-human odour blows, a severe sound is heard."

664.

Agitated, the Soraṭṭha king said this to the charioteer:

"We have entered upon a wrong path, terrifying, hair-raising;

The path is seen in front, but behind it is not seen.

665.

"We have entered upon a wrong path, near the men of Yama;

A non-human odour blows, a severe sound is heard."

666.

Having climbed up onto the elephant's back, looking around at the four directions;

He saw a delightful banyan tree, a tree endowed with shade;

Similar in colour to a blue cloud, resembling the splendour of a cloud's hue.

667.

The king addressed the charioteer, "What is this that appears so lofty;

Resembling the colour of a dark cloud, shining with the splendour of a cloud's hue?"

668.

"That, great king, is a banyan tree, a tree accomplished in shade;

Resembling the colour of a dark cloud, shining with the splendour of a cloud's hue.

669.

By that the Soraṭṭha king set out, towards where that lofty one appears;

Resembling the colour of a dark cloud, shining with the splendour of a cloud's hue.

670.

Having descended from the elephant's back, the king approached the tree;

He sat down at the root of the tree, together with his ministers and retinue;

He saw a drinking vessel full of water, and delightful cakes.

671.

And a man with a divine appearance, adorned with all ornaments;

Having approached the king, said this to the Soraṭṭha king.

672.

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Let your majesty drink the drinking water, eat the cakes, O tamer of enemies."

673.

Having drunk the water, the king, together with his ministers and retinue;

Having eaten the cakes and drunk, the Soraṭṭha king said this.

674.

"Are you a deity, a gandhabba, or Sakka, the first of givers?

Not knowing you, we ask, how may we know you?"

675.

"I am not a god nor a gandhabba, nor Sakka, the first of givers;

I am a ghost, great king, come here from Suraṭṭha."

676.

"Of what morality, of what conduct, were you before in Suraṭṭha;

By what holy life of yours, is this power yours?"

677.

"Listen to that, great king, tamer of enemies, increaser of the realm;

The ministers and councillors, and the brahmin chaplain.

678.

"In Suraṭṭha I, Sire, was a person evil-minded;

Having wrong view and immoral, miserly, abusive.

679.

"I hindered many people who were giving and doing meritorious deeds;

I was one who created obstacles for others who were giving.

680.

"There is no result of giving, how can there be fruit of self-control?

There is no such thing as a teacher, who will tame the untamed?

681.

"Beings are all equal, whence is respect for elders?

There is no power or energy, whence is industrious effort?

682.

"There is no such thing as the fruit of giving, it does not purify one who is hostile;

What is to be obtained a mortal obtains, born of fate and transformation.

683.

"There is no mother, father, brother, there is no world beyond this;

There is not what is given, there is not what is offered, what is well-deposited is not found.

684.

"Even one who would kill a person, who cuts off another's head;

No one kills anyone, among the openings between the seven.

685.

"For the soul is unbreakable and indivisible, octagonal and spherical all round;

Five hundred yojanas, who is worthy to cut the soul?

686.

"Just as when a ball of string is thrown, it runs along unwinding;

Just so that soul runs along unwinding.

687.

"Just as having left from a village, one enters another village;

Just so that soul enters another body.

688.

"Just as having left from a house, one enters another house;

Just so that soul enters another body.

689.

"Eighty-four hundred thousand great cosmic cycles indeed;

Those who are foolish and those who are wise, having spent the round of rebirths;

Will make an end of suffering.

690.

"Happiness and suffering are measured, by bushels and baskets;

The Conqueror understands all, the other generation is deluded.

691.

"I was formerly of such a view, deluded, covered by delusion;

Having wrong view and immoral, miserly, abusive.

692.

"Within six months, death will occur for me;

I will fall into hell, extremely painful and terrible.

693.

"Rectangular, with four doors, divided into sections, measured;

Surrounded by an iron wall, covered over with iron.

694.

"Its floor is made of iron, blazing, endowed with heat;

Having pervaded a hundred yojanas all around, it stands always.

695.

"For a hundred thousand years, a sound is heard at that moment;

This is the measure, great king, a hundred portions of ten million years.

696.

"Hundreds of thousands of crores of people are tormented in hell;

Those having wrong views and the immoral, and those who revile noble ones.

697.

"There I shall experience painful feeling for a long duration;

The fruit of evil action, therefore I grieve exceedingly."

698.

"Listen to that, great king, tamer of enemies, increaser of the realm;

My daughter, great king, Uttarā - may there be good fortune for you.

699.

"She does good action, delighting in morality and Observance;

Restrained and generous, bountiful, free from avarice.

700.

"One who does not break the training, a daughter-in-law among other families;

A female lay follower of the Sage of the Sakyans, the glorious Perfectly Self-awakened One.

701.

"A monk accomplished in morality, entered the village for almsfood;

With eyes downcast, mindful, with guarded doors, well-restrained.

702.

Walking successively, he went to that dwelling;

Uttarā saw him, great king - may there be good fortune for you.

703.

"She gave a drinking vessel full of water, and delightful cakes;

'My father is deceased, venerable sir, may this be beneficial to him.'

704.

Immediately after the offering was dedicated, the result arose;

I enjoy sensual pleasures as I desire, like King Vessavaṇa.

705.

"Listen to that, great king, tamer of enemies, increaser of the realm;

Of the world with its gods, the Buddha is called the foremost;

Go for refuge to that Buddha, together with your sons and wife, O tamer of enemies.

706.

"By the eightfold path, they reach the Deathless state;

Go for refuge to that Teaching, together with your sons and wife, O tamer of enemies.

707.

"Four practising and four established in the fruit;

This is the Community, upright, concentrated in wisdom and morality;

Go for refuge to that Community, together with your sons and wife, O tamer of enemies.

708.

"Quickly abstain from killing living beings, avoid what is not given in the world;

Abstain from intoxicants and do not speak falsehood, and be satisfied with your own wife."

709.

"You are a well-wisher to me, demon, you desire my welfare, O deity;

I will do your word, you are my teacher."

710.

"I go to the Buddha for refuge, and also to the unsurpassed Teaching;

And to the Community of the king of men, I go for refuge.

711.

"I quickly abstain from killing living beings, I avoid what is not given in the world;

I abstain from intoxicants and do not speak falsehood, and I am satisfied with my own wife.

712.

"I winnow in a strong wind, in a swift-flowing river;

I vomit out the evil view, delighted in the Buddhas' Dispensation.

713.

"Having said this, the Soraṭṭha king, having refrained from evil views;

Having paid homage to the Blessed One, the chief one mounted his chariot." They spoke the verses.

658-659. Therein, "a king named Piṅgalaka was the lord of the Suraṭṭha people" means that the king well-known by the name "Piṅgala" on account of having tawny eyes was the sovereign king of the Suraṭṭha country. "Of the Moriyas" means of the Moriya kings; he speaks with reference to Dhammāsoka. "He returned again to Suraṭṭha" means he came back along the road leading to Suraṭṭha, heading for the domain of Suraṭṭha. "Mud" means soft ground. "Sandy waste" means a desert road created by the ghost.

660. "Secure" means free from fear. "Auspicious" means bringing about a state of safety. "Sheltering" means free from danger. "Near to the Suraṭṭha people from here" means going by this road we are very near to the domain of Suraṭṭha.

661-662. "Soraṭṭha" means the lord of Suraṭṭha. "Of frightened appearance" means one whose nature is terrified. "Fearsome" means causing fear. "Hair-raising" means the making of the body hair stand on end through the state of being frightening.

663. "Near the men of Yama" means we are in the vicinity of ghosts. "A non-human odour blows" means the bodily odour of ghosts blows. "A severe sound is heard" means the most terrible sound of beings being subjected to torture in the individual hells is heard.

666. "Tree" means a tree which has obtained the name "pādapa" because it drinks water through root-parts similar to feet. "Accomplished in shade" means having accomplished shade. "Similar to a blue cloud in colour" means similar to a blue cloud in colour. "Resembling the splendour of a cloud in colour" means having the form of a cloud in colour and appearing thus.

670. "A full drinking vessel" means a drinking vessel filled with drinking water. "Cakes" means sweet-meats. "Delightful" means he saw cakes that were joy-producing, sweet, and pleasant, having filled dishes here and there and placed them.

672. "And also your coming is not unwelcome" - here "atho" is merely an indeclinable particle, or in the sense of emphasis; great king, your coming is not unwelcome, but rather it is indeed welcome - we receive you. This is the meaning. "Tamer of enemies" means one whose nature is to tame enemies.

677. "Ministers and councillors" - the explanation is: let the ministers and councillors hear the word, and let the brahmin, your chaplain, hear it too.

678. "In Suraṭṭha I" means I in the Suraṭṭha country. "Sire" means he addresses the king. "Of wrong view" means one of perverted vision through the view of nihilism. "Immoral" means devoid of morality. "Miserly" means a great miser. "Abusive" means one who reviles ascetics and brahmins.

679. "I hindered" means I prevented. "I was one who created obstacles" - the explanation is: having been one who created obstacles for those who were giving gifts and doing meritorious deeds, I hindered many people from the merit consisting of giving, for others too who were giving gifts.

680. "There is no result of giving" and so on is the showing of the manner in which he prevented. Therein, "there is no result of giving" means he obstructs the result, saying that for one who gives a gift, there is no result of that, no fruit to be attained in the future. "How can there be fruit of self-control" - but how indeed can there be fruit of morality; the intention is that it does not exist at all in any way whatsoever. "There is no such thing as a teacher" means there is no one at all who is a teacher who trains in conduct and good conduct. The intention is that beings are tamed or untamed by their very intrinsic nature. Therefore he said "who will tame the untamed?"

681. "Beings are all equal" means these beings are all mutually equal to one another; therefore there is no elder at all, whence is respect for elders? The meaning is that there is no such thing as merit from respecting elders. "There is no power" means that power, established in which beings, having exerted energy, beginning with the state of human good fortune up to arahantship, attain successes - that power of energy he rejects. "Or there is no energy, whence industriousness of man" - this is said by way of rejecting the doctrine of efficacy, thus: "These things do not proceed by human energy and human effort."

682. "There is no such thing as the fruit of giving" means there is no fruit whatsoever of giving; the relinquishment of a gift is fruitless indeed, like something deposited in ashes. This is the meaning. "It does not purify one who is hostile" - here "one who is hostile" means a person who is full of enmity, who has done evil by way of enmities, by way of killing living beings and so on - it does not purify him through the practice of giving, morality, and so on; it never makes him pure. The earlier passage "there is no result of giving" and so on should be understood as showing the manner in which he prevented himself and others from giving and so on, while "there is no such thing as the fruit of giving" and so on shows his own wrong adherence. "Laddheyyaṃ" means what should be obtained. But how is it to be obtained? He said "born of the transformation of destiny." This being, whether obtaining happiness or suffering, obtains it solely by way of the transformation of destiny, not because of action having been done, nor by a creator and so on. This is the intention.

683. "There is not mother, father, brother" - he speaks with reference to the absence of fruit of right practice and wrong practice towards mother and so on. "There is not a world beyond this" - from this, from this world, there is no such thing as another world; beings are annihilated right there in each place. This is the intention. "What is given" means a great gift. "What is offered" means a present of honour; he rejects both of those with reference to the absence of fruit, saying "there is not." "Well deposited" means well placed. "Is not found" means that which ascetics and brahmins call giving "a treasure that follows one" - that is not found. The intention is that for them that is merely a matter of words alone.

684. "No one kills anyone" means whatever man might kill another man, might cut off another man's head, therein in the ultimate sense no one kills anyone; because of the perforated nature of the seven classes, one merely appears to be killing. How does the blow of a knife occur? He said "among the openings between the seven." The knife passes into the gap, the opening that exists between the seven classes beginning with earth; thereby beings appear as if struck by swords and so on; but the soul, like the remaining classes too, because of its permanent intrinsic nature, is not cut. This is the intention.

685. "For the soul is unbreakable and indivisible" means this soul of beings is not to be cut and not to be broken by knives and so on, because of its permanent intrinsic nature. "Octagonal and spherical all round" means that soul is sometimes octagonal and sometimes spherical all round. "Five hundred yojanas" means having attained the state of complete isolation, it is five hundred yojanas in height. "Who is worthy to cut the soul" - he says that who indeed is worthy to cut with knives and so on the soul that is permanent and unchanging? It cannot be disturbed by anyone.

686. "A ball of string" means a ball of string made by winding. "Thrown" means thrown by way of unwinding. "It runs along unwinding" means when thrown while standing on a mountain or on the top of a tree, the thrown ball of string goes along just unwinding; when the string is exhausted, it does not go further. "Just so" means just as that ball of string goes along being unwound, and when the string is exhausted does not go further, just so that soul, unwinding the ball of individual existence for only the period stated as "eighty-four hundred thousand great cosmic cycles," runs along and proceeds; beyond that it does not proceed.

687. "Just so that soul" means just as some person, having gone out from his own dwelling village, enters another village on some business, just so that soul, having gone out from this body, enters another, a different body by the force of destiny - this is the intention. "Bondi" means body.

689. "Cullāsīti" means eighty-four. "Mahākappino" means of great cosmic cycles. Therein, having said "from one great lake, beginning with Anotatta, every hundred years removing one drop of water with the tip of a blade of kusa grass, by this method, when that lake has been made waterless seven times, that is called one great cosmic cycle," they say "eighty-four hundred thousand such great cosmic cycles is the extent of the round of rebirths." "Those who are foolish and those who are wise" means those who are blindly foolish and those who are endowed with wisdom, all of them. "Having spent the round of rebirths" means having spent the round of rebirths, delimited by the aforesaid period of time, by way of successive rebirths. "Will make an end of suffering" means they will make the limit, the final goal of the suffering of the round of rebirths. Even the wise are not able to become pure in between, and even the foolish do not proceed beyond that - this is his view.

690. "Happiness and suffering are measured, by bushels and baskets" means the happiness and suffering of beings are, as it were, measured by bushels, baskets, and measuring vessels; because of being limited by the aforesaid delimitation of time alone, and individually for each of those various beings, those are limited, born of the transformation of destiny. "This the Conqueror understands all" means one standing on the plane of the Conqueror understands entirely, because of having transcended the round of rebirths. But this other generation, deluded, wanders about in the round of rebirths.

691. "Of such view I was before" means I was formerly one holding the aforesaid view of nihilism. "Deluded, wrapped in delusion" means deluded by the confusion that was the cause of the aforesaid view, and wrapped by the delusion conascent with it; the intention is that the seed of the wholesome was concealed.

692. Having thus shown the evil action done under the influence of the evil view that had arisen in oneself before, now showing the fruit of that which is to be experienced by oneself in the future, he said beginning with "Within six months for me."

695-697. Therein, "a hundred thousand years" means a hundred thousand of years; "having passed" is the remainder of the expression. Or this is a nominative case used in the locative sense; the meaning is "when a hundred thousand years have passed." "A sound is heard then" means when so much time has passed, at that very time, a sound is heard in that hell thus: "Here, sirs, for you who are being tormented, a period of time measuring a hundred thousand years has passed." "This is the measure, great king, a hundred portions of ten million years" means a hundred portions, a hundred shares of ten million years, great king - this is the measure, this is the delimitation of the life span of beings being tormented in hell. This is the meaning. This is what is meant - Ten tens is called a hundred, ten hundreds is called a thousand, ten ten-thousands is called a hundred thousand, a hundred hundred-thousands is called a ten million; by way of those ten millions, a hundred thousand ten-million-year periods are a hundred portions of ten-million-year periods. And that indeed should be understood by way of the year-reckoning of hell beings only, not of humans or gods. Such many hundreds of thousands of ten-million-year periods is the life span of hell beings. Therefore he said "Hundreds of thousands of crores of people are tormented in hell." But to show by way of conclusion what kind of evil causes beings to be thus tormented in the hells, it was said "Those having wrong views and the immoral, and those who revile noble ones." "Shall experience" means I shall undergo.

698-706. Having thus shown the evil fruit to be experienced by oneself in the future, now having explained the meaning asked by the king with "By what holy life of yours is this power yours?" wishing to establish him in the refuges and in the precepts, he said beginning with "Listen to that, great king." Therein, "delighting in morality and Observance" means delighting in the permanent precepts and in the Observance precepts. "Gave" means she gave. "That Teaching" means that eightfold path and the deathless state.

709-712. Thus encouraged by the ghost in the refuges and in the precepts, the king, with a gladdened mind, first praising the help done for him by that one, becoming established in the refuges and so on, having spoken three verses beginning with "well-wishing," making known the state of having relinquished the evil view formerly held by himself, spoke the verse "I scatter."

Therein, "I scatter in the great wind" means just as when a great wind is blowing, chaff, so too that evil view, demon, I scatter, I shake off in the wind of your teaching of the Teaching. "Or in a swift-flowing river" means the intention is: or I wash away the evil view like grass, sticks, leaves, and refuse in a great river with a swift current. "I vomit out the evil view" means I cast away the evil view that has come to the forefront of my mind. Therein, he states the reason by the phrase "delighted in the Buddhas' Dispensation." Because one is certainly delighted and devoted to the Dispensation of the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, which conveys the Deathless, therefore I vomit out that poison reckoned as wrong view - this is the explanation.

713. The concluding verse was placed by the compilers of the recitation. Therein, "the chief one" means having faced the eastern direction. "Mounted the chariot" means the king ascended his own royal chariot prepared for travel, and having ascended, by the power of the demon, on that very day having reached his own city, he entered the royal palace. He at a later time reported this incident to the monks; the monks reported it to the elders; the elders included it in the collection at the Third Council.

The commentary on the Nandaka Ghost Story is concluded.

4.

Commentary on the Revatī Ghost Story

714-736. "Rise up, Revatā, of very evil character" - this is the Revatī Ghost Story. Since that is similar to the Revatī Mansion story, therefore whatever should be said therein regarding the arising of the occasion and the verses, that should be understood in the Paramatthadīpanī by the very method stated in the commentary on the Vimānavatthu. For it should be seen that although this was included in the classification of the Vimānavatthu canonical text by virtue of the young god Nandiya, it was also included in the classification of the Petavatthu canonical text as "Revatī Ghost Story" by virtue of the verse connected with Revatī.

The commentary on the Revatī Ghost Story is concluded.

5.

Commentary on the Sugar-Cane Ghost Story

737-745. "This great sugar-cane grove of mine": this is the sugar-cane ghost story. What is its origin? While the Blessed One was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, a certain man, having placed a bundle of sugar-cane on his shoulder, goes along eating one sugar-cane. Then a certain lay follower, moral, of good character, goes closely behind him together with a young child. The child, having seen the sugar-cane, cries out "Give me!" The lay follower, having seen the child crying out, treating that man kindly, entered into conversation with him. But that man said nothing to him, and did not give even a piece of sugar-cane to the child. The lay follower, having pointed out that child, said "This child is crying very much, give him one piece of sugar-cane." Having heard that, that man, unable to bear it, having set up a hostile mind, out of disrespect threw one sugar-cane stalk behind him.

He, at a later time, having died, by the power of greed long cultivated, was reborn among the ghosts; since the fruit is similar to one's own action, a great sugar-cane grove arose, covering a place measuring eight karīsas, densely covered with sugar-canes the size of pestle-handles, of the colour of collyrium. When, out of desire to eat, as soon as he approached thinking "I shall take a sugar-cane," those sugar-canes strike him, and he, struck by them, falls down.

Then one day the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, going to Rājagaha for almsfood, on the road saw that ghost. He, having seen the elder, asked about the deed done by himself -

737.

"This great sugar-cane grove of mine, arises as the fruit of merit, not trifling;

That now does not come to my enjoyment, tell me, venerable sir, of what is this the result?

738.

"I am struck, I am consumed, and I strive, I endeavour to consume something;

Thus I, with strength cut off, a miserable wretch, lament - of what action is this the result?

739.

"And I, vexed, fall down on the ground,

I roll about like a water creature in the heat;

And as I weep, tears flow from me,

Tell me, venerable sir, of what is this the result?

740.

"Hungry, weary and thirsty, extremely parched, I find no pleasant happiness;

I ask you about this matter, venerable sir, how might I obtain the enjoyment of sugar-cane?"

741.

"Before you did an action by yourself, when you were a human being in a former birth;

And I tell you this matter, having heard, understand this matter.

742.

"You set out eating sugar-cane, and a man followed behind you;

And he, hoping for something from you, spoke, but you said nothing to him.

743.

"And he requested from you who were not speaking, 'Please give sugar-cane' - and he said this to you;

To him you gave sugar-cane from behind, this is the result of that action.

744.

"Come now, having gone, you should take from behind, having taken, eat that as much as you like;

By that very thing you will be delighted, joyful and elated and glad."

745.

"Having gone, he took from behind, having taken, he ate that as much as he liked;

By that very thing he was delighted, joyful and elated and glad."

The verses of speech and reply were spoken by the ghost and the elder.

737-738. Therein, "of what" means of what kind; the intention is "of what action." "I am afflicted" means I am vexed, I fall into vexation. Or "I am vexed" means I am obstructed, the meaning is I am especially oppressed. "I am consumed" means I am devoured; the meaning is I am cut by sugar-cane leaves as if by sharp blades similar to sword-leaves. "I strive" means I make effort to eat sugar-cane. "I endeavour" means I make an endeavour. "To enjoy" means to enjoy the sugar-cane juice, the meaning is to eat sugar-cane. "With strength cut off" means with endurance cut off, with vigour destroyed; the meaning is with power exhausted. "Destitute" means miserable. "I lament" means distressed by suffering, I wail exceedingly.

739. "Vexed" means one who is vexed, or one whose strength is destroyed. "I fall down on the ground" means being unable to stand, I fall down on the earth. "I roll about" means I revolve around. "Like a water creature" means like a fish. "In the heat" means on dry ground scorched by the heat.

740-744. "Santassito" means thoroughly trembling due to the attainment of dryness of the lips, throat, and palate. "Sātasukha" means happiness that is pleasant. "Na vinde" means I do not obtain. "Taṃ" means you. "Vijānā" means understand. "Payāto" means one who has begun to go. "Anvagacchī" means he followed. "Paccāsanto" means expecting. "Tassetaṃ kammassā" - herein, "etaṃ" is merely a particle; the meaning is "of that action." "Piṭṭhito gaṇheyyāsī" means you should take the sugar-cane from behind oneself. "Pamodito" means greatly delighted.

745. "Having taken, he ate that as much as he liked" means by the procedure of the elder's command, having taken the sugar-cane, having eaten as he pleased, having taken a great bundle of sugar-cane, he presented it to the elder. The elder, helping him, having had him take that very bundle of sugar-cane, having gone to the Bamboo Grove, gave it to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, together with the Community of monks, having consumed it, gave thanksgiving. The ghost, with a confident mind, having paid homage, departed. Thenceforth he consumed sugar-cane comfortably.

He, at a later time, having died, arose among the Tāvatiṃsa gods. Now this incident of the ghost became well known in the human world. Then people, having approached the Teacher, asked about that incident. The Teacher, having spoken to them about that matter in detail, taught the Teaching. Having heard that, the people abstained from the stain of stinginess.

The commentary on the Sugar-Cane Ghost Story is concluded.

6.

Commentary on the Boy Ghost Story

746-752. "Sāvatthī is the name of the city": the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this referring to two ghosts. It is said that in Sāvatthī, two sons of the king of Kosala, pleasing, in the first stage of life, intoxicated by the vanity of youth, having committed adultery, having died, were reborn as ghosts on the back of the moat. They lamented at night with a frightful sound. The people, having heard that, frightened and trembling, thinking "When this is done, this ill omen will be appeased," having given a great gift to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, having said "Lay followers, by the hearing of that sound there is no obstacle whatsoever for you," having explained the reason for that, in order to teach them the Teaching -

746.

"Sāvatthī is the name of the city, in sight of the Himalayas;

There were two princes there, sons of the king, so I have heard.

747.

"Intoxicated by enticing things, delighting in the gratification of sensual pleasures;

Greedy for present happiness, they did not see the future.

748.

"They, having passed away from human existence, have gone from here to the world beyond;

They here cry out unseen, for their own wrong-doing before.

749.

"Though many worthy recipients were present, though gifts were at hand;

We were not able to make ourselves even a small protection that brings happiness.

750.

"What could be more evil than this, that we, having passed away from the royal family,

Reborn in the sphere of ghosts, afflicted by hunger and thirst.

751.

"Having been masters here, they become non-masters there;

They wander about from hunger and thirst, human beings raised up and brought low.

752.

"Having known this danger, originating from the intoxication of lordship;

Having abandoned the intoxication of lordship, a man would be gone to heaven;

Upon the collapse of the body, the wise one is reborn in heaven." He spoke these verses.

746. Therein, "so I have heard" means not only what was seen by his own knowledge alone, but rather the meaning is "thus it was heard by me" by way of its being well-known in the world.

747. "Delighting in the gratification of sensual pleasures" means having the habit of rejoicing by way of gratification in the types of sensual pleasure. "Greedy for present happiness" means having become greedy and bound to the mere happiness of the present. "They did not see the future" means having abandoned misconduct and having practised good conduct, they did not think of the happiness obtainable in the future among gods and humans.

748. "They here cry out unseen" means those who were formerly princes, now ghosts, here near Sāvatthī, cry out and wail in invisible form. "What are they crying about?" - he said "their own wrong-doing before."

749. Now, in order to show the reason for their crying, having divided it by cause and by fruit, "though many were present" and so on was stated.

Therein, "though many were present" means when many worthy of offerings were existing. "When gifts were at hand" means even when gifts fit to be given belonging to oneself were standing near, were available - this is the meaning. "A small amount bringing happiness" - the explanation is: alas, we were not able to make ourselves safe and free from danger by doing even a small amount of merit bringing happiness in the future.

750. "What could be more evil than this" means what other evil, inferior thing could there be than this. "That we, having passed away from the royal family" means by which evil deed we, having passed away from the royal family, have arisen here in the sphere of ghosts, have been reborn among ghosts, and wander about afflicted by hunger and thirst - this is the meaning.

751. "Having been masters here" means here in this world, in the very place where formerly they went about as masters, there in that very place they become non-masters. "Human beings raised up and brought low" means having been masters in the time of being human, having died, brought low by the power of action, they wander about from hunger and thirst; it shows: behold the nature of the round of rebirths.

752. "Having known this danger, arising from the intoxication of lordship" means having known this danger, the fault, reckoned as rebirth in realms of misery, arisen through the power of the intoxication of supremacy, and having abandoned the intoxication of supremacy, having become devoted to merit. "A man would be gone to heaven" means he would indeed be one gone to heaven, the world of the gods.

Thus the Teacher, having related the story of those ghosts, having had the gift made by those people dedicated to those ghosts, taught the Teaching suited to the disposition of the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Boy Ghost Story is concluded.

7.

Commentary on the Prince Ghost Story

753-765. "Of actions done before" - the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this referring to the prince-ghost. There, he who in the past was the son of a king named Kitava, having offended against an Individually Enlightened One in the past, having been tormented in hell for many thousands of years, by the remainder of the result of that very action, was born among the ghosts. He is here intended as "the prince-ghost." His story has come in detail below in the Sāṇavāsi Ghost Story; therefore it should be understood by the very method stated there. For the Teacher at that time, when the elder had spoken about the occurrence of his own departed relatives, having said "Not only your relatives, but you too, having become a ghost in the immediately preceding past individual existence from here, experienced great suffering," being requested by him -

753.

"The result of actions done before may disturb the mind;

In forms, sounds, flavours, odours, and delightful tangible objects.

754.

"Having experienced not a little dancing, singing, delight and play;

Having enjoyed in the park, entering Giribbaja.

755.

"He saw the sage Sunetta, self-tamed, concentrated;

Of few wishes, accomplished in shame, delighting in what had come into his bowl through gleaning.

756.

"Having descended from the elephant's back, he said, 'Have you obtained alms, venerable sir?'

Having taken his bowl, having raised it high, the warrior.

757.

"Having broken the bowl on the hard ground, laughing he departed;

I am the son of King Kitava, what will you do to me, monk?

758.

"Of that harsh action, the result was painful;

Which the prince experienced, consigned to hell.

759.

"Only six times eighty-four thousand years, and myriads too;

He underwent exceedingly suffering, in hell, having done wrong.

760.

"Lying on his back he was tormented, face down, on left and right;

Standing with feet upward too, for a long time the fool was tormented.

761.

For many thousands of years, heaps and myriads;

He underwent exceedingly suffering, in hell, having done wrong.

762.

Such indeed is the bitter suffering, for those who offend against the unoffending;

Evil doers are cooked, having insulted a sage of good conduct.

763.

There for many years, having experienced much suffering;

Destroyed by hunger and thirst, he was a ghost, having passed away from there.

764.

"Having known this danger, originating from the intoxication of lordship;

Having abandoned the intoxication of lordship, one should conform to humility.

765.

Praiseworthy in this very life is he who is respectful towards the Buddhas;

Upon the collapse of the body, the wise one is reborn in heaven."

He spoke this ghost story.

753. Therein, "the result of actions done before may disturb the mind" means the fruit of unwholesome actions done in former births, being lofty and arising, may disturb and overcome the minds of the blindly foolish; the intention is that they would produce their own benefit by means of causing harm to others.

Now, to show that disturbance of the mind together with its domain, "in forms, sounds" and so on was stated. Therein, "in forms" means because of forms, on account of the obtaining of a desired and agreeable visual object. This is the meaning. In "in sounds" and so on too, the same method applies.

754. Thus, specifying and showing from the uncommon standpoint the meaning stated from the common standpoint, he said beginning with "dancing, singing" and so on. Therein, "delight" means amorous enjoyment. "Play" means sport with companions and so on. "Giribbaja" means Rājagaha.

755. "Sage" means a sage in the meaning of search for the aggregates of morality and so on of one beyond training. "Sunetta" means an Individually Enlightened One so named. "Self-restrained" means one whose mind is tamed by the highest mastery. "Concentrated" means concentrated through the concentration of the fruition of arahantship. "Delighting in what had come into his bowl through gleaning" means delighted and content with food obtained through gleaning, that is, the practice of going for alms, which had come into the bowl, that is, included in the bowl.

756. "Have you obtained alms, venerable sir?" and said means he spoke "Have you, venerable sir, obtained almsfood?" for the purpose of generating trust. "Having raised high" means having made it higher and having lifted up the bowl.

757. "Having broken the bowl on the hard ground" means throwing and breaking the bowl on a rough, hard piece of ground. "He departed" means he moved aside a little. And as he was moving aside, the prince said to the Individually Enlightened One who was looking at him with compassion, thinking "Without any reason this blind fool has done great harm to himself" - "I am the son of King Kitava, what will you do to me, monk?"

758. "Harsh" means cruel. "Bitter" means undesirable. "Which" means which result. "Consigned" means clinging.

759. "Only six times eighty-four thousand years and myriads too" means lying on his back for eighty-four thousand years, face down, on the left side, on the right side, with feet upward, hanging, and as he stood - thus there are six times eighty-four thousand years. Therefore he said -

760.

"Lying on his back he was tormented, face down, on left and right;

Standing with feet upward too, for a long time the fool was tormented."

But since those years amount to many myriads, therefore "myriads" was said. "He underwent exceedingly suffering" means he reached exceedingly great suffering.

761. "Multitudes" means groups of years; here and in the previous verse, the accusative case should be understood in the sense of absolute connection.

762. "Such" means of such a form. "Bitter" means exceedingly painful; this is a description with a gender-variant particle, as in "he sat down to one side" and so on. The explanation is: having attacked and assailed a sage of good conduct who was unoffending, evil doers suffer such exceedingly bitter pain.

763. "He" means that prince-ghost. "There" means in hell. "Having experienced" means having undergone. "Named" means by way of being clearly manifest. "Passed away from there" means passed away from hell. The remainder is according to the method already stated.

Thus the Blessed One, having stirred the great multitude assembled there through the account of the prince ghost, made known the truths thereafter. At the conclusion of the truths, many attained the fruition of stream-entry and so on.

The commentary on the Prince Ghost Story is concluded.

8.

Commentary on the Dung-Eater Ghost Story

766-773. "Having risen up from the cesspit": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to a certain excrement-eating ghost. It is said that in a certain small village not far from Sāvatthī, a householder had a monastery built for his own monk who was dependent on families. There monks from various provinces, having come, took up residence. Having seen them, the people, with confident minds, attended upon them with superior requisites. The monk dependent on families, not enduring that, having become jealous, speaking of the faults of those monks, made the householder look down upon them. The householder, treating those monks and the one dependent on families with contempt, abused them. Then the one dependent on families, having died, was reborn as a ghost in the toilet of that very monastery, whilst the householder, having died, was reborn as a ghost on top of him. Then the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, having seen him, asking -

766.

"Having risen up from the cesspit, who indeed are you, wretched one, standing there?

Without doubt an evil-doer, what indeed do you believe?"

He spoke a verse. Having heard that, the ghost -

767.

"I, venerable sir, am a ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

He made himself known by a verse. Then the elder -

768.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action do you undergo this suffering?"

He asked about the deed done by him in a verse. That ghost -

769.

"There was a resident monk of mine, envious, stingy with families;

Attached to my house, miserly, abusive.

770.

"Having heard his word, I abused the monks;

By the result of that action, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

He spoke of the deed done by himself with two verses.

769. Therein, "there was a resident monk of mine" means in my residence, in the monastery made by me, one monk was a resident, a constant dweller. "Settled in my house" means attached to my home through the state of being dependent on families, clinging through the adherence of craving.

770. "Of that" means of that monk dependent on families. "Monks" means the monks. "I abused" means I reviled. "Gone from here to the realm of ghosts" means in this manner he went to the ghost realm, having become a ghost.

Having heard that, the elder, asking about the destination of the other -

771.

"The enemy in the guise of a friend, who was your family attendant;

Upon the collapse of the body, the unwise one, what destination has he gone to after death?"

He spoke a verse. Therein, "in the guise of a friend" means in the semblance of a friend, through the likeness of a friend.

Again, the ghost, telling the elder about that matter -

772.

"I stand on the head, on the top of that very evil-doer;

And he, having reached another realm, is my very attendant.

773.

"Whatever others defecate, venerable sir, that becomes food for me;

And whatever I defecate, on that he lives." Spoke a pair of verses.

772. Therein, "of that very one" means of that very ghost who was formerly my monk dependent on families. "Of the evil-doer" means of one of evil conduct. "I stand on the head, on the top" means I stand on the head, and standing, I stand on the very top, not in the space the size of the head - this is the meaning. "Having reached another realm" means having reached the sphere of ghosts, which is another realm with reference to the human world. "My very" - the remainder of the expression is: he became my very attendant.

773. "Whatever others defecate, venerable sir" means venerable sir, noble Mahāmoggallāna, in that toilet whatever others defecate, discharge as excrement. "That becomes food for me" means that excrement becomes my food day after day. "Whatever I defecate" means but having eaten that excrement, whatever excrement I produce. "On that he lives" means that ghost dependent on families lives on that excrement of mine day after day by way of eating it; he sustains his individual existence - this is the meaning.

Among them, the householder reviled the well-behaved monks thus: "Better for you is the eating of excrement than such enjoyment of food." The family-dependent monk, however, having instigated the householder too to such speech, himself likewise reviled them; therefore his livelihood was even more blameworthy than that. The Venerable Mahāmoggallāna reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, having shown the danger in blaming, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Dung-Eater Ghost Story is concluded.

9.

Commentary on the Dung-Eater Female Ghost Story

774-781. "Having risen up from the cesspit": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to a certain excrement-eating female ghost. Her story is similar to the immediately preceding story. Therein, "a monastery was built by a lay follower" has come by way of a male lay follower, but here "by a female lay follower" - this alone is the distinction. The remainder in the story and in the verses has nothing not already explained.

The commentary on the Dung-Eater Female Ghost Story is concluded.

10.

Commentary on the Group Ghost Story

782-792. "You are naked, of ugly appearance": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to many ghosts. It is said that in Sāvatthī, many people, forming a group, faithless, without confidence, with minds obsessed by the stain of stinginess, turning away from good conduct such as giving, having lived for a long time, upon the collapse of the body, were reborn in the realm of ghosts near the city. Then one day the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, going to Sāvatthī for almsfood, having seen the ghosts on the road -

782.

"You are naked, of ugly appearance, emaciated, with veins showing all over your body;

With ribs protruding, so thin, who are you here, sirs?"

Asked in verse. Therein, "of ugly appearance" (dubbaṇṇarūpātthā) means you are of ugly body. "Who are you here" (ke nu tumhettha) means who indeed are you? "Sirs" (mārisā) - he addresses them in a manner appropriate to himself.

Having heard that, the ghosts -

783.

"We, venerable sir, are ghosts, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts."

Having made known their state as ghosts in verse, again by the elder -

784.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action have you gone from here to the realm of ghosts?"

Asked in verse about the deed done -

785.

"At the open fords, I searched for half a māsaka;

Though there were gifts to be given, we made no refuge for ourselves.

786.

"We approach the river thirsty, it turns void;

We approach the shade in the heat, it turns to sunshine.

787.

"And a wind of fire-colour blows towards us, burning;

This, venerable sir, we deserve, and other evil beyond that.

788.

"Even for yojanas we go, hungry, greedy for food;

Without obtaining anything we return, alas, our lack of merit.

789.

"Hungry, fainted, wandering, they fell to the ground;

Lying on our backs we turn over, face downward we fall.

790.

"And they, having fallen right there, fell to the ground;

We strike our chests and heads, alas, our lack of merit.

791.

"This, venerable sir, we deserve, and other evil beyond that;

Though there were gifts to be given, we made no refuge for ourselves.

792.

"Surely we, having gone from here, having obtained a human womb;

Bountiful, accomplished in morality, we will do much wholesome."

They spoke of the deeds done by themselves.

788. Therein, "even for yojanas we go" means we go even for many yojanas. How? "Hungry, greedy for food" means having been hungry through starvation for a long time, greedy and craving for food, even having gone thus, without obtaining any food at all, we return. "Lack of merit" means demerit, the state of not having done good.

789. "Lying on our backs we turn over" means sometimes, having been lying on our backs, we go about as if with limbs and minor limbs scattering. "Face downward we fall" means sometimes, having been face downward, we fall.

790. "And they" means they, that is, we. "We strike our chests and heads" means having been face downward and having fallen, being unable to get up, trembling, overcome by pain, we scrape our own respective chests and heads. The remainder is the same as the method stated below.

The Elder reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. Having heard that, the great multitude of people, having abandoned the stain of stinginess, became devoted to good conduct beginning with giving.

The commentary on the Group Ghost Story is concluded.

11.

Commentary on the Pāṭaliputta Ghost Story

793-795. "Seen by you are the hells, the animal realm": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to a certain mansion ghost. It is said that many merchants dwelling in Sāvatthī and dwelling in Pāṭaliputta went by boat to Suvaṇṇabhūmi. Therein one lay follower, being sick, with mind bound in love for a woman, died. He, although he had done wholesome deeds, without being reborn in the heavenly world, because of the state of having a mind bound to the woman, was reborn as a mansion ghost in the middle of the ocean. Now the woman to whom he was enamoured, having ascended a boat bound for Suvaṇṇabhūmi, was going. Then that ghost, wishing to seize that woman, stopped the passage of the boat. Then the merchants, investigating "For what reason indeed does this boat not go?" administered the ill-luck voting tickets. By the power of the non-human spirit, up to the third time it fell upon that very woman to whom he was enamoured. Having seen that, the merchants, having lowered a bamboo raft into the ocean, lowered that woman on top of it. As soon as the woman was lowered, the boat swiftly set out facing towards Suvaṇṇabhūmi. The non-human spirit, having taken that woman up to his own mansion, delighted together with her.

She, having passed one year, being wearied, requesting that ghost, said - "I, dwelling here, am unable to do what is for my future welfare. Please, sir, take me to Pāṭaliputta itself." He, being requested by her -

793.

"Seen by you are the hells, the animal realm, ghosts, titans, or else humans and gods;

You yourself have seen the result of your own actions, I will lead you to Pāṭaliputta unharmed;

Having gone there, do wholesome action."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "seen by you are the hells" means certain individual hells too were seen by you. "The animal realm" means animals of great power such as serpents, supaṇṇas, and so on were also seen by you - this is the explanation. "Ghosts" means ghosts of various kinds such as hunger and thirst and so on. "Titans" means titans of various kinds such as Kālakañcikas and so on. "Gods" means certain gods (ruled by) the four great kings. It is said that he, by his own power, from time to time, having taken her, went about showing her the individual hells and so on; therefore he spoke thus. "You yourself have seen the result of your own actions" means having gone specifically to the hells and so on, and seeing, she herself directly saw, perceived the result of actions done by oneself. "I will lead you to Pāṭaliputta unharmed" means now I will lead you, unharmed, uninjured by anyone, in human form itself, to Pāṭaliputta. But you, having gone there, do wholesome action; the meaning is: because the result of action has been seen directly, be engaged and employed, devoted to merit.

Then that woman, having heard his word, delighted -

794.

"You are a well-wisher to me, demon, you desire my welfare, O deity;

I will do your word, you are my teacher."

795.

"Seen by me are the hells, the animal realm, ghosts, titans, or else humans and gods;

I myself have seen the result of my own actions, I will make merit, not trifling."

He spoke a verse.

Then that ghost, having taken that woman, having gone through the sky, having placed her in the middle of the city of Pāṭaliputta, departed. Then her relatives, friends, and others, having seen her, said "We heard that she had been thrown into the ocean and had died. This very one has been seen, indeed, friend, she has come safely," and delighting, having assembled together, they asked her about the incident. She told them everything seen and experienced by herself from the beginning. And those merchants who were residents of Sāvatthī, having gradually reached Sāvatthī in due course, having approached the Teacher's presence, having paid homage, seated to one side, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the four assemblies. Having heard that, the great multitude was struck with religious emotion and became devoted to wholesome qualities such as giving and so on.

The commentary on the Pāṭaliputta Ghost Story is concluded.

12.

Commentary on the Mango Grove Ghost Story

796-799. "And this pond of yours is delightful": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at Sāvatthī, referring to the mango-ghost. In Sāvatthī, it is said, a certain householder was one whose wealth was exhausted. His wife died, and he had only one daughter. He, having placed her in the house of his own friend, having taken goods with a hundred coins obtained by way of debt, went on trade together with a caravan, and before long, having obtained five hundred coins that had become profit together with the capital, returned together with the caravan. On the road, thieves, having surrounded them, fell upon the caravan, and the caravan members fled here and there. But that householder, having deposited the coins in a certain shrub, hid nearby. The thieves, having seized him, deprived him of life. He, through greed for wealth, having become a ghost, was reborn right there.

The merchants, having gone to Sāvatthī, reported that news to his daughter. She, with displeasure exceedingly arisen on account of her father's death and fear for her livelihood, lamented grievously. Then her father's friend, a householder, consoled her, saying "Just as all potter's vessels have breaking as their end, even so the life of beings has breaking as its end. Death is common to all and without remedy; therefore do not grieve too much over your father, do not lament. I am your father, you are my daughter, I shall perform your father's duty; you should dwell happily in this house as in your father's house, without displeasure." She, with sorrow allayed by his words, with respect and esteem arisen towards him as towards her father, due to her own destitute condition, having become one who performed service for him and was living thus, wishing to perform the rites for the dead dedicated to her father, having cooked rice gruel, having placed mango fruits of the colour of red arsenic, well-ripened and sweet, on a bronze dish, having had a female slave carry the rice gruel and mango fruits, having gone to the monastery, having paid homage to the Teacher, said thus - "May the Blessed One show favour to me by accepting my offering." The Teacher, with a mind urged by great compassion, fulfilling her wish, showed the indication of sitting down. She, full of mirth, having spread a thoroughly pure cloth brought by herself on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared, gave it. The Blessed One sat down on the prepared seat.

Then she offered rice gruel to the Blessed One; the Blessed One accepted the rice gruel. Then, having given rice gruel to the monks too dedicated to the Community, again with washed hands she offered mango fruits to the Blessed One; the Blessed One consumed them. She, having paid homage to the Blessed One, said thus - "Whatever offering of mine, venerable sir, has been produced by way of giving a bed-sheet, rice gruel, and mango fruits, may that reach my father." The Blessed One, having said "May it be so," gave thanksgiving. She, having paid homage to the Blessed One, having circumambulated him, departed. By that offering, merely as soon as it was dedicated, that ghost obtained a mango grove, a pleasure garden, a mansion, wish-fulfilling trees, ponds, and great divine success.

Then those merchants, at a later time, going on trade, having proceeded along that very road, made their dwelling for one night at the place where they had previously stayed. Having seen them, that mansion-ghost, together with the pleasure garden, mansion, and so on, showed himself to them. Those merchants, having seen him, asking about the success obtained by him -

796.

"And this pond of yours is delightful, level, with good landing places, and with abundant water;

Covered with flowers, strewn with swarms of bees, how was this delightful thing obtained by you?

797.

"And this mango grove of yours is delightful, bearing fruits in all seasons;

Fully in bloom, strewn with swarms of bees, how was this mansion obtained by you?"

They spoke these two verses.

796. Therein, "delightful" means exceedingly charming. "Level" means even-surfaced. "With good landing places" means with beautiful landing places by means of stairways made of jewels. "With abundant water" means with much water.

797. "Flowering in all seasons" means bringing happiness in all seasons by means of trees and so on that produce flowers and produce fruits. Therefore he said "bearing fruits." "Fully in bloom" means always fully in bloom.

Having heard that, the ghost, telling the cause of obtaining the pond and so on -

798.

"Ripe mangoes, water, rice gruel, cool shade, delightful;

By the gift given by my daughter, by that it is obtained for me here."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "by that it is obtained for me here" means that gift which was given by my daughter who was giving ripe mangoes, water, and rice gruel to the Blessed One and the monks, dedicating it to me - by that gift given by my daughter, here in this divine mango grove ripe mangoes of all seasons, in this divine delightful pond divine water, and by the giving of rice gruel and the covering, delightful cool shade in the park, mansion, wish-fulfilling trees and so on is obtained here, is accomplished. This is the meaning.

And having said thus, that ghost, having led those merchants and having shown them those five hundred coins, said: "Take half of this; give the other half to my daughter, having cleared the debt taken by me, so that she may live happily." The merchants, gradually having reached Sāvatthī, having told his daughter, gave even the share given by him to her alone. She, having given a hundred coins to the creditors, having given the remainder to that householder who was her own father's friend, herself performing service, dwells. He, having given back to her alone, saying "Let all this be yours alone," made her the mistress of the house of his own eldest son.

She, as time went on, having obtained one son, fondling him -

799.

"See thus the action visible here and now, the result of giving, of self-control, of restraint;

Having been a female slave in noble families, I am a daughter-in-law, lord of the house."

She recites this verse.

Then one day the Teacher, having observed the maturity of her knowledge, having pervaded with light, having shown himself as if standing before her -

"The unpleasant in the guise of the pleasant, the disagreeable in the guise of the dear;

Suffering in the guise of happiness, overcomes the heedless one."

He spoke this verse. She, at the conclusion of the verse, became established in the fruition of stream-entry. She, on the second day, having given a gift to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Mango Grove Ghost Story is concluded.

13.

Commentary on the Akkharukkha Ghost Story

800. "What one gives, that does not remain the same": this is the story of the ghost of the axle-giver. What is its origin? While the Blessed One was dwelling at Sāvatthī, a certain lay follower dwelling in Sāvatthī, having filled carts with goods, having gone to a foreign country for trade, having sold his own goods there, having loaded the exchange goods onto the carts, proceeded along the road heading for Sāvatthī. As he was going along the road, in the forest the axle of one cart broke. Then a certain man, having had an axe and hatchet taken up for the purpose of obtaining timber, having departed from his own village, wandering in the forest, having reached that place, having seen that lay follower overcome with displeasure due to the breaking of the axle, out of compassion, thinking "This merchant is suffering in the forest due to the breaking of the axle," having cut a piece of timber, having made a strong axle, having fitted it to the cart, gave it.

He, at a later time, having died, was reborn as a terrestrial deity in that very forest region. Having reviewed his own action, at night, having gone to the house of that lay follower, having stood at the house door -

800.

"What one gives, that does not remain the same, give indeed a gift, having given one crosses over both;

Both one attains by that giving, be wakeful, do not be negligent."

He spoke a verse. Therein, "what one gives, that does not remain the same" means whatever gift a donor gives, that very thing does not exist in the world beyond as the fruit of that giving; but rather another, abundant, desirable, pleasant fruit indeed exists. Therefore, "give indeed a gift" means give a gift in whatever way. Therein, he states the reason by the phrase "having given, one crosses over both": having given a gift, one overcomes both suffering and harm pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life. "Both one attains by that giving" means one approaches, one reaches both happiness pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life by that giving; this meaning should also be connected by way of the welfare and happiness of oneself and others. "Be wakeful, do not be negligent" means be wakeful to accomplish giving which prevents harm in both and which achieves welfare in both; having prepared the requisites for giving, and be heedful therein. This is the meaning. And here it was said by way of repetition for the purpose of showing earnestness.

The merchant, having finished his own business, having turned back, gradually having reached Sāvatthī, on the second day, having approached the Teacher, having paid homage, seated to one side, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Teacher, making that the occasion, taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived. That teaching was beneficial to the great multitude.

The commentary on the Akkharukkha Ghost Story is concluded.

14.

Commentary on the Wealth-Gathering Female Ghost Story

801. "We collected wealth" - this is the story of the wealth-collecting female ghosts. What is its origin? While the Blessed One was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, at Rājagaha, it is said, four women, by means of false measures and so on, having conducted trade in ghee, honey, oil, grain and so on, having collected wealth unwisely, lived. They, upon the body's collapse at death, were reborn as female ghosts on the back of the moat outside the city. They, at night, overpowered by suffering -

801.

"We collected wealth, by righteous and unrighteous means;

Others consume it, we are sharers in suffering."

Wailing, they cried out with a frightful loud sound. The people, having heard that, frightened and trembling, when the night became light, having prepared a great gift for the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, having invited the Teacher and the Community of monks, having served them with superior solid and soft food, having sat close to the Blessed One who had finished eating and had removed his hand from the bowl, they reported that incident. The Blessed One said "Lay followers, by that sound there is no obstacle whatsoever for you; but four female ghosts, overpowered by suffering, having told of the wrong-doing done by themselves, crying out with a cry of distress by way of lamentation -

"We collected wealth, by righteous and unrighteous means;

Others consume it, we are sharers in suffering."

They spoke this verse."

Therein, "wealth" means special kinds of property and requisites such as garments, ornaments and so on, which have obtained the name "wealth" in the sense of what is to be enjoyed. "We collected" means with minds consumed by the stain of stinginess, without giving anything to anyone, we accumulated. "By righteous and unrighteous means" means by the true method and by the wrong method, or by what resembles the true method but is actually wrong - those riches having been collected by us, others now consume them. "We are sharers in suffering" means but we, because of not having done any good conduct whatsoever and because of having done misconduct, are now sharers in the great suffering included in the realm of ghosts; the meaning is we experience great suffering.

Thus the Blessed One, having spoken the verse spoken by those female ghosts, having related their story, making that the occasion, having taught the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived, made known the truths thereafter; at the conclusion of the truths, many attained the fruition of stream-entry and so on.

The commentary on the Wealth-Gathering Female Ghost Story is concluded.

15.

Commentary on the Merchant's Son Ghost Story

802-805. "Sixty thousand years" - this is the story of the merchant's son who became a ghost. What is its origin? The Blessed One was dwelling at Sāvatthī in Jeta's Grove. Now at that time King Pasenadi of Kosala, decorated and prepared, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant, with great royal power and great royal majesty, going about the city, having seen in a certain house on the upper storey of a mansion a woman who had opened a window and was looking at that royal splendour, comparable to a celestial nymph in the perfection of beauty, with his mind obsessed by the surge of mental defilements suddenly arisen towards an object not seen before, even though there were women of the inner palace accomplished in the special qualities of family, beauty, good conduct, and so on, but by the power of the mind which is by nature fickle and difficult to tame, having become with his mind bound to that woman, having given a signal to a man seated on the rear seat "Look out for this mansion and this woman," he entered the royal palace. Everything else should be understood according to the method that has come in the Ambasakkara ghost story.

But this is the distinction - Here the man, having come while the sun had not yet set, when the city gate was closed, having hung the dawn-coloured clay brought by himself and waterlilies on the door panel of the city gate, went to Jeta's Grove to lie down. But the king, having taken up residence on the royal couch, in the middle watch heard by way of a cry of distress what seemed like four syllables - "sa," "na," "du," and "so" - uttered with a loud voice. Those, it is said, were the initial syllables of those verses which, in the past time, four merchants' sons dwelling in Sāvatthī, intoxicated with the vanity of wealth, having generated much demerit in the time of their youth through the action of adultery, afterwards having died, having been reborn in a copper cauldron near that very city, while being tormented, having reached the rim of the copper cauldron, wishing to utter one verse each, had been uttered by them; they, having said only the first syllable, having been overcome by pain, sank back into the copper cauldron.

But the king, having heard that sound, frightened, trembling, agitated, with hair standing on end, having spent the remainder of the night with difficulty, when the night became light, having had the chaplain summoned, told him that incident. The chaplain, knowing the king was frightened and trembling, greedy for material gain, having thought "This means of producing gain for me and for the brahmins has arisen," said "Great king, a great misfortune indeed has arisen; perform the sacrifice of the complete fourfold." The king, having heard his word, commanded the ministers "Prepare the requisites for the sacrifice of the complete fourfold." Having heard that, Queen Mallikā said thus to the king - "Why, great king, having heard the word of the brahmin, do you wish to perform an act involving the killing and harming of many living beings? Should not the Blessed One, whose knowledge moves unobstructed everywhere, be asked? And as the Blessed One will answer you, so should you proceed." The king, having heard her word, having gone to the Teacher's presence, reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, having said "No, great king, on that account there is no obstacle whatsoever for you," having related from the beginning the story of those beings reborn in the copper cauldron hell, the verses which they had each begun to utter -

802.

"Sixty thousand years, complete in every respect;

For those being tormented in hell, when will there be an end?

803.

"There is no end, whence an end? No end is seen;

For such evil was done, by you and by me, sir.

804.

"We lived a wrong life, we who did not give while there were virtuous ones;

Though there were gifts to be given, we made no refuge for ourselves.

805.

"Surely I, having gone from here, having obtained a human womb;

Bountiful, accomplished in morality, I will do much wholesome."

He related it having made it complete.

802. Therein, "sixty thousand years" means sixty thousand of years. It is said that a being reborn in that copper-cauldron hell, going down, reaches the lower surface in thirty thousand years, and rising up from there too, reaches the area of the rim in just thirty thousand years; with that perception, he, wishing to say the verse "Sixty thousand years, complete in every respect," having said "sa," having been overcome by excessive feeling, fell face downwards. But the Blessed One related it to the king having made it complete. This same method applies in the remaining verses too. Therein, "when will there be an end" means when indeed will there be an end, a final goal, of this suffering for us being tormented in the copper-cauldron hell.

803. "For so" means just as there is no end of this suffering for you and for me, no end is seen, so in that manner evil action was done by you and by me - this should be stated by changing the grammatical case.

804. "Wrong livelihood" means a life blameworthy by the wise. "Who, existing" means we who had existing, available gifts to give. "We did not give" means we did not give. To make the very meaning stated more obvious, it was said "Though there were gifts to be given, we made no refuge for ourselves."

805. "Sohaṃ" means that I. "Nūna" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of reflection. "From here" means from this copper-cauldron hell. "Having gone" means having departed. "Having obtained a human womb" means having obtained the human realm, human existence. "Bountiful" means one of generous disposition, or one who understands the words of beggars. "Accomplished in morality" means accomplished in morality and good conduct. "I will do much wholesome" means without falling into heedlessness as before, I will do, I will accumulate much, abundant wholesome meritorious action - this is the meaning.

The Teacher, having spoken these verses, taught the Teaching in detail. At the conclusion of the teaching, the man who brought red clay and water lilies became established in the fruition of stream-entry. The king, with a sense of urgency arisen, having abandoned covetousness towards another's possession, was content with his own wife.

The commentary on the Merchant's Son Ghost Story is concluded.

16.

Commentary on the Saṭṭhikūṭa Ghost Story

806-814. "Why, as if mad": this was spoken while the Teacher was dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to a certain ghost. In the past, it is said, in the city of Bārāṇasī, a certain cripple, skilled in the practice of sling-shooting, having reached accomplishment in the craft of throwing pebbles, there, having sat down at the city gate at the foot of a banyan tree, by means of pebble strikes, displayed on banyan leaves the forms of elephants, horses, humans, chariots, pinnacle buildings, flags, full pitchers, and so on. The city boys, giving counterfeit half-pennies and so on for the purpose of their own amusement, had those crafts performed according to their liking.

Then one day the king of Bārāṇasī, having departed from the city, having approached that banyan tree root, having seen the various kinds of form-designs applied on the banyan leaves by way of elephant forms and so on, asked the people - "By whom indeed were these various kinds of form-designs made on these banyan leaves in this way?" The people showed him that cripple: "Sire, they were made by this one." The king, having had him summoned, said thus - "Is it possible, my good man, to fill the belly of a single man shown by me with goats' dung while he is speaking, without his even knowing?" "It is possible, Sire." The king, having led him to his own royal palace, being one who was disgusted with the talkative chaplain, having had the chaplain summoned, having sat down with him in a secluded place enclosed by a screen wall, while consulting, had the cripple summoned. The cripple, having taken goats' dung pellets about a measure and having come, having known the king's indication, seated facing the chaplain, when his mouth was opened, through an opening in the screen wall, lodged each goats' dung pellet at the base of his throat. He, being unable to spit them out due to shame, swallowed them all. Then the king dismissed him with his belly filled with goats' dung pellets - "Go, brahmin, you have obtained the fruit of much speaking. Having drunk a beverage prepared with maddana fruits, piyaṅgu bark, and so on, vomit it up; thus there will be well-being for you." And to that cripple, being delighted by that deed, he gave fourteen villages. He, having obtained the villages, making himself happy and pleased, making his retinue also happy and pleased, giving something as is fitting to ascetics, brahmins, and others, not neglecting the benefit pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life, lives happily indeed, and gives food and wages to those who have come to his presence and are learning the craft.

Then a certain man, having approached his presence, said thus - "Good, teacher, teach me too this craft; but I have no need for food and wages." He taught that man that craft. He, having learnt the craft, wishing to test the craft, having gone, split the head of an Individually Enlightened One named Sunetta who was seated on the bank of the Ganges, by a pebble strike. The Individually Enlightened One attained final Nibbāna right there on the bank of the Ganges. The people, having heard that news, having struck that man right there with clods of earth, sticks, and so on, deprived him of life. He, having died, having been reborn in the great hell of Avīci, having been tormented in hell for many thousands of years, by the remainder of the result of that very action, in this arising of a Buddha, was reborn as a ghost not far from the city of Rājagaha. Since there had to be a result resembling that action, sixty thousand iron hammers, hurled by the force of action, fall upon his head in the earlier period of the day, in the noon period of the day, and in the afternoon period of the day. He, with his head cut and split, having reached excessive feeling, falls to the ground; but as soon as the iron hammers have departed, he stands with his head restored to its natural state.

Then one day the Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, descending from the Vulture's Peak mountain, having seen him -

806.

"Why, as if mad, do you run about like a frightened deer;

Without doubt an evil-doer, why indeed do you make such noise?"

With this verse he asked in return. Therein, "as if mad" means as if having the nature of a madman, as if having reached madness. "You run about like a frightened deer" means like a frightened deer, you run here and there. For indeed, when those iron hammers were falling, seeing no protection, thinking "may there not be such a blow," he flees here and there. But those, hurled by the impetus of kamma, fall upon the very head of one standing wherever anywhere. "Why indeed do you make such noise" means why indeed do you make a sound, you go about making an exceedingly loud cry of distress.

Having heard that, the ghost -

807.

"I, venerable sir, am a ghost, ill-fated, belonging to Yama's world;

Having done evil deeds, I have gone from here to the realm of ghosts.

808.

"Sixty thousand hammers, complete in every respect;

Fall upon my head, and they break my skull."

He gave a reply with two verses. Therein, "sixty thousand hammers" means sixty thousand iron hammers in number. "Complete" means not lacking. "In every respect" means from every part. It is said that for him there arose a head, great, the size of a mountain peak, sufficient for the falling of sixty thousand iron hammers. Without leaving even a spot the size of a hair-tip's pricking on that head of his, those hammers falling break the skull, and on account of that he makes a cry of distress. Therefore it was said "in every respect they fall upon my head, and they break my skull."

Then the elder, asking him about the deed done -

809.

"What wrong-doing was done by body, by speech, by mind?

By the result of what action do you undergo this suffering?

810.

"Sixty thousand hammers, complete in every respect;

Fall upon your head, and they break your skull."

He spoke two verses.

The ghost, telling him of the deed done by himself -

811.

"Then I saw the self-enlightened one, Sunetta, with developed faculties;

Seated at the root of a tree, meditating, fearless from any quarter.

812.

"With a stone-throwing blow, I broke his head;

By the result of that action, I underwent this suffering.

813.

"Sixty thousand hammers, complete in every respect;

Fall upon my head, and they break my skull."

He spoke three verses.

811. Therein, "self-enlightened" means an Individually Enlightened One. "Sunetta" means one so named. "With developed faculties" means one whose faculties of faith and so on were developed through the development of the noble path.

812-813. "With a stone-throwing blow" means stone-throwing is called the practice of hurling stones with a bow or with the fingers alone. For thus "with a blow of a stone" is also a reading. "Bhindissaṃ" means I broke.

Having heard that, the elder, showing that "He now receives this fruit of old action in accordance with the deed done by himself" -

814.

"Rightly for you, wretch;

Sixty thousand hammers, complete in every respect;

Fall upon your head, and they break your skull."

She spoke the concluding verse. Therein, "righteously" means by a suitable reason. "Te" means your; this befitting fruit of the evil action done by you who offended against that Individually Enlightened One has been brought upon you. Therefore he shows that this cannot be warded off by any god or Māra or Brahmā or even by a Perfectly Self-awakened One.

And having said thus, having then walked for almsfood in the city, having completed his meal duty, in the evening period, having approached the Teacher, he reported that incident to the Blessed One. The Blessed One, making that the occasion, teaching the Teaching to the assembly that had arrived, made known the power of the virtues of the Individually Enlightened Ones and the non-barrenness of actions. The great multitude, being struck with religious emotion, having abandoned evil, became devoted to meritorious deeds such as giving and so on.

The commentary on the Saṭṭhikūṭa Ghost Story is concluded.

Thus in the Khuddaka Commentary, in the Petavatthu,

Of the one adorned with sixteen stories

The exposition of the meaning of the fourth Great Chapter is concluded.

Concluding Discussion

And to this extent -

Those beings who have been reborn among ghosts, doers of wrong-doing;

By which actions that evil, bitter-fruited result is theirs.

Making clear directly and by questions and answers;

Which, by the procedure of the Teaching, increases the religious emotion of the good.

Which the great sages, skilled in the subject of discussion, with well-comprehended subject matter,

Recited together under the name of Petavatthu.

In order to make known its meaning, in dependence on the method of the ancient commentary;

The exposition of the meaning that was undertaken by me.

That which therein is the elucidation of ultimate realities, in each case as is fitting,

The elucidation, by name called the Paramattha-dīpanī,

It has reached accomplishment, with unconfused judgment;

Of the Pāḷi measuring fifteen recitation sections.

Thus, by one who has composed that, whatever merit has been attained by me;

By the power of that, may the Dispensation of the Protector of the World,

Having been plunged into through the purified practice beginning with morality;

May all embodied beings become partakers of the flavour of liberation.

May the Dispensation of the perfectly Self-awakened One long endure in the world;

May all living beings always be respectful towards it.

May the god who is lord of the earth rain properly in due season;

Delighting in the Good Teaching, may he govern the world by the Teaching alone.

Thus by the excellent sage, resident of the Badaratittha Monastery,

The exposition of the meaning of the Petavatthu composed by the venerable teacher Dhammapāla is concluded.

the Commentary on the Petavatthu is completed.

×

Error: Contact form not found.

×

Add notes for personal use